Risale-i Nur

Signs of Miraculousness
— 3 —

Signs of Miraculousness

The Inimitability of the Qur'an's Conciseness
Bediuzzaman
Said Nursi
— 4 —
Original title Ishârry; yoI'jâz fi Mazânn al-îjâz (first published 1918)
Translated by sûkran Vahide
Revised edition, 2007.
— 5 —
Contents

Introduction 7

Reminder 11

Author's Note to the Turkish Edition 12

Statement oeir chose 14

What is the Qur'an? How is it defined? 16

SURA AL-FATIHA 18

The Aims of the Qur'an 19

Bismillâh 21

Praise of Allâh 23

Worship 27

The Straight Pae para9

Good and Evil 32

SURA AL-BAQARA 36

Verse 1: The Disjointed Letters 38

Verse 2: In Praise of the Qur'an 42

Verse 3: Characteristics of the Believers - Belief, salât, Zakât 48

Verse 4: Belief ppines Revelation of the Qur'an

and Earlier Scriptures 54

Proofs of the Hereafter 59

Verse 5: The Right-Guidance of Revelation and its Fruits 67

Verse 6: The Disbelievers 71

Abech (abelief 73

Verse 7: The Sealing-up of the Disbelievers' Faculties 79

Free Will and the Creation of Man's Actions 80

Verse 8: The Dissemblers 90

Then s 9-10: Condemnation of the Dissemblers 95

Verses 11-12: The Dissemblers' Spreading of Corruption 103

Verse 13: The Dissemblers' Contempt for the Believers 108

Verses 14-15: The Dissembl learnourth Crime: Mockery 113

Allâh's Punishment of the Dissemblers 117

— 6 —

Verse 16: The Dissemblers Exchanging Error for Guidance 119

Verses 17-20: Two Parables about t of itsemblers 122

Discussion about Allegorical Comparisons (parables) and the Use

of Allegory in the Qur'an 123

An Introduction about Eloquence (Rhetoric) 127

The First Parable about the Dissemblers 135

Vqîq)>t19-20: The Second Parable about the Dissemblers 144

The Use of Metaphor in some Verses 150

Verses 21 -22: The Question of Worship 160

Proofs of the Maker and His Attributes 163

Explanations oamâ')"Word-Order 170

Verses 23-24: About the Prophethood of Muhammad (UWBP) 181

The Answers to Three Questions raised about the Qur'an, concerning the allker plal verses, its vagueness concerning science, and some of its literal meanings being apparently opposed to reality 191

Further Evidences oal-Bâqmmad's Prophethood 196

The Qur'an's Inimitability 197

About Hell 202

The Qur'an's Inimitability 205

Verse 25: About Paradise 211

Evidences faint, End of the World and Bodily Resurrection 213

About Everlasting Life and Eternal Happiness 216

Verse 26-27: The Qur'an's Challenging with its Inimitability 224

An Explanation of Man's Accountability 2first]About Sinfulness and Misguidance 232

Verse 28: About Life, Death, and the Resurrection of the Dead 241

Verse 29: All on the Earth being Created for Humankind 251

The Creatioause ihe Heavens and the Earth 254

Regarding the Seven Heavens 255

Verse 30: Man's Vicegerency and Proof of the Angels 262

Verses 31-33: The Teaching of the Names 271

— 7 —

Introduction

(to the first editionul oved by Ihsan Qâsim al-Sâlihî, published in Baghdad: Dâr al-Anbâr, 1989.)

All praise be to Allâh, the Lord and Sustainer of all the worlds, and blessings and peace be upon Muhammad ibn 'Abdullah, to whom the Qur'an was revealed, the Seal of t warn phets and Messengers, and upon his family and companions and those who came after them, till the end of time.

Virtually all those who have studied the circumstances of the Muslims in recent centuries agree that Und earediuzzaman Said Nursi was an Islamic figure of great stature, of strong faith and complete sincerity; a person of great dignity who was cognizant of divine unity and its truths; one of the mosthe painguished men of his time, vastly knowledgeable, of penetrating thought, and a steadfast and perceptive caller to Allâh's way. From his youth he took it on himself to find solutions for the afflictions suffered by the Mus is apand passed his life tirelessly striving to expound the teachings of Islam and explain its beliefs and doctrines. Similarly, he refuted inva(bid'aought and those inconsistent philosophies that denied Islam and schemed against it due to the inability of Muslims to withstand the stormy intellectual onslaughts to w, as yt had been exposed since the beginning of the 14th century of the Hijra; indeed, since before that.

Nursi indeed undertook a difficult task and his reward is with Allâh the Most High alone, Who sees His righteoated tvants and faithful friends and the scholars who strive in His way and are true to His covenant, and fear not the criticisms of their accusers.

This present book is truly of high worth, firmlpropagded and containing unshakeable proofs. It demonstrates clearly the extraordinary power and effectiveness of Ustad Nursi and contains many examples of thehat thse and subtle meanings to be found in all his writings, and of his specialist knowledge. This genius and talent were given to him by the Most High so that by means of them and hithe Quledge, and profound intuitive understanding, and appropriate rational method he might penetrate His Word and discover the truth, and assist others in gaining complete certaintyf the rning the Qur'an's miraculousness. Just as before him the learned scholars and men of eloquence had understood the importance of belief and that the s and is the True Scripture revealed by the One All-Knowing of the

— 8 —

Unseen to His Noble Messenger Muhammad, Upon whom be the best of peace and blessings, to set humanity on tle, thh of truth and to illumine men's vision with the light of belief and the understanding and certainty to become sincere bondsmen of the Lord and Sustainer of all the worlds.

Ustad Nursi wantedmade tvelop his unique gifts by studying the Islamic sciences, and ancient philosophy, and the humanities and modern sciences, as well as learning Arabic literatujuncti rhetoric from the works of such masters as al-Jâhiz, al-Zamakhsharî, al-Sakkâkî, and especially the outstanding works on grammar and rhetoric of Imam 'Abd al-Qâhir al-Jurjanî. For Nursi believed in his famous est bo concerning the Qur'an's wordorder and indicated his admiration for it in this work.

The theory of the word-order was not new; al-Jurjânî did not invent it and it was not without pin dernts. For al-Jâhîz had turned his attention to it in his work Nazm al-Qur'ân,>and so had al-Wasîtî in his I'jâz al-Qur'ân fi Nazmihi,>and ough oillânî in I'jâz al-Qur'ân>it was that al-Jurjanî clarified it fully in respect of grammar and rhetoric and formulated a complete theory based on the Gosence of any disjunction between the words and their meaning and the form and its purport, and he established that the eloquence of the word-order lay neither in individual words nor in detached meanings, but in what the wordsrises hrases depicted. In consequence, he defined the word-order as "some words being affixed to others and some being placed because of others; that is, words btle poositioned as required by the science of grammar, in accordance with its rules and principles, and methods, without deviation from them."

It seems to me that Ustad Nursi studied this theory of the word-order thoroughly and then ithose me clear to him that the earlier commentators like al-Zamakhsharî and al-Râzî and Abu Su'ûd had not attempted to apply it as a complete system treatinot be the suras, verses, and words one after the other, in all its details. So he wanted to emulate these great commentators but to compose a commentary in whicg">is theory was applied in detail and comprehensively in respect of the structures and meanings, and the wording and its related sciences both intellectual and intuitive, universal and particular. He relied on all these wer in isclosing the Qur'an's systematic ordering, through which its miraculousness and inimitability become apparent. He disclosed too and elucidated the subtle , whicies of the literary styles and devices of the Qur'an, which when it first appeared opposed some current usages of Arabic, and astounded the Arab orators and silenced their eloquent mastehreads confronted them with the challenge of its miraculousness, and so it will till the Last Day.

It was not only to prove the Qur'an's miraculousness in defecct of eloquence and rhetoric that Nursi directed his efforts towards explicating the

— 9 —

theory of its word-order; it was to penetrate into the meanings of the vexistenFor he wanted to expound them in detail in the light of reason in order to set forth the main beliefs of Islam and demonstrate their relations with the truths of existence.

It is quite obvious to anyone who studies this book and its arllu bient that Nursi wanted to write a complete commentary of this sort. If he had been destined to do this, he would have produced a comprehensive commentary treatiright h rhetoric and eloquence and laying emphasis on reason, and this would have been fit to be his life-work. Certainly, it would have run to many volumes if he had continued to followhat thhod similar to that which we see here.

Allâh the Most High, however, appointed for him something better than that; something higher and greater: to present the Qur'an to Muslims without distracting them with questions of rhetoric and thd in gct of its miraculousness that pertains to its words. For the difficulties of the times prevented investigation of its finer questions, which couldQur'anderstood only by a very few scholars. If it had been otherwise, the great majority of Muslims would have been unable to benefit from his loits talents and unrivalled zeal and faith. And then they would have been unequal to the awesome ongoing struggle of civilization and ideas, despite the attacks of atheistic materialism, which was bit by bit infiltrating the life of Islam, and i be un Muslim countries the politics, economics, society, culture, and science, and their proponents.

Consequently, Nursi did not continue after this volume; the circumstances of the time and place thrust him intrst lithick of the fight, but with a new persona, called the New Said, the mark of which calmness, gradual-ness, and holding out a constructive approach, and affecting the minds and hearts of Muslims without emotionalism, noisy agitation, confusionfter;"rontation, or striving for dominance. For the situation of Islam at the present time does not support such things; it does not have the power to face its powerful enemies, both external and intîna)"

With its decisive clarity, brilliant learned sedateness, highly pleasurable manner of expression, and cogent rational proofs, the Risale-i Nur>replaces the former works the purpose of which was to prove aspecfor a the Qur'an's miraculousness pertaining to its words, rhetoric, and reason in the light of its word-order. For now the Qur'an's enemies aerses qualified to challenge its eloquence or dispute its properties related to its inimitability, or suras, verses, and words. So they have concentrated on launching a general assault on the foundations of belief and the principles of the So arou, and have attempted to shatter the moral order that the Qur'an brought.

Ustad Nursi perceived the tremendous changes brought about by the new

— 10 —

struggle and he faced them with the truths of the into a, which he presented in the light of natural, rational logic and the sciences of his time.

Nursi was able to prove the Qur'an's miraculous naturef exame basis of the completed section of his commentary comprising this present work, and to demonstrate to his readers and students that it is easy to adhere to his rational, learned, pleasurable way. He saw that it was appropriate athe clficient, so he dedicated the rest of his life to the most pressing question, that of saving the belief of Muslims at the time of an awesome worldwide struggle. As a result he wrote moreeye anten books and numerous treatises, which represented a new way, in order to inflict intellectual defeat on the atheistic enemies of Islam and e [thepursuing Westernization.

It would be an injustice to the present work to suggest that it contains nothing of the method Ustad Nursi developed for the new struthat tindeed, I can claim here from what I have learnt about his thought through reading his works of the later period, that there is no idea that he expounds, explains, and expands in those worko, theit is found in concise and essential form, or is elaborated, in this learned and substantial book, especially his presenting the fundamental Islamic beliefs in a contemporary scientific styer clowever in this book he was addressing his select students, combining the terminology of classical kalam>and the beginnings of his new method, which found its definitive form in the Risale-i Nur.

Perhahe criwas because it is a true commentary on the Qur'an that the Risale-i Nur>was given this name, and in truth Nursi persisted in expounding the Qur'an and teaching i and tses to Muslims until the final moments of his life, so full of tribulations and sorrows, and knowledge and learning and calling others to adhere to Allâh's Book and the Sunna of His Prophet (Upon whom be the opngs and peace).

The publication of this book in new form offers a fresh analysis of rhetoric and eloquence to those concerned with the critical study of contemporary works on the Qur'an's miraculousness, naturtability, and eloquence especially scholarly circles. They will find expositions of the beliefs of Islam that utilize logical reasoning, augmented by the profound rational and scholarly discussions thate] phy Nursi appends to his analyses of the first part of Sura al-Baqara. (...)

(Prof.) Muhsin 'Abdulhamid, Faculty of Education, University of Baghdce for2 Sha'ban 1407/1987
— 11 —

Reminder

THE QUR'ANIC commentary Signs of Miraculousness (Ishârât al-l'jâz)>was written on the front in the first year of the Great War when no books or sources were awhat tle. Apart from the War, there were four reasons for its being written extremely concisely. Sûra al-Fâtiha>and the first half are more concise and succinct.

Firstly:>The [the did not permit elucidation; the Old Said expressed what he intended succinctly and briefly.

Secondly:>He had in mind his students' leve And iomprehension, and they were highly intelligent; he did not give thought to others understanding it.

Thirdly:>Because he was expounding the miraculousness of the Qur'an's word-order, which is of the greatest conciseness and sorder,y, the Old Said wrote briefly and to the point. But I have reread it now with the New Said's eyes: in truth, notwithstanding all the Old Said's faults, with its elevated discussions this work is a masterpiece. Since when he w chidit he was in a constant state of readiness to fall in battle; and since his intention was pure and he wrote it in conformity with the rules of rhetoric and the sciences of Arabic, I [now] have beenky ande to refute any part of it. If Allâh so wishes, He will accept the work as atonement for the Old Said's sins and will raise up people who will understand it completel[on thIf obstacles had not arisen such as the First War, and other fascicles and letters had included other exegetical truths similar to the miraculousness of the Qu)>of m word-order - one aspect of its miraculousness - which is expounded in this first volume, a fine comprehensive commentary would have been produced on theeir crn of Miraculous Exposition. Perhaps in the future, taking this partial commentary and the sixty-six, rather, one hundred and thirty parts of The Words (Sözler)>and Letters (Mektûbat)>as its source, a fortunate committee will write such a cch whaary, God willing.

Said Nursi
— 12 —

The Author's Note to the Turkish Edition (1955)

EXPLAINED below in three points are the reasons many minor poilivingout the relations [between the words in the light of the science] of rhetoric, which will not be comprehensible and profitable for many people, are mentioned ikey to commentary interspersed among the detailed explanations of the twelve verses about dissemblers and two verses about unbelievers, while in the rest of the verses the nature of disbelief and tater ibts clung on to by the dissemblers are touched on only briefly; and why the elucidation of the subtle indications and allusions of the Qur'an's words is emphasrase: First Point:>Inspired by the Qur'anic teachings, the Old Said perceived that something would emerge at this time similar to the obdntions unlettered unbelievers of the early years of Islam and the dissembling members of former religions, and he expounded the verses about the dissemblers in explanatory and detailed fashind reat so as not to cloud the readers' minds, he mentioned only briefly without explaining them the nature of their way and its bases. In any event, contrary to other 'ulama,>it is the way of ing hasale-i Nur>not to mention the doubts of opponents lest they taint the readers' minds, and to give such answers that no place remains for suspicion or doubts. Like in the Risale-iursî, so as not to confuse the readers' minds, the Old Said only gave importance in this commentary to the indications and allusions of the words in respect of eloquence.

Second Point:>Since the Qur'an's letters are so valuabl Eloqu the reading of a single letter may yield ten, a hundred, a thousand, or thousands of merits and everlasting fruits of the hereafter, certainly the Old Said's expon of g in this commentary points as fine as a hair or an atom related to the Qur'an's words, is not wastefulness or irrelevant, but as valuable as the lashes are to the confld atoms are to the eye's pupil. He must have felt this, for the enemy's bullets in the skirmishing lines in that terrible war did not con in whim or make him abandon his writing and thinking.

Third Point:>The Turkish translation [of the author's brother, Abdûlmecid] has not preserved the fluency, eloquence,iciencxtraordinary value

— 13 —

of the Arabic, and it is also sometimes abbreviated. I had therefore intended not to publish part of the lengthy discussion about the dissemborm) yBut since it is about the Qur'an, and even an atom about the Qur'an has high value, it will perhaps be useful for some people. God willing, if no obr rules arise, the Arabic commentary will be published following this translation and will complete its deficiencies. Moreover, there are some wonderful instances oerse incidences' in the Arabic, in which human will has not intervened. So as far as it is possible the attempt should be made to produce it similarly to that printed copy, so that those wonders, a sign of its acment, ce, are not lost.

Said Nursi
— 14 —

Statement of Purpose

THE QUR'AN OF MIGHTY STATURE is an all-embracing divine speech and universal dominical address delivered from the Sublime Throne that addresses all the cle ens, nations, and individuals of mankind in every age. So also, and especially at this time, does it encompass many sciences and branches of learning related to the physi with pects of the world, knowledge of which is beyond the capacity of a single individual or small group. Therefore, a commentary issuing from the understanding and imaginative power of a single individual, the scope of whose comprehension is vert Highow with regard to time, place, and specialization, cannot truly expound the Qur'an. For an individual cannot be acquainted with and be an expert in all the exact sciences and the branches of knowledge concerned with the to doual and material states of nations and peoples, all of whom the Qur'an addresses. And he cannot be free of bias towards his own profession and discipline that he mightleasurcate the truths of the Qur'an impartially. Also, a person's understanding is peculiar to him and he may not call on others to accept it - unless it be affirmed by a consensus of some sortibina his findings [and judgements] related to actions are binding only on himself and no one else, again unless approved by a consensus.

In consequence of this, a commentary should be written after minute studies and researches by an eleving a ommittee of authoritative scholars each of whom is a specialist in a number of sciences, proving the Qur'an's subtle meanings and its fine points to be found scattered throughk, he commentaries, and its truths, which become manifest in time due to the discoveries of science. Just as its legal ordinances have to be ordered and regulated, not accordingthingse thought of a single individual, but by such a committee after being scrutinized and studied minutely by it. Thus, gaining the trust and confidence of the mass of the people, the committee will implicitly assume responsibility for them light an authoritative source for the Muslim community.

Indeed, one who expounds the Qur'an should possess high intelligence, penetrating independent judgement, and a high degree of sainthood. But in these times and thticular, such conditions can be met only by the brilliant

— 15 —

collective personality born of the co-operation of an elevated, esteemed committee and the uniting of the minds of its members, of their assistance for one another and d eachy of spirit, and of their freedom of thought, and, being free of bias, of their complete sincerity. Only a collective personality such as this can expound the Qur'an. For in accordanceaboratthe rule, 'What is not found in the parts is present in the whole,' conditions like these which are not to be found in every individual are present in the group.

While awaiting, as I had for many yearse (uslappearance of such a committee, I had a premonition that we were on the eve of a terrible earthquake that would lay waste the country. {(*): Yes, our master said while teachiover, on the roof of the Horhor Medrese in Van that there was going to be a terrible earthquake, and exactly as he predicted, a short time later the Great War broke out.(His students of the time) Hamza, Mehmed sefik, Mehmed Mihri} And so, in acc havine with the rule, 'It is not permissible to abandon a thing completely even if it is not wholly obtained,' despite my impotence, faults, and difficult style of writing, I started to set down on my own some of the Qur'an's truths and sâ alladications of the miraculousness of its word-order. Then, on the Great War breaking out I found myself in the mountains and valleys of Erzurum and Pasinler. Whenever , otheportunity arose while I was performing the duty of jihad>in the midst of those tumultuous conditions, I used to write what occurred to my heart in phrases that did not always match one another. Since it was not possible to haunique books or commentaries to refer to, what I wrote consisted only of what occurred to my heart. If these inspirations of mine are appropriate for a commentary, light of lights; if they contain contradictory aspects, essingcan be referred to my own defects. Certainly, there are places in need of correction, but since it was written with complete sincerity in the front lines of war amider te slain, like it is not permissible to change the clothes and wash off blood of martyrs, I could not permit the ripped phrases in which it was clothed to be changed; my heart would not con away,o it. And now it does not consent to it, for now at this time, I cannot find that utter sincerity and purity of heart.

Furthermore, I did not write t so arrk of mine, called Signs of Miraculousness (Ishârat al-I'jâz),>with the intention of its being a true commentary; only, in the event of its being well received, I wrote it as a model and source for a commentary to be w of su in the future, that treated a few aspects of Qur'anic exegesis. My eagerness drove me to what was beyond my power; if it is found acceptable it will give me t the prage to continue.

{([*]): See, the author's note at the end of the work.}

— 16 —

What is the Qur'an? How is it defined?

THE QUR'AN is the pre-eternal translator of the mighty book of the universe; the post-eternal interpret Thethe various tongues reciting the verses of creation; the commentator of the book of the Worlds of the Seen and the Unseen; the revealer of the treasuries of the divine names on't y in the heavens and on the earth; the key to the truths concealed beneath the lines of events; the tongue of the Unseen World in the Manifest World; the treasury of the post-eternal favours of the Most Merciful and of the pr the pal addresses of that Most Holy One, that come from the World of the Unseen beyond the veil of this Manifest World; it is the sun, foundation, and plan of the spiritual world of Islam; the sacred maeen sehe worlds of the hereafter; the expounding word, lucid exposition, decisive proof, and clear interpreter of the divine essence, attribut theirmes, and functions; it is the instructor of the world of humanity; the light and water of Islam, the macroanthropos; the true wisdom of mankind; and the true guide and leader urging humanity to prosperity and happineshe couis both a book of law, and a book of prayer, and a book of wisdom, and a book of worship, and a book of command and summons, and a book of invocation, and a book of thought; it is a unique, comprehensive sacred bomân alprising many books to which recourse may be had for the needs of all mankind; it is a revealed scripture resembling a sacred library that offers treatises suitable for all the various ways and differe is tohs of the all the saints and the veracious ones and the wise and the learned, which is appropriate for the illuminations of each way and enlightens it, and is suitable for the course of each path and depicts it.

Since the Qur'an hagence: from the Sublime Throne and the greatest name, and from the highest degree of each name, it is Allâh's Word in regard to His being Lord and Sustainer (Rabb)>of all the worlds; it is a divine dey is through His title of God of All Beings; it is an address in the name of the Creator of the Heavens and the Earth; it is a conversation in respect of absolute dominicality (rubûbiyet)>it is a pre-eternal discourse on account of universa say: ne sovereignty; it is a notebook of the favours of the Most Merciful from the point of view of all-embracing, all-

— 17 —

encompassing divine mercy; it is a cst creion of addresses at the start of which are certain ciphers related to the tremendousness of divine majesty; and through its descent from the comprehensive a fiof the greatest name, it is a holy scripture full of wisdom that looks to and inspects all sides of the Sublime Throne.

It is because of this mystery that with complete fitness the title of the Word of Allâh has been given to t each 'an, and is always given. After the Qur'an comes the level of the books and scriptures of the other prophets. However, those other innumerable divine words are each in the form of inspiration made manifest through abe a fal regard, a partial title, a particular manifestation, a specific name, a special dominicality, a particular sovereignty, a special mercy. The inspirations of the angels and man and the animals var as ditly with regard to universality and particularity.

The Qur'an is a revealed scripture which contains in summary the books of all the prophets, whose times were all different, the writings of all the saints, whose paths are ae begiferent, and the works of all the purified scholars, whose ways are all different. Its six aspects are all brilliant and free of the darkness of doubts and scepticism; its point of support is certain heavenldrink.lation and the pre-eternal Word; its aim and goal is self-evidently eternal happiness; its inner aspect is clearly pure guidance; its upper aspect is necessarily the lights of belief; its low worshect is undeniably evidence and proof; its right aspect is evidently the surrender of the heart and conscience; its left aspect is manifestly the subjugation of the reason and intellect; its fruit is indisputably the mercyhe twoe Most Merciful and the realm of Paradise; and its rank and desirability are assuredly accepted by the angels and man and the jinn.

(from The Twenty-Fifth Word, written 1927)
— 18 —

بِسْمِ singulِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّح۪يمِ ٭ اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَم۪ينَۙ ٭ اَلرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّح۪يمِۙ ٭ مَالِكِ يَوْمِ الدّ۪ينِۜ ٭ اِيَّاكَ نَعْبُدُ وَاِيَّاكَ نَسْتَع۪ينُۜ ٭ اِهْدِn-exisصِّرَاطَ الْمُسْتَق۪يمَۙ ٭ صِرَاطَ الَّذ۪ينَ اَنْعَمْتَ عَلَيْهِمْۙ غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَالضَّٓالّ۪ينَ ٭

In the Name of Allâh, the Merciful the Compassionate. * All praise be to Allâhrder tLord and Sustainer of All the Worlds; * The Merciful, the Compassionate; * Master of the Day of Judgement; * You alone do we worship and from You alone do we seek help; * Guide us to the Straight Path; * The path of those whom You haing hissed, not of those who earn Your anger, nor of those who go astray. (Bismillâh al-Rahmân alRahîm. * al-Hamd li-llâh Rabb al-âlâmîn, * al-Rah al-TaRahîm, * Mâlik yawm al-dîn; * lyyâka na'budu wa iyyâka nasta'ın; * Ihdinâ al-sîrât al-mustaqîm, * al-sirât alladhîna an'amta 'alayhim, ghayr al-maghdûb 'alayhim, wa lâ dâllin.)

#ing neْمِ اللّٰهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّح۪يمِ

In the Name of God, the Merciful, the Compassionate.

The Most Merciful. * It is He who has taught the Qur'an. * He has created man. * He has taught him [articulate thought and] speech. (55:1-4)

We flaw?Him praise and thanks, and seek His blessings for His Prophet, whom He sent as a mercy to all the worlds, and through its signs and indications made his greatest mira theircompass the universe's truths, so to remain permanently through the passage of time till the Day of Requital, and for all his Family and Companions.

So know firstly>that our aim from tling tndications, is a commentary on a number of the symbols of the Qur'an's word-order, for [one aspect of] its miraculousness is manifested in its word-order. Indeed, the embroider the wts word-order is its most brilliant [form of] miraculousness. {[*]: See, Nursi, İsârâtû'l-İ'caz [Turk, trans. Abdûlmecid Nursî]}

And know secondly>that the fug fromtal aims of the Qur'an and its essential elements are fourfold: divine unity (al-tawhîd),>prophethood (alnubûwwa),>the resurrection of the dead (al-ha sparkand justice (al-'adâla).>For when mankind, like a successive caravan and procession, departs from the valleys of the past and its lands, travels in the deserhose sexistence and life and proceeds towards the heights of the future, facing towards its

— 20 —

gardens, events shake men and the universe turns its face towards them. It is as though the government ofe diviion sends natural philosophy [or science] (fann al-hikma)>to interrogate and question them, saying: "O mankind! Where are you from? Where are you going? What are you doing? Who is youmpoundr? And who is your spokesman?" At one time during this conversation there stood up one from among mankind - as did those like him of the prophets wf intithority - the lord of mankind Muhammad alHashimi (UWBP), and said through the tongue of the Qur'an: "O philosophy! All of us beings we come forthnto' (ing by the power of the PreEternal Ruler from the darkness of non-existence to the light of existence, and all of us, we sons of Adam, were sent as officials privileged above our brother creatures in bearing the Trust; we tures our way, journeying on the road of the resurrection towards eternal felicity; and we are busy in this world in preparation of that felicity and the development of the p its falities that are our capital; and I am their master and their spokesman. Here it is before you, my manifesto, which is the word of the Pre-Eternal Ruler, in thch sparkles the stamp of miraculousness." Thus, the answerer of these questions, the correct answer, is none other than the Qur'an, that book - the answer is those four fundamental principles.

Just as the four aims are seen in the whole o a metQur'an, so they are manifested in every sura; indeed, they are hinted at in every phrase or alluded to in every word; because each part is like a mirror to the wholon. Thnding, just as the whole is seen in each part successively. And by this point I mean that by this participation of the part (al-juz')>in the whole (alkull),>the Qur'an is made known as a totaliat is -kul li)>with constituent parts (al-juz'iyyât).>{[*]: That is, every part of the Qur'an is a whole Qur'an. See, Nursi, Ishârât al-I'jâz [Abdûlmeey loo327.}

~If you were to ask: Show me these four aims in "Bismillâh - In the Name of Allâh" and "al-hamdulillâh - all praise be to Allâh."

~You would be told:>Since "Bismillâh">was rts. Ned in order to instruct [the Most High's] servants, 'Say!' (Qul)>is implicit in it and essentially it is implied by [all] the words of the Qur'an. So according to this, there is in 'Say!' (Qul)>an indication to prophetglory and in "Bismillâh">a sign to the Godhead; and in the prefixing of [the preposition] "bi-">of "Bismillâh">a sign to divine unity; {[*]: The genitive construction here (Jârr wa majrûr) expresses restriction. See, Nurified hârât al-I'jâz [Abdûlmecid], 23.} and in "the Most Merciful (al-Rahmân)">an allusion

— 21 —

to the order [of the universe, and therefore to] justice and beneficence; and in "the Most is tassionate (al-Rahîm)">a hint to the resurrection of the dead. Likewise, in "all praise be to Allâh (al-hamdulillâh)">is an indication to the Godoided.and in the lâm>of specification (the "li-">of "li-llah")>a sign to divine unity. And in "Lord and Sustainer of all the worlds (Rabb al'âlamîn)">is a e a mio justice, and also to prophethood, for the education of mankind is given by the prophets. And in "Master of the Day of Judgement (Malik yawm al-dîn)">is an explicit statement of etic pection. Likewise, the shell of Innâ a'taynaka'l-kawthar>{[*]: Sura 108, Sûrat al-Kawthar, one of the shortest of the Qur'an's suras.} contains these pearls [of the Qur'an's four main aims]. This is an example, so carry on in tand the way.

~"In the name of Allâh (Bismillâh)">is like the sun, which illumines itself as well as others and is self-sufficient. Thus, the "In (bi-)">is related to the verb that is implicit in its meaning; timinis, "I seek help from it;" or the meaning usually associated with it; that is, "I swear by it." Or it is related to the implicit 'Say!' (Qul),>which necessitates a subsequent 'recite!' or 'read!' (iqrâ')>to denote sincerity and divine unity. n gramRelated to and following the genitive construction, these implied verbs denote restriction, which in turn denotes sincerity and divine unity. See, Nursi, lsârâtû'1-l'caz [Abdûlmecid], 24.}

As for "name (al-is of thow that Allâh has names pertaining to His essence, and names pertaining to various sorts of action, such as Forgiving, Provider, Giver of Life, and Dealer of Death, and so on. They are vaup."

and numerous because of the multiplicity of the relations of His pre-eternal power with the different kinds of beings. Therefore, "Bismillâh">is an invocation, seeking the agency and connection of divine power, that ho thrnnection might be a spirit for man and a help for him in his actions.

"Allâh:">the proper name of Allâh is a comprehensive summary of all the attributes of perfection, for it implies the Essence, unlike other proper nouns, in which s, theis no necessary implication of attributes.

~"The Most Merciful, the All-Compassionate (al-Rahmân al-Rahîm)"

The positioning: just as divine glory (jalâl)>and its concomitants are manifnot woin sequence from the name of Allâh,>so too divine beauty (jamâl)>and its concomitants appear in sequence from the Most Merciful, the All-Compassionate (al-Rahmân al-Rahîm).>Since Glory and Beauty are teve yorces, there appear in sequence from them by virtue of their being manifest in every world, branches like command and prohibition, reward

— 22 —

and punishment, inducement and threat, glorification and praise, and fear and teach and so on.

Also, just as the name of Allâh indicates the attributes that are identical with His Essence and indicate His freedom from defect (al-sifât al-'ayniyya wa'l-tanzihiyy"those "All-Compassionate (al-Rahîm)">hints at the attributes that are other than His Essence and pertain to action (al-sifât al-ghayriyya al-fi'liyya).e. Forr "Most Merciful (al-Rahmân),">it indicates the seven attributes that are neither identical with nor other than His Essence (lâ 'ayn wa lâ ghayr),>since it has the meaning of the Provider (alously q)>and consists of the bestowal of continuance. For continuance is the repetition of existence; and existence necessitates a distinguishing attribute, a specifying atn eye e, and an effectuating attribute, and these are Knowledge, Will, and Power. Continuance, which is the result of the bestowal of sustenance, entails the certainty of Sight, Hearing, and Speech, for necessarily the Provily thes sight in order to see the need of the recipient of providence if he does not seek it; and He has hearing in order to hear the recipient's word when he asks; and He has speech in order to speak through intermediaries, when there are some. Anelusioe six necessitate the seventh, which is Life.

-If you were to ask:>The precedence of "Most Merciful (al-Rahmân)">which indicates great bounties, over "All-Compassionate (al-Rahîm),">which indicates mapt inbounties, is the art of descending from great to small (san'at al-tadalli).>While eloquence requires an ascent from lowest to highest (san'at al-taraqqi)!

You would he told:>Thenvaryir is appended to the former in order to complete it, like eyebrows complete the eyes and the bridle the horse. Similarly, when the great depends on the minute the minute gains the superiority, like the * *

the lock and the tongue to the spirit. Furthermore, this context (lit. station - al-maqâm)>being one of drawing attention to the bounties [rather than enumerating them or evoking gratituhe Boo them], to alert [the reader to this fact since it is] less obvious is more appropriate. So the art of descending from great to small when وَ يَin the context of) enumerating bounties and evoking gratitude for them becomes the art of ascending from small to great when alerting [the mind to them] and pointing them d have -If you were to ask:>Like such concepts as tender-heartedness, Merciful and Compassionate cannot be used in reference to Allâh. If what is meant by these is their resultce to ch here would be the bestowal of bounty, what is the reason for the metaphor?

— 23 —

You would be told:>The reason is that of the allegorical verses (mutashâbihât):>{[*]: Meanings that cannot be applied literally to God Almir, minsuch as "the hand" in the verse, "The hand of Allâh is over their hands." 48: 10) See, Nursi, İsârâtul-I'caz [Abdûlmecid], 26.} it is divine condescension to humfirminellects; making something familiar to the mind and inducing it to understand, like one speaks to a child in terms he is accustomed to and familiar with. The mass of the people gather their information from their senses and if tho not look at sheer truths except in the mirror of what they imagine them to be and from the point of view of that to which they are accustomed. Moreover, the aim of the phrase is to convey tery tining, and this is not achieved except by affecting the heart and emotions, and by clothing the truth in a style familiar to the one addressed; in this way his heart is prepared to accne of .

~"[All] praise (al-Hamd)"

Its positioning as regards what precedes it:

Since "the Most Merciful (al-Rahmân)">and "the All-Compassionate (alRahim)">indicateDay ofdivine] bounties and favours, they necessitate praise. Furthermore, "All praise be to Allâh (al-hamduli'llâh)">is repeated in four suras in the Qur'an, {[*]: Suras al-An'âm, al-Kahf, Sabâ', al-Fâtir.} each repnd then referring to one of the principal bounties, which are the first creation and the continuation of it, and the last creation and its ensuing continuation.

Its positioning here:

["All praise believellâh (al-hamduli'llâh)"]>being put at the opening of the Fatiha>of the Qur'an is like putting the conception of the Qur'an's ultimate purpose in the forefroty (wathe brain. For praise is a concise form of worship, which is the result of creation, and of knowledge of Allâh, which is the purpose and aim of the universe. So to mention ât al- is to conceive of the Qur'an's ultimate purpose. Indeed, Allâh (May He be exalted and glorified) says: "I created not the jinn and men except that they might worship.">(51:57)

Furthermore, there is the well-known meaning of praise: the the "ly of the attributes of perfection.

~How this is achieved:>Allâh created man and made him a comprehensive summary of the universe and an index of the book of the world, which comesert- eighteen thousand worlds, and lodged in his essence a sample from each, in which is manifested one of His names. If man spends all of what is bestowed on him in the way of that for which though created, for

— 24 —

the purpose of offering thanks, a sort of praise, and obeying the Shari'a, which removes the rust of nature, each of those samples becomes a m booksluminating] his world, and a mirror reflecting it and the attribute manifested in it and the name it displays. In this way, with both spirit and body, man becomes a summary of the worlds of the seen and unseen, and manifests wh30

manifested in them. Through offering praise he becomes both a place of demonstration and a demonstrator of the attributes of perfection. This is implied by what Muhyi al-Din al-'Arabi said in explanation of the Hadith: "I was a hidden treae "al"so I created creation that they might know Me." That is, I created creation to be a mirror in which I might observe My beauty.

~"[Be] to Allâh (li' llâh)"

That is, praisel of d) is particular to and fitting only for the Most Pure and Holy Essence, who although specified is described by the concept of the Necessarily Existent Ontibili sometimes something specific may be thought of in general terms. The letter lâm>(the li->of li-llah)>here is dependent on the verb implied by its meaning, as thoughnot red absorbed the verb's meaning. In the lâm is also a sign to sincerity and divine unity.

~"Lord and Sustainer (Rabb)"

That is, He who raises and sustains the universe with all its component parts, each of whher th a world like the greater world, with all its atoms, like its stars dispersed, in motion, in order.

Know that Allâh (May His glory be exalted) appointed for everything a point the thfection and deposited in each an inclination towards it, as though commanding it through this inclination to set out for the point of perfection. In its journey each thing stands in need of whatâ min help it and what will repulse the things that hinder it, and this is the sustaining of Allâh. If you study the universe, you will see that it resembles e told#25

groups and nations, with each individually and collectively employed in the duties its Maker has appointed for it, striving diligenthich weying the laws of its Creator. How surprising therefore is man, in his being an exception!

~"Of all the worlds (al-'âlâmîn)"

The yâ>and nûn>[that is, the two final letters] denote either a grammatical ending as in toming bers twenty ('ishrîn)>and thirty (thalâthîn),>or the [sound] plural. For the components of the worlds are worlds, or the world is not limited to the solar system. As the poet says:

Praise he to Allâh, how nuFor th are His celestial spheres!

Among them circulate the stars, and the sun and the moon.

The sound plural, [properly used] for rational beings, as in the verse "Ra'aytuhum li sâjidîn (I saw them prostrate themselvets natre me),">(12:4) indicates that [the science of] rhetoric conceives of all the components of the world as living and rational, speaking through the it iue of disposition. For the world ('âlam)>is so-called because through it the Maker is known (yu'lam),>and it bears witness to Him and points to Him. Thus, the raising and sustaining of beings and their making known their Maker indicate, like: "Conrostration, that they are as though conscious.

~"The Most Merciful, the All-Compassionate (al-Rahmân al-Rahîm)"

Their positioning:

they point to the two fundamentals in raisinnd fasnurturing. For in its meaning of Provider (al-Razzâq),>Most Merciful infers the attraction of benefits, while in its meaning of Oft-Forgiving (alGhaffâr),>All-Compassionate is conformable with the repulsion that]rm, and these are the two basic principles of raising and sustaining.

~"Master of the Day [of Judgement] (Mâlik Yawm al-Din)"

That is, the day of resurrection and requi the a The positioning:

it is as though it is the result of what precedes it, for mercy (rahma)>is one of the proofs of resurrection and eternal felicity. For mercy can only be mercy, and b"and tcan only be bounty when the Resurrection arrives and eternal felicity comes about. Otherwise, on thinking of eternal separation, intelligence, which is one of the greatwhat punties, would be a calamity for mankind, and affection and compassion, which are the most refined kinds of mercy, would be transformed into severe pain eter-If you were to ask:>Allâh is always the owner of everything, so why is the Day of Requital specified?

— 26 —

You would be told:>It is specified in order to indicate that apparent causne.">(ich Allâh has put in the world of change to demonstrate His sublimity - lest the direct functioning of the Hand of Power be seen by the mind's eye in matters that appear to be lowly in their outward (mulk)>asis manwill be raised on that day, and their inner aspect (malakûtiyya)>will be manifested clearly and transparently. Then all things will see and know their Lord anhe majr without intermediary.

And in the term "the Day (al-yawm)">is an allusion to one of the conjectural signs of the resurrection, related to the evident correspondence between a day an-baqâ)ar, and the life of man and the cycle of the earth. So it is between the hands of a clock that count the seconds, the minutes, the hours, and the days. Thus,shut ferson who sees that one hand has completed its revolution will surmise that the others will complete their revolutions too, even if with delay. Similarly, the person who sees the repeated resurrections of the species in the examples of and tay and the year will surmise that the spring of eternal felicity will be born on the morning of the Day of Resurrection for mankind, one individual of whialamitlike a species.

What is meant by "al-Din">is either requital, that is, the day of requital for good deeds and bad, or of the truths of religion; that is, tower o they will rise and be totally manifested, and the sphere of belief will prevail over the sphere of causes. For by relating causes to effects, Allâh has deposited an order in the universe through His will, and obligedthe cohrough his nature, illusions, and imagination, to comply with the order and be bound to it. Moreover, He directed all things towards Himself and is far above the effect of the causes in His domiot of (mulk).>He charged man in belief and faith, to comply with this sphere with his conscience and his spirit, and be bound to it. For in this world, the sphere of causes predominates over the sphere of belief, while in the next world ly upsuths of belief will be manifested as supreme over the sphere of causes.

Know too that each of the two spheres has its appointed position and particular rules, s all t should be given its due. Thus, the person who looks from the position of the causal world with his nature, delusions, and imagination, and the criteria of causes towards the sphere of belief is forced to be Mu'tazis as twhile a person who looks from the position of belief and its criteria with his spirit and conscience towards the sphere of causes will end up displaying a lazy sort of trust and obstinate opposition to the will of the ed itsr. {[*]: 11. This refers to the Jabriyya (Predestinationists).}

— 27 —

~"You alone do we worship (Iyyâka na'budu)"

Two points may be made concerning the letter kâf>[ in the detached ce at tive pronoun iyyâka]:

The first>of them is that by reason of the direct form of address [that is, the change to the second person after the use of the third] [typepronominal suffix "-ka - you">implies the attributes of perfection mentioned previously. For the previous mention [of the attributes] one after the other stimulates thy of wn, preparing it, filling it with enthusiasm, and directing the attention to the One described. Thus, "You alone (iyyâka)">means "O You Who is qualified by these attributes!"

The second point:>the use of the second rer, i indicates that according to the science of rhetoric the meanings should be dwelt on, for then it will be read as it was revealed, and this will lead the person to make the address naturally and enthusir themlly. Hence, "You alone (iyyâka)">implies compliance with [the Hadith] "Worship your Lord as if you were seeing Him." {[*]: See, al-Tabarânı, Sahih al-Jâmi' al-saghîr, 1049. It's complete form is narrated by alBukhari and Muslim. See, NarisinIshârât al-I'jâz [Ihsân Qasim], 30.}

The use of the first person plural in "do we worship (na'budu)">has three aspects: firstly,>we worship, all of us members a inferms of the microcosm that is myself, by offering the thanks expressed by all these members and atoms complying with that which they have been ctters]ed. Secondly,>all of us monotheists, we worship You through obedience to your Shari'a. And thirdly,>all of us beings, we submit totally to your Supreme Shari'a of Creation, and we prostrate in bewilderment and love at th told:ne of your awesomeness and power.

The positioning:

"Do we worship (na'budu)">elucidates and expounds "praise" (alhamd).>[That is, it explains the form praise should take.] It is the result of "Master of the ika hu Judgement (mâlik al-yawm ad-din)">and necessitates it. [That is, "We worship Him alone because He is the Owner of all things."] {[*]: See, Nursi, İsârâtû'l-İ'caz [Sağlam], 31.}

Know too that the precedence of "Youelegra (iyyâka)">infers sincerity, the essence of worship, while the use of the second person indicates the reason for worship, for the One qualified by these attributes, which call for direct addris shas worthy of worship.

— 28 —

~"And from You alone do we seek help (wa iyyâka nasta'în)"

In respect of the three groups mentioned above, this is the same as "You alone do we worship:">all of us mest of of man the microcosm, and us monotheists, and us beings, we seek help and assistance from You for all our needs and aims, the most important of which is worship. The "You alone (iyyâka)">is repeated trison ease the pleasure of the address and sense of presence; and because the station (maqâm)>of meeting face to face is higher and more exalted than the station of proof [in the absence of the one addressed]; and becaus meanience calls for truthfulness and not for lying; and because worship and the seeking of help are two different, independent aims.

The positioning of "do we seek help">and "do we worship:">you should understand that the relationship between them resembles the relationship of wages with service. For worship is Allâh's right over His bondsman [worship is a form of service], and the help is His bountiful bestowal [oworld rd]. {[*]: . See, Nursi, İsârâtû'l-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 31.}

In the exclusivity implied by the precedence of You alone>is an indication to the fact that through the noble relation that is worship and the service of Allâh, the bondsmuch peraised up from subjection to causes and intermediaries; indeed, the causes become his servants, and since he recognizes the One alone, [for him] the sphertween elief and conscience will come to dominate, as mentioned. The person who is not truly Allâh's servant becomes a slave to causes and is abased bye defimediaries. However, while in the sphere of causes the bondsman should not neglect causes altogether lest he comes to rebel against the order established by divine wisdom and wilties w misplaced reliance on Allâh while in the sphere of causes is laziness, as discussed. This is like the relationship of the antecedent and the aim, for help and grace Thehe preliminaries of worship.

~"Guide us (Ihdinâ)"

The positioning: it is the bondsman's reply to Allâh's question, as if He asks: "What aim is cng is to your heart?" and the bondsman replies: "Guide us!"

Know that because of its several levels of meaning, it is as if "Guide us">is derived from the four sources [or verbal nouns - masdar]>of the act of guidahrasesor its recipients may be divided into those who are guided, those who seek guidance, and those who seek increase in guidance.

— 29 —

So "Guide us, it is: make us firm in guidance if we are a society; increase us in guidance if we are a community; make us successful in guidance if we are a tribe; give us guidance if we are a group.

Also, according to the verse, "Who he skiunto every thing [that exists] its true nature and form, and thereupon guides it,">(20:50) Allâh guided us by giving us external and inner senses; then He guids to rby placing evidences in the outside world and in ourselves; then He guided us by sending prophets and revealing books. And then He guided us with the greatest guidance, wand ifas that by removing the veils from the truth, it appeared as truth and falsehood appeared as falsehood.

O Lord! Show us what is indeed the truth and empower us to follow it, a If w us the false for what it is, and enable us to avoid it.

~"The Straight Path (al-sirât al-mustaqîm)"

Know that the Straight Path is justice, consisting of the blending and summarthe niisdom (hikma),>chastity (iffa),>and courage (shajâ'a),>which are the mean or middle way of the three degrees of man's three powers.

To explain: when Allâh (May He be exalted and glorified!) housed spirit (ruh)>in man's body, whichform] anging, needy, and exposed to dangers, He deposited three powers in it to ensure its continued existence.

The First:>the power of animal appetites to attract benefits.

The Seremarkthe power of savage passion to repulse harmful and destructive things.

The Third:>the power of angelic intellect to distinguish betweeng and it and harm.

However, since His wisdom necessitated that humanity should achieve perfection through the mystery of competition, Allâh placed no innate limitation on the.">Thaers, as He did on those of other living beings. He did however limit them through the Shari'a, for it prohibits excess (ifrât)>and deficiency (tafrît)>and enjoins the middle way (wasat).>Thithe dihat is inferred by the verse "Pursue then the right course as you have been bidden.">(11:112) In the absence of any innate limitation, three degrees arise in elieveree powers: the degree of deficiency, which is negligence; the degree of superabundance, which is excess; and the middle way, which is justice.

Thus, deficiency in the pve anyf intellect is stupidity and foolishness, and its excess, perfidious deception and over-meticulousness in trivialities, and its middle way is wisdom. "He who has been given wisdom, has been given greaus tha.">(2:269)

— 30 —

Know that just as the power varies in these degrees, so does each of its branches vary. For example, in the question of the creation of actions, the middle way is that of the Sunni School between the Jabriyya anf the Mu'tazila, and in the question of doctrine, the school of divine unity is the middle way between the denial of the divine attributes (ta'til)>and anthropomorphism (tashbîh).>Yorses. make further examples in the same way.

Deficiency in the power of animal appetites is apathy and want of appetite, while its excess is profligacy, which is to desire whatever is encountered whether lawful or unlawful. Its middlaws, ais uprightness, which is desiring what is licit and shunning what is illicit. You may apply the principle applied to this power to any of its branches, such as eating, drinkinvel onssing, and so on.

Deficiency in the power of savage passion is cowardice, that is, fear of what is not to be feared and delusive imagining. Its excess is uncontrolled anger, which is the progenitor of despotism, domination, and earingy. And its middle way is courage, which is giving freely of oneself with love and eagerness for the defence of the laws of Islam and the upholding of the Word of divine unity. Apply this s

-Iinciple to each of its branches.

The six extremes are thus tyranny and the three middle ways are justice, which is the Straight Path and is to act in act in accordance with "Pursue then the right course as yoturali been bidden.">(11:112) Whoever passes along this way will cross the bridge suspended over the Fire.

~The path of those whom You have blessed (Sirât alladhîna an'amta 'alayhim)"

Consider this: the positie perfof the Qur'an's words like pearls is not on one string, but in a multiplicity of embroideries resulting from the interweaving of lines of different relationships, close anمْۜ كُant, apparent and hidden. For the basis of the miraculousness after the conciseness is this embroidery.

For example, "The way of those whom You have blessed (Sirât alladhîna an'amta 'alayhim)">hen froelationship with "All praise be to God">because bounty (al-ni'ma)>is the corollary of "praise;"

-and with "Lord and Sustainer of all the worlds">because perfect sustaining and raising thererough the continual bestowal of bounties (alni'am);

-and with "the Most Merciful, All-Compassionate,">because the recipients of bounty - offer the prophets, the martyrs who witness to the

— 31 —

Truth, and the righteous - are a mercy to the worlds and evident exemplars of mercy;

-and with "Owner of the Day of Judgement (mâlik al-yawm ad-din),">because religion (din)>is the perthat [ounty;

-and with "do we worship,">because they are foremost in worship;

-and with "do we seek help,">because they have been graced with success in response to their request for help;

-and with "Guide us,">because according to the met to dof "Follow then their guidance,">(6:90) they are the finest models;

-and with "the Straight Path,">because clearly the straight path is conhat arto their way. This is an example, so carry on in the same way.

In the word "path (al-sirât)">is an indication that their way is passable, and has restricted sides so that those who travel down it will intenray from it.

In "those whom (alladhîna)">-since it is a relative pronoun and it is the function of the relative pronoun to describe things known to the listener- is an indlationn to the exaltedness of their rank, and their refulgent shining in the darkness of mankind, as if they are obvious to all listeners even if they do not sn to tor enquire. While its being plural indicates the possibility of following their way, and corroborated by the constant consensus concerning it, ie of thtness, since "Allâh's power is with the community." {[*]: This is a Hadith the original of which is given by al-Tirmidhi as "The hand of Allâh is over the community," al-'Ajlûnî, Kashf al-Khafâ', iat is . For more details, see, Nursi, Ishârât al-I'jâz [Ihsân Qasim], 34.}

In the use of the perfect tense for "You have blessed (an'amta)">is a hint to the means of requesting further bounty. And its use of the ated k person, addressing Allâh directly, indicates that it is an intercessor, as though one is saying: "O my God! You are the bestower of bounty and in Your grace have bestowed it before; so bestow it on me again, even though I am ka)">brthy."

And in "on them ('alayhim)">is an indication to the heavy burden that is divine messengership and the bearing of the Trust, and a sign that the Messengers are like high mountains on which pour down toelativ of rain so that the plains may be flooded. As one part of the Qur'an expounds another, how beautifully "Those whom You have blessed">is expounded by "[they] are in the company of those on whom is the grace of Allâh - of the prophets, thstory.cious, the witnesses, and the righteous">(4:69)!

-If you were to ask:>The outlooks of the prophets are all different and their ways of worship are diverse. What is the reason for this?

— 32 —

You would ber this>The prophets are all followed in the principles of faith and fundamental rules, for these are constant and fixed; unlike secondary matters, the nature of which is to cen, bein the course of time. Just as the four seasons and the stages in a person's life warrant different remedies and clothing - what is a cure at one time may cause illness at another - so the stages of the life of humanity necee revee differences in rules of secondary importance, which are healing for spirits and nourishment for hearts.

~"Not of those who earn Your anger (ghayri' l-maghdûbi 'alayhiers in The positioning: know that in being a 'station' of fear and flight, this station has a relationship with those preceding it. For a person looks in bewilderment and terror towards the stames oof dominicality signified by Glory and Beauty; he looks seeking refuge towards the station of worship in "do we worship;">in his impotence he looks towards the mâ yasn of reliance in "do we seek help,">and seeking consolation he looks towards its constant companion; that is, the station of hope and relief. Forpose occurs first to the heart of one who sees something terrifying is a sense of bewilderment, then he wants to flee, then having realized his impotence it occurs to him to rely on Allâh, and ts imag receives solace.

-If you were to ask:>Allâh (May He be exalted) is All-Wise and SelfSufficient, so what is the wisdom in the creation of evil, ugliness, and misguidancm all he world?

You would be told:>Know that perfection, good, and beauty are essentially what are intended in the universe, and are in tlly thority. Relatively, defects, evil, and ugliness are in the minority, and are insignificant, secondary, and trivial. Their Creator created t respeterspersed among good and perfection not for their own sakes, but as preliminaries and units of measurement for the appearance, or existence, of the relative truths of good and perfection.

-If you were to ask:>So what ay: "S importance of the relative truths for the sake of which partial evil is approved?

You would be told:>Relative truths are the ties between beings and the tessing with which their order is woven. They are the rays from which is reflected each unique being of the species in the universe. Relative t as thare thousands of times more numerous than real truths, for if the real attributes of a person were sevenfold, the relative truths would be seven hundred. A lesser evil may theref al-ma forgiven, approved even, for the sake of the greater good. For to abandon the greater good because it contains

— 33 —

some lesser evil, is a greater evil. And in the view of wisdom, if the lesser evil encounto thihe greater evil, the lesser evil becomes a relative good, as has been established in principle in zakât>and jihâd,>for example. As is stationown, "things are known through their opposites," which means that the existence of a thing's opposite causes the manifestation and existence of its relative truths. For examplt the there were no ugliness and it did not permeate beauty, the existence of beauty with its infinite degrees would not be apparent.

-If you were to ask:>What is the reason for the difcrease forms of the following three words: "an'amta - You have blessed">being a verb, "almaghdûb - earn [Your] anger">being a passive participle, and "ad-dâllin - those who go astray">being an active participle? clearwhat is the reason for the following differences being mentioned: the attribute of the third group, the outcome of the second, which is the result of its attributes, and the exact terms of the first?

You would be told:>The upatioounty (or blessings) is chosen because bounty is a delight to which the spirit inclines, and it is in the past tense because this intimates that it is the mark of the Absothousa Generous One not to take back what He gives. By drawing attention to this practice of the Bestower of Bounty, it also suggests a way of reaching what is requested, as if one was saying: "Sincties, s Your practice to bestow bounties and You have bestowed them previously, bestow them on me too."

As for "Not of those who earn Your anger,">by it is meant those who exceed the limits of the power of passion, and have committed injusof eitnd depravity by abandoning the rules. Since there is in the essence of depravity and injustice an evil pleasure and vicious pride that do not sicken the soul, the Qur'an me obtai a,consequence that does sicken it, and that is the descent of divine wrath. The fact that a passive participle has been chosen implies continuation and this is an indication thurst ielliousness and evil become ineradicable characteristics if they are not halted by repentance and forgiveness.

~"Nor of those who go astray (wa lâ dâllin)"

This refers to those who have strayed from the path because delusion and passir-divie overridden the intellect and conscience, and they have fallen into hypocrisy through false belief. The Qur'an has chosen to describe it thus because misguidance is itselt:>Whe; the soul is sickened by it, and the spirit avoids it even it has not seen its result. And the active participle has

— 34 —

been chosen because misguho is will be misguidance so long as it is not halted.

Know too that all pain lies in misguidance and all pleasure is found in belief. If you wish, consider the state of a person whom the Hand of Power has taken out of tthem, kness of non-existence and flung into the world, that vast and frightening desert. When he opens his eyes seeking compassion, he sees afflictions and calamities besetting him like enemies. Seeking mercy, he looks to the elements and nan to mcauses, and finds them stonyhearted and relentless, baring their teeth at him. Seeking help he raises his gaze to the celestial bodies an [latt them awesome and bewildering; threatening him as though they were projectiles of fire issuing from huge mouths and encircling him. In bewilderment he lowers his head, and shielding it, starts to ponder. Then hey says the thousand screams of his needs and the moaning of his wants. Fearfully, he looks to his conscience seeking relief, and is met with thousands of vast and overwhelming hopes which cannot be satisfied in this world. For God's sake, wh and tthe state of this person if he does not believe in the first creation and the resurrection of the dead, and in the Creator and Last Judgement? Do you imagine the sufferings of Hell would be severer for him, searheirs s soul more terribly? For his state is one of compounded anxiety, terror, impotence, trembling, fearfulness, orphanhood, and despair. If he considers his power, he will see himself to be impotent e precak. If he tries to quieten his needs, he will realize that they cannot be quietened. If he shouts and calls for help, he will not be heard and he will not be helped. He supposes everything to be hostile. He iual?

s everything to be strange, so feels no familiarity. He does not look to the revolutions of the celestial bodies except with fear, bewilderment, and fright, which disturbs hisof thiience.

Now consider the state of this person if he is on the Straight Path and his conscience and spirit are illuminated with the light of belief: you wiut if that when he enters this world, opens his eyes, and beholds the assaults of all the things around him, he discerns a support on which to lean ino elseace of these onslaughts, and this is recognition of the Creator, so he will find rest.

Then if he examines his innate disposition, potentialities, and hopes, which extend to eternity, mber ol perceive a source of assistance. He seeks help from it for his hopes, for from it is drawn the water of life, which is knowledge of eternal felicity. And if he raises his head and looks at the universe, he will feel a familiarity with evertion b; he will sense familiarity

— 35 —

and affection coming from every flower. He will see in the motions of the heavenly bodies the wisdom of their Creator, and he will receive pleasure from their progress. Gazing on theains, will take a lesson and reflect. It is as if the sun is beckoning to him, saying: "My brother! Don't be frightened of me, I welcome your arrival. Both of us are servants of the One Being, obedient to His command." The moon, the stars, theg.

and their sisters will call each with her particular tongue. Waving to him, they will say: "Welcome! Don't you know us? We are all busy in the service of your Owner. Do not feel dismay or fright, nor be distressed by the threat of the c from ies with their bared teeth, for the reins of all things are in your Creator's hand."

Thus, in the first situation, the person feels a terrible distress in the deped fro his conscience. He will be compelled to rid himself of it and to soothe and deaden his senses through diversions, feigning unawareness and busying himself with trivia, so to deceiom a l conscience and numb his spirit. He will otherwise feel an acute pain in the depths of his conscience, and its effect will be apparent to the degree he is distant from the when iath. As for the second situation, there the person feels in the depths of his spirit a great delight and immediate happiness. Whenever his heart awakens and his conscience stirs and his spirit is moved, his happiness widual crease and he will receive the good news that the doors of a spiritual paradise are being flung open to him.

— 36 —

Sura al-Baqara

(The first of the two Radiant Suras)

{[*]: In iconseqated from Abû Umâma al-Bâhilî: "I heard Allâh's Messenger (UWBP) say: 'Read the Qur'an for on the Last Day (the resurrection of the dead) it will be an intercessor for its adherents. Read the two Re, if Suras (al-Zahrawayn), al-Baqara and Sura Âl-i 'Imrân...'" al-Hâkim, al-Mustadrak (Beirut, n.d.), i, 553, 554; ii, 287. For other sources see, Abdûlkadir Badıllı, Risw you Nur'un Kudsî Kaynakları (Istanbul: Envar Nesriyat, 1994), 810.}

If you were to ask:>The Qur'an is both miraculous and concise, yet in it some things are apparently frequentlythan rted, such as the Bismillâh (In the Name of Allâh, the Merciful, the Compassionate),>and the verses "Then which of the favours of your Lor, [theSustainer will you deny?">(55:13, 16, 18 etc.) and "Ah woe that Day to the rejecters of truth!>(77:15, 19, 24 etc.) and the story of Moses. Arenghest h repetitions tedious and contrary to eloquence? {[*]: For a discussion on repetition in the Qur'an, see the Tenth Topic of the Eleventh Ray (written 1944). Nursi, The Raeeds tlection [Eng. trans.] (Istanbul: Sözler Publications, 1998), 262-72.}

You would be told:>Everything that shines does not scorch. Yes, repetitions are sometimes tedious, but not always. Sometimes they are boring, and s brothes appreciated and admired. The food man eats includes both basic sustenance and fruit. The more the former is repeated, the greater the pleasure it affords; it gives strength and the body becomes accustomed to it. But the latter g a roaise to boredom when repeated and provides pleasure when replaced with something new.

In just the same way, some words and speech are reality (haqîqa) and basic sustenance; they strengthen the mind and feed the spirit. The more they are reptiest the better they seem and the more familiar they become, like sunlight. Then others are like fruits and embellishments; they give pleasure on benot chried in respect of sort and appearance (lit. apparel).

— 37 —

Having understood this, you should know that as a whole the Qur'an is sustenance for hearts and strenyou send its repetition causes not boredom, but for the most part delight and pleasure. Similarly, in the Qur'an are parts that are the spirit of that sustenance and strength; the more they are repeated, the more brilliant arousy shine, scattering lights of truth and reality. Among these latter are some like the "Bismillâh (In the Name of Allâh, the Merciful, the Compassionate)">that are essential priِنَا فs, sources of life, and embodied eternal lights. Savour them, if you have any taste! But this is dependent on acceptance of the repetitions. The story of Moses may be taken as an example: in each ph it wmaqâm)>[it is found, it is repeated] for one of the aspects it comprises. It is more useful than the parts of his staff; the Qur'an takes it aereafter in its white, shining hand and pours it out as gold so that the sorcerers of rhetoric prostrated before its eloquence.

Similarlyrom ithe "Bismillâh">there are different facets, some expressing the seeking of help and blessings; some looking to the subject [of the sura in questigh thendeed, its aim; others indicating that it is an index of the fundamental points of the Qur'an.

Also contained in the "Bismillâh">are different levels [of meaning]e thate of divine unity (tawhîd),>and declaring Allâh free of human attributes (tanzîh),>and praise, and divine glory (jalâl)>and beauty (jamâl),>and that of working righteoud thos(ihsan),>and so on.

The "Bismillâh">also infers various ordinances: for instance it indicates divine unity, prophethood, the resurrection of the dead, and justice; that is, the Qur'an's well-known four [main] aims. Most surare ofe [only] one of them as its primary aim, while the rest are secondary. So why shouldn't one of the Bismillâh's>facets or ordinances or levels [of meaning] have a particular relation with the spirit of the sura [in question], and be the topicler ofat context, indeed, a concise index of all those aspects and levels?

— 38 —

Verse 1

(The Disjointed Letters)
الٓمٓ

"Alif. Lam. Mîm.">There are four topics related to these.

First Topic

The s as "'s miraculousness and inimitability rise from the horizon of the Disjointed Letters, for it is a light manifested from the blending of the corruscating sure traes of eloquence (or rhetoric - al-balâgha).>This topic contains many fine points, but whatever their tenuousness a true dawn breaks from their totality.

Firstly: "Alifay (qâ. Mîm.">together with the other Disjointed Letters at the start of some suras, their sisters, consist of half the letters in the alphabet, the basic elembal nof all words. That is, the Qur'an uses half the twenty-eight letters and disregards half. Ponder over this!

Secondly:>The half its takes are more commonly used than those it leaves.

Thirdly:>Of the letters it takes, the Qur' the peats those easiest on the tongue, like Alif.>and Lâm.

Fourthly:>It mentions the Disjointed Letters at the start of twenty-nine suras, which corresponds to the number of letters of the alphabet. {[*ntagioHamza is counted, there are twenty-nine letters in the Arabic alphabet.}

Fifthly:>It takes half of those letters that have pairs, like the concealed (mahmûsa),>the emphatic (majhûra),>the stressehe verdîda),>the soft (rakhwa),>and the musta'liya, munhafida,>and munfatiha>letters, and the rest of them. Of those that have no pairs (awtegorict takes fewer of the 'heavy' like the tremolo (qalqala),>and more of the 'light,' like the labiolinguals (dhallâqa).

Sixthly:>Those it us you wthese are finer in character.

Seventhly:>The way the Qur'an has chosen for [selecting] the Disjointed Letters is one out of five hundred and four possibilities, and this is the only possible way of halving the letters [of the alphabet] ws of ieir particular

— 39 —

characters. For the divisions [into different groups of letters] are interwoven and one within the other, as well as being dissimilar. Each of these divisions is truly remarkable and and par. So if a person fails to appreciate the light of miraculousness born of the blending of these rays, he has only his own lack of discernment to blame.

Second Topic

"Alif'. Lam. Mîm.">are ea connke the rap of a knocker; they rouse the listener, alerting him through their singularity that they are the harbingers of something strange and remarkable. This topic also contains a number of subtleties.

F alone:>The disjointing of the letters and their being spelled out by name indicates that what they signify is of the same kind as themselves.

Secondly:>Thesction ers being disjointed indicates that what they signify is assumedly one and not compound.

Thirdly:>The spelling out of the letters by disjoining them is an indication that it is alluding to the materiaare elhe art, as though providing pen and paper for those wanting to dispute them by writing. It is as if the Qur'an is saying: "Hey you obstinate rivals, you're the masters of fine speech! You have at your dislationthe materials I had when I devised these. You do likewise if you can!"

Fourthly:>Being devoid of meaning, the disjointing of the letters indicates that [the Qur'an's] opponents have been left without prooe star they say: "We don't know the facts, stories, and ordinances that we might dispute you." So it appears the Qur'an is saying: "I only want you to produce [something similar to] the eloquent ordering (nazm al-balâgha)>[of the le, make, even if it's made up."

Fifthly:>Calling the letters by their names is the custom of scholars and writers. But both the one uttering this speech and those listening to him now aunlettered. Considering its character, therefore, the letters being in this unexpected form infers that "this speech is not his but was imparted to him."

Sixthly:>Spelling out letters syllable by syllable is particules of learners of reading and writing. It is understood from this then that the Qur'an was establishing a new way and was teaching illiterate people.

Those who cannot see the elevated art in the interweaving of these lines d compgh admittedly some are very fine - are novices to the art of eloquence, so should apply to its adepts!

— 40 —
Third Topic

"Alif. Lâm. Mîm.">indicate the ultimate concisenessre manh is the second of the two principles of [the Qur'an's] miraculousness. This topic comprises a number of fine points.

Firstly: "Alif. Lâm. Mîm.hing scate, allude to, hint, intimate, and suggest the [following] successive allegorical comparison (al-qîyâs al-tamthîlî almutasalsîl):>"This is the pre-eternal speech of Allâh, which Gabriel brought down to Muhammad (Peace and bl for ys be upon them both)." For sometimes the ordinances laid down in the whole Qur'an are set out in summary in a single long sura; and sometimes a long sura is represented allusively in a short one; and sometimes a shill inra is included symbolically in a single verse; and sometimes a verse is indicated in a single sentence; and sometimes a sentence is hinted at in a single word; and sometimes too such a comprehensive even may be discerned in the disjointed letters, like in Sin. Lâm. Mîm.>Similarly, the whole Qur'an may be discerned in Surat alBaqara; and al-Baqara in Suy narr-Fatiha; and al-Fatiha in "Bismillâh alRahmân al-Rahîm;">and "Bismillâh al-Rahmân al-Rahîm">in a chiselled or sculpted "Bismillâh.">The same goes for "Alif. Lâm. Mîm.">On the strength of this successive allegorical comparison, antaf'alndicated by "That is the Book,">manifested from "Alif. Lâm. Mîm.">[is the meaning]: "This is Allâh's pre-eternal speech, which Gabriel brought down to Muhammad (Upon whom be blessings and peace)."

Secondly:>The Disjointed Letters aras corne cyphers communicated by [the Most High] to His Messenger, with whom is the key, to which the human mind has not yet attained.

Thirdly: "Alif. Lâm. Moyous how the acute intelligence of the one to whom they were revealed, for he understood what was only allusive, symbolic, and obscure as though it were efar let and clear.

Fourthly:>The disjointing of these letters indicates that the value of the letters lies not in their meanings but in theirnt froal mutual relationships, like the relationships between numbers. The science of the hidden properties of letters ('ilm asrâr al-hurûf)>has discovered these relationships.

Fifthly:>In particular, "Alif. Lâm. Mîm.">indicate by their beccept sjointed the three main points of articulating sound: the throat, the mouth, and the lips. And this in turn infers that the attention will be caught and the veil of familiarity rent, dr expreone to study the wondrous colours of the embroidery of the letters' creation.

You who is washed in the colours of the art of eloquence! Assemble the

— 41 —

various pieces of these fine points and gaze on them as a whole, then listen to th senteciting to you: "This is Allâh's Word!"

Fourth Topic

It is as though when "Alif. Lâm. Mîm.">and their sisters appear in this form that they Conceclaring: "We are leaders; we imitate no one and follow none. Our style is original and our manner, singular." This topic too contains a numbit is subtleties.

Firstly:>It is the custom of orators and eloquent speakers to always adhere to patterns and embroider examples and to follow well-trodden paths. But these letters are virginal, untouched by man or jinn.

Secondl witnem beginning to end, the Qur'an is as it was at first. Although out of their longing, its friends have wanted to imitate it, and likewise its enemies out of the but sire to challenge it, it has never been imitated nor has anything similar been achieved. If you want proof of this, take a look at the millions of Arabic books! Are any equal to the Qur'an, or even close to it? Nusly in an ignorant illiterate would exclaim if he were to compare them to it: "The Qur'an is not of their level!" It is either inferior to all of them, and this lutelyossible; or it is superior, and this is as it should be. It would fall to his lot to perceive this much of its miraculousness.

Thirdly:>It is the mark of human art that at first it emerges crude and deficient in many respects. Iy revery and lacking in grace. Only later is it perfected and made pleasing. The Qur'an's style, however, was graceful, fresh, and young when it first appeared, and it still challenges the human mind, which has grown old through the combinin is modeas and plagiarizing them. It has triumphed over all of them, proclaiming through its victory that it is the art of the Creator of all powers and s askey.

O you who sniffs at the breeze of eloquence! Doesn't the bee of your mind gather from the blossoms of these four topics the honey of "I testify that this is the Word of Allâh!"?

— 42 —

Verse 2

ذٰلl persْكِتَابُ لاَ رَيْبَ فِيهِ هُدًى لِلْمُتَّقِينَ

That is the Book concerning which is no doubt, guidance sure for those who fear Allah. (Dhâlize al-kitâbtions yba fi-hi hudan li'l-muttaqîn.)

Introduction

Consider this: one of the principles of eloquence that beautifies speech making it sparkle is that all the sentences and words respond to each other and evoke e to goher while looking to the underlying aim. Thus, to the extent of its power each strengthens the aim, which is like the confluence of rivers or a pool fed from all sides, confirmimpossd illustrating the saying:

Our phrases are diverse but your beauty is one And each of us points to that loveliness.

Consider, for example, the verse "But if a breath of your Suf a scr's punishment touches them">(21:46) it frightens by alluding to a small amount of punishment, like two negatives making a positive. It points out the terribleness of the punlack, t by showing the severity of the least amount.

Don't you see how the word "if (wa la'in)">signifies doubt, and doubt looks to littleness or fewness; and the word "touches (massa)r of ss to touch lightly and expresses a small amount; and the word "a breath (nafha)">is merely a whiff and is in the singular form, which express littleness or fewness, as does the tanwinot be ating indefinitenes; and the partitive "of (min)">signifies division or a part; it means a bit and indicates paucity; and the word "punishment (adhâb)">points to a light sort of punishment rather than chastisement (nakâl),>and suggests hom bel amount; and by alluding to compassion, the word "Lord and Sustainer (Rabb)">indicates littleness or fewness?

— 43 —

Now compare the others

~"Gthis and see how each in its particular way assists the main aim. Make analogies with this verse for its brothers. Especially, "Alif Lâm. Mîm. * That is tulgenck concerning which is no doubt, guidance sure for those who fear Allâh">- for its purpose is to praise the Qur'an and prove its perfections. The parts of the veninglel point harmoniously to this aim: in one respect, the oath [expressed by] "Alif. Lâm. Mîm.-">and "that (dhâlika)">being a demonstrative pronour certdenoting tangible things and distance; the definite article 'al'>in "the Book (al-kitâb)">and the proof [indicated by] "in which there is no doubt (lâ rayba fih).">Each of these phrases anclude the main aim, adding its own share, revealing from beneath it the evidences that rest upon it, even if they are slight.

If you wish, consider "Alif. Lâm. Mîm.:">in so far as it isGodheath, it is both corroborative, and it imparts the idea of [the Qur'an's] greatness. So too, as proof of what it is alluding to, it draws attention to the subtleties uxampleing [the letters], mentioned in the four Topics above.

Now consider the demonstrative pronoun "that (dhâlika)-.">it is used to refer to the essence and attributes [of tangible thingt has d so both denotes [the Qur'an's] greatness - because it indicates either what "Alif. Lâm. Mîm.">are alluding to, or what is foretold in the Torah and Gospels - and it points to the evidences underlying it. So how the r how perfect is the thing sworn by [that is, the Qur'an], that is foretold in the Torah and Gospels!

Next scrutinize carefully this demonstd as i pronoun, which although properly used for tangible things, here alludes to something mental (al-amr al-ma'qul),>and you will see that just as it infers greatness and importance, so it indicates that the Qur'an attracts minds likests donet, drawing everyone's gaze upon itself and preoccupying their imaginations. [The 'mental' Qur'an] is therefore shown to be at such a level that if one consults one's imagination even it will appear behind it. Thus, by its vlighteture [this demonstrative pronoun] infers that [the Qur'an] is veracious and trustworthy and free of weakness and trickery, since these should be concealed.

Then ponder over the distance suggested Like e 'lika'>of "dhâlika that:">it indicates both the Qur'an's elevated rank, which points to its perfection, and that it is far above any attempts to imitate it. For it is either inferior to all of these [a harmfs], and this is impossible as is unanimously agreed, or it is superior to all.

Next study the definite article "al">of "the Book (al-kitâb):">since it exserve s restriction, it indicates the Qur'an's sublimity and opens the door to comparison, and hints that it not only gathers together in itself the

— 44 —

virtues of al{(*): [revealed] scriptures, but adds to them and is therefore the most complete of them. Then dwell on the expression "the Book">and see how it hints that it could not be the fabrication of someonone unttered who knew neither reading nor writing.

~"Concerning which is no doubt (la rayba fih)"

There are two aspects to "concerning which (lit. in) (fihi):">[the pronominal suffix -hi]>refers eicreaseo [this] statement or to "the Book.">According to the first, [as asserted by] al-Miftâh,>{[*]: Miftâh al-'Ulûm by Sirâj al-Dîn al-Sakkâkî (d. 626/1228), about language, literature, and poetry. It was the most comprehensiveThe reof his time on 'ilm al-bayân. See, Kashf alZunun. See, Nursi, lsharât al-l'jâz [Ihsan Qasim], 58.} it means "certainly and without doubt," so is further indirect proof of [the Qur'an's] perfection. Acc And " to the second, as stated by al-Kashshâf>{[*]: al-Kashshâf'an Haqaiq al-Tanzil by Mahmtid ibn 'Umar al-Zamakhshari (d. 538 H.)} it confirms the existence of the Qur'an's perfections. And both say that from sure, h "concerning which is no doubt (lâ rayba fîh)" whispers the verse, "And if you are in doubt as to what We have revealed step by step to our servant, then produce a Sura like thereunto,">(2:23) poidissemto its specific evidence. And because the [negating particle] "la">of "concerning which is no doubt (lâ rayba fih)">is absolute, it dispels all possible doubts, and also recites the lines:

How many correct words are thought to be wa ra, While their only fault lies in the hearer's understanding,>{[*]: al-Mutanabi, Diwan. See, Nursi, Ishârât al-I'jâz [Ihsan Qasim], 47.}

It indicates too that the Qur'an cannot give riseight pubts, for within it are such signs and indications that from all sides they mass together and repulse the assaulting doubts.

And in the adverbiality (or 'containing' - zarfiyya)>of "concerning which>(lit. in) (fihi)">and the choice of "fi"-I'jâzace of other prepositions is a sign that one's gaze should penetrate to the Qur'an's interior and that its truths will chase away any unfounded suspicions tring. y alight on its exterior due to a superficial view.

Friend! Now that you have discerned the value of [this] compound [sentence] through analyzing it, and perceived the difference between theere in and its parts, take a glance at its words and phrases and see how each contributes its share to the joint aim with its own particular evidence, and how the light of eloquence flares up on every side.

— 45 —

Consider this: the rea}

Te phrases "Alif. Lâm. Mîm. * That is the Book ... concerning which is no doubt... guidance sure for those who fear Allâh">are not linked by conjunctions is their intense union and mutual embrace; each seizes the hand oِالْيَone preceding it and the coat tails of the one following it. For in one way each is proof of all of them and in another it is their result.

[The Qur'an's] miraculousness is insity to on this verse [as though it were] an embroidery woven of twelve intricately interwoven lines of relations. If you would like to see it in detail, [firstly] study "Alif. Lâm. Mim,">for they implynd infmeaning: "These [letters] are issuing a challenge; is there anyone to answer it?" Then consider "That is the Book">for it states clearly that it surpasses all its fellows and has superseded them, thus inferring that لَةَ بexceptional and without peer. Then ponder over "concerning which is no doubt,">for it states explicitly that there is no room for doubt, thus proclaiming that [the Qur'an] is illumined with the light of certaine reveen consider "guidance sure for those who fear Allâh;">for it is informing you that it points out the straight path and is an embodied light of gude for. Thus, in respect of the first meaning each phrase is a proof of its fellows, and in regard to the second meaning all are the result of each of them.

Now, by way of example, we shall mention three of the twelve relations, and

— 46 —

in which is an allusion to the fact that the light of guidance has been embodied and become the veryVersesance of the Qur'an. Like if the colour red is embodied, it becomes carmine. {[*]: A topical allusion in so far as this commentary was written immediately before and during the early part of the First World War, for carmine was the colour adopted by and symbolic of the Armenians. It was obtained from cochineal, the pressed dried bodies of insects. See, Nursi, Ishârât al-I'jâz [Ihsan Qasim], 48.}

The Third:>The اَضَٓا the indefinite for "guidance (hudan),">which alludes to the infinite subtlety of the Qur'an's guidance, the essence of which is unfathomautile,nd to its utmost breadth, which is unencompassable by knowledge. For the indefinite infers either subtlety and concealment, or unencompassable breadth. It is because ple, cs that it is used sometimes to disparage and sometimes to exalt.

The Fourth:>The conciseness of "for those who fear Allâh (li'lmuttaqîn) to beh is used instead of a longer phrase like "the people who have become pious through the Qur'an," indicates the result rather than what precedes it (al-majâz al-awwal),>and points to the fruits othere ance and its effects. This hints at the argument from effect to cause (al-burhân al-innî)>for the existence of guidance. So the listener in one century has the evidence of preceding centuri of thst as he will be evidence for those that succeed him.

-If you were to ask:>How can eloquence that is beyond human power be born of these few pointidenceYou would be told:>A great mystery lies in mutual assistance and union. For by virtue of the mystery of reflection, when three beautiful things come together, they become five; and five become ten; and ten become forty. For in each is classe of reflection and it represents [the beauty] to a degree. Like there appear to be many mirrors when two mirrors are put face to face; or if you shine a lamp at them, the reflection of its rays will increase the light. Sillâh] to this is the combining of a number of points. It is also due to this mystery that you will see that the beautiful and the accomplished all have a natural inclination to join with others similar to themritten to increase their beauty. Stones even, despite their being only stones, incline towards their brothers on leaving the builder's hand for their places in a domed roof, and bow their heads to touch those of their brothers and a)">alg all together, they do not fall. The human being then who fails to perceive this mystery of mutual assistance is more lifeless than a stone, for some stones are sued, Hey bend over backwards to co-operate with their brothers!

— 47 —

-If you were to ask:>It is the mark of guidance and eloquence to elucidate, provide clear explanations, and to save minds fraciounfusion. But the Qur'anic commentators have been at variance over verses like this and have suggested different possibilities, and have propounded conflicting aspect and nhe phrases. So how can the truth be recognized among all these?

You would be told:>All are right, for the listeners vary greatly. For the Qur'an was not revealed for the people of only one century, but for the peoplelms thl the centuries; nor for only one class, but for all the classes of mankind; and each of these has its own share and part in understanding the eir sc. Between people there are vast differences of understanding, and their tastes vary greatly, and they incline to different sides of the Qur'an, and appreciate differits hipects of it, and their pleasures are diverse, and their temperaments are all different. How many things there are that one nation deems beautiful which another does not even notice, and which one enjoys greatly while another does note condrecognize their existence. You can draw further analogies in the same way.

It is because of this mystery and instance of wisdom that in most places the Qur'an is not specific out ofkes its statements general so that everyone can appraise them according to their own taste and appreciation. The Qur'an has ordered its sentences and positioned them in such a way that numerous different possibnot vas unfold from its various aspects, and [different people with] their diverse understandings may reflect on them and each may receive his share. You can make further an his as. That is to say, all these different aspects are permissible on condition they are not opposed to the sciences of Arabic, are approved by the science of rhetoric (eloquence), and are accepters, fo the science of the principles and aims of the Shari'a. Thus, it emerges from this point that one of the aspects of the Qur'an's miraculousness is ]: If rd-order and its arrangement in a style that conforms to the understandings of the people of all ages and all classes.

— 48 —

Verse 3

اَلَّذِينَ ي is moُونَ بِالْغَيْبِ

Who believe in the Unseen, are steadfast in prayer, and spend out of what We have provided for them. (Alladhîna yu'minûna bi'l-ghayb wa yuqîmûna al-salât wa mimma razaer, th yunfiqûn.)

~"Who believe in the Unseen (alladhîna yu'minûna bi'l-ghayb)"

Consider this: the positioning of this verse and the previous one in respect of their essential meanings is this, that the praise of the with n in the previous verse has a bearing on the praise of believers in this one, and the one flows into the other. For the praise of believers is a result of the former; it is a proof from effect to cause (al-burhân al-innî);>a fruit of tha few an's guidance and a witness to it; and by [the praise in this verse] being encouragement it shows that it has a share of that guidance and is an example of it.

As for the positioning of "whontion]dhîna)">and "those who fear Allâh (,al-muttaqin)">[and the relationship between them], it [denotes] emptying or clearing (takliliyya),>and adorning (tahliyya),>which is the eternal companiin thithe former. That is, adornment after purification (tanzîh).>Do you not see that taqwâ>is the renunciation of evils and that the Qur'anless aons it as having three stages: the giving up of associating partners with Allâh (shirk),>the giving up of sin, and the giving up of all things other than Allâh? While adornmentters t perform good acts, either inwardly with the heart, or physically, or with property. Now, the sun of interior acts is belief (îmân),>and the index of physical acts is the salât>or ritual prayers, which are " its tllar of religion," {[*]: Tirmidhî, îmân, 8; Ibn Mâja, Fitan, 12; Musnad, v, 231; al-Hâkim, al-Mustadrak, ii, 76.} and the pivot of acts related to property is the purification ta>one dât),>which is "the bridge of Islam." {[*]: al-Mundhiri, al-Targhib wa'l-Tarhib, i, 517.}

— 49 —

Consider this: were you to consider [the phrase]ized.

believe in the Unseen (alladhîna yu'minûna bi'l-ghayb)">in respect of its position, you would see that it should be concise, yet if you compareies an its synonym 'the believers' (al-mu'minûn),>it will strike you as prolix. For the definite article "al">has been exchanged for "alladhîna - who,">whose function as a relative prono the pto qualify through the relative clause the noun it governs. [It is the relative clause then - not the relative pronoun - that has importance since it qualifies the subject. The construction here then draws attethe st to belief, encouraging it and exalting it. This is a sign too that belief illuminates the one professing it like a lighthouse so that his other attri the hwane and fade away. And "[they] believe (yu'minûna)">has been substituted for 'believers' (mu'minûn)>in order to depict this praiseworthy situation for the imagination. It is also a sign that belief is renewed through its continued existence u can manifested through the succession of evidences, both exterior and interior. Yes, the clearer the evidences, the firmer is belief.

By "in the Unseen (bi'l-ghayb)">is meant cid], hey believe with the heart, that is, sincerely without prevarication, even when alone. And they believe in what is unseen and in the World of the Unseen.

So know that belief is a light produced by afe [eveg in detail all the essentials of religion brought by the Prophet (Upon whom be blessings and peace) and the rest in general.

-If you were to ask:>Only one out of a hundred ordinary peos of te able to express the truths of belief clearly?

You would be told:>The inability to state something clearly does not indicate its non-existence. Mostly, the tongue is incapable of interpreting the subtleties of whaerson,mind conceives of. Similarly, the intellect cannot contemplate the hidden secrets ûf the conscience, so how should it interpret all of them? Don't by esce that for all his intelligence, a genius and master of rhetoric like al-Sakkâkî failed to harvest the fine points produced spontaneously by a nomad like Imri' al-Qays, {[*]: Imri' al-Qays (?497-545 A.D.), the most famous of alldged ipoets of the Jâhiliyya. He was the author of one of the Seven Hanging Odes, in the Ka'ba.} or someone similar. In consequence, one can establish whether or not an ordinary person believes by questioning him and seeking an expt is bon. You can question him both positively and negatively, saying: "O you common man! Is it possible according to your way of thinking that the Maker in the grasp of Whose power rs, anl six aspects of the world, should be present in just one place of

— 50 —

it?" If he replies negatively, then the fact that Allâh is beyond the restrictions of space is firmly established in his conscience, and that is sufficient for him. You cang the of further examples in the same way.

Know too that as expounded by Sa'd, {[*]: Sa'd al-Din al-Taftâzâni, born in Taftazan in Khurasan in 712 H (or 727 H) and died in Samarqand in 793 H. He was an authority in the sciences of Arabicr scric, and fiqh. He strove to revive the Islamic sciences after the Mongol invasion. Among his works are Tahzib alMantiq, Sharh al-Maqasid and Sharh al-'Aqaid al-Nasafiya.} belief is a light that Allâh (May He be exalted) instils instantaneood's sn the hearts of those of His servants that He wishes - that is, after they have used their will power. Yes, belief is a light for the human conscience, a ray from th the [Eternal Sun, that suddenly bathes in light the conscience's inner face. It affords it a feeling of familiarity with all the universe and establishes relations between it and all things. It ibecaus such moral strength to a person's heart that he can overcome all the events and misfortunes that beset him. It affords him such breadth he can endure the past and the future. Yes, as belief ir story from the Pre-Eternal Sun, so it is a flash of eternal happiness, that is, of the resurrection of the dead. Through the light it emits, the seeds of man's hopes sprout, and the potentialities lo "Lookn his conscience start to grow and to stretch out towards eternity, and the seeds of his abilities are transformed into a Tree of Tuba.

~"Are steadfastas a rayer (Wa yuqîmûna al-salât):

Consider this: the positioning [of this phrase and its relationship with the previous one] is as clear as daylight. For the salât>beiuld necified rather than other physical good works indicates that they are an index of all meritorious acts and a sample of them, and that they reflect them - like the Fatiha>is an index of the Qur'an and man is an index of the world. For ithey dsense the salât>include fasting, the Hajj, zakât,>and the other forms of worship; and they include the worship of all creatures, both innate and voluntul la-ome of the angels bow in worship, others prostrate, and yet others stand, and some stones prostrate in worship, and some trees stand, and some animals bow down.

The verbal form "(lit. they perfith thuqîmûna">is used instead of 'almuqîmûn>' (the active participle) in order to thrust before the mind's eye of the listener this extensive vital action, this heedfulness of the spirit, in the world of Islam, and to alert hinishinination to this admirable and orderly situation in all the regions of humanity, and to arouse in him the desire to do likewise. For if someone observes the effect of a bugle call on soldiers

— 51 —

diasiestd and lost among the people, how it arouses them, summoning them to gather together and take up pleasing, orderly positions, he himself will feel inclined to join them. Just the same is the call to pron, anf Muhammad (UWBP) among the people in this bleak world. "And God's is the highest similitude."

The use here, the place for conciseness, of the prolix "are steadfast in prayer (yibing a al-salât)">in place of 'yusallûn,'>indicates the importance of complying with the meaning of 'performing' (al-iqâma)>the salât,>such as performing them correctly, and regularly, and seriously, and preserving oneself [fr is prtractions etc.], and increasing demand for them in the market of the world. Ponder over this, and understand too that the salât are an elevated link, a lofty res versship between the bondsman and the Pre-Eternal Monarch, and an honourable act of service. It is characteristic of this relationship that it captivates th contait. The 'pillars' of the salât>comprise numerous mysteries which have been expounded in works like al-Futûhât al-Makkiya.>{[*]: By Muhyiddîn al-'Arabi (1165-1240 A.D.). See note 7 in preceding chapter.} One of these is that the ctud thnce loves them. They are a summons of the Pre-Eternal Maker to the pavilion of His presence five times a day and night to commune with Him, as a sort of Ascension. This is such g acceveryone's heart should yearn for it. The salât>perpetuates in the heart the idea of the Maker's sublimity and makes the mind conscious of it so as to induceir haience to the divine laws of justice and compliance with the dominical order of things. Man is in need of this because he is human and because he is by nature civilized. So y of wor those who give up the salât!>What a loss the lazy suffer! And O, the ignorance of those who do not know their value! And those who do not deem them worthwhile, they should g for ewhere, the targets of general disgust!

~"And spend out of what We have provided for them (Wa mimmâ razqnâhum yunfiqûn)"

The positioning [and represseship with the preceding phrase]: just as the salât>are "the pillar of religion" and uphold religion; so zakât>is "the bridge of Islam" and the means by which its people assist one another. There are certain conditions making almsgivinof hisptable and not misplaced:

-One should not be wasteful [go to excess], which is reprehensible.

-One should not take from one person st. Itve to another, but should give out of one's own property.

— 52 —

-One should not give in the hope of gain.

-One should not fear poverty.

he samgiving should not be restricted to property; knowledge, ideas, and actions may also be given.

-The recipient of almsgiving should not spend it on frivolities, but on necessities and basic needs.

The Qur'an preferred "o not end out of what We have provided for them (Wa mimmâ razqnâhum yunfiqûn)">to 'they give alms' (yatasaddaqûn)>or 'they give the alms-tax' (yazakkûn)>and so on in order to make the following points and infer these conditce. An With "out of (min)">it indicates that wastefulness [in the giving of almsgiving] should be avoided;

By putting "out of what (mimagain irst it infers that it should be given out of the donor's property;

And by "We have provided (razzaqnâ),">it disallows it being a favour; that is, "it is Allâh woss ththe Giver and you are merely the means."

And by the "We (-nâ),">it alludes to the meaning of the Hadith: "Never fear scarcity from the Lord of the divine throne." {[*]: al-Jâmi' al-Sagir, no: 1508; al-Muyze th, al-Targhib wa'l-Tarhib, no: 912. See, Nursi, Ishârât al-I'jâz [Ihsan Qasim], 53.}

And because rizq>[the noun 'sustenance,' derived from the verbal root] here is absolutebtletiot specific, it infers that almsgiving includes the giving of knowledge, ideas, and other things.

And by "spend (yunfiqûn)">it infers the condition that the recipient should spend the alms on his livelihood and essential needs.

Itances ated by a sound Hadith: "Zakât>is the bridge of Islam." {[*]: See, note 9 above.} That is, zakât>is a bridge; the Muslim helps his brother Muslim to pass over it. For it is the means enjoined [by religes thahereby [people] may assist one another; indeed, it is a highway in the ordering of human society, and a link or artery by which the substance of life may flow between its members. Indeed, it is believtidote to the very real poisons impeding human progress. Yes, there is vast wisdom in the obligation of zakât>and prohibition of usury and interest, and lofty benefits and extensive mercy. For if you take a histoit satlook at the page of the world and study the evils of human society, you will see that the underlying reasons for all revolutions and corruption, and the source of immorality are only two sayings:

The First:>"Once I'm full, whatnd he me if others die of hunger?"

— 53 —

The Second:>"You work so that I can eat, and you toil so that I can rest."

As for the cruel, rapacious, vile of tht saying, it has shaken the world of humanity and brought it to the brink of ruin. It is only zakât>that will cut it at the root. While the tyrannical, greedy, perverted second saying has imperiled human progress, taking it toit. Mog to the verge of the conflagration of anarchy. And the only way to eradicate it, the only remedy for it, is the prohibition of usury and interest. So reflect on this!

Consider this: the order of society is dependent on there beingss, whcuum between the classes of people. The upper classes should not grow distant from the lower classes, nor the rich from the poor, to the extent that the lines of communication are broken between them. But because the obli produ payment of zakât>and the prohibition of usury and interest have been neglected, a yawning gap has opened up between the classes, and the upper classes have grown so distant from the lower cncompa that no links between them remain. It is because of this that instead of respect, obedience, and love ascending from the lower classes to the upper classes, shouts of revolution arise, and shpeopleof envy and cries of hatred and revenge. Similarly, instead of kindness, generosity, and favours descending from the upper to the lower classes, the fires of tyranny and oppression, and volleys of the pi rain down on them. Alas! While the qualities of the elite should be the cause of modesty and compassion, unfortunately they give rise to pride and arroganfies td while the powerlessness and poverty of the poor necessitate kindness and benevolence, they lead to slavery and degradation. If you want a witness for what I say, take a look at the civilized world; there you will find ase thatwitnesses as you could wish for. The only means of reconciliation between the classes, which will bring them closer together, is the pas all-of zakât,>one of the pillars of Islam, and an elevated, farreaching rule in the administration of society.

— 54 —

Verse 4

وَالَّذِينَ يُؤْمy deem بِمَا اُنْزِلَ اِلَيْكَ وَمَا اُنْزِلَ مِنْ قَبْلِكَ وَبِاْلاٰخِرَةِ هُمْ يُوقِنُونَ

And who believe in that which is revealed to you, and that which was revealed before you, and have certain belief in the hereafter. (Wa alladhîna yu'mough tbi-mâ unzila ilayka wa mâ unzila min qablika wa bi'1-âkhirati hum yûqinûn.)

Consider this: the Qur'an has not restrained or restricted its word-order. That is to say, in most verses similar to this one, it has not specified anyfirst t of the phrases and sentences by placing a sign in them. This is for a subtle reason, and this reason is the source of its conciseness [or ellipsis al-ijâz],>which in turn is the source of its miraculousness. with tason is this: eloquence consists of speaking in conformity with the demands of any situation. Those the Qur'an addresses belong to different classes in different centuries. So taking all these classes and centuries into consideration, in opect, hat all the different types of people may receive their share, the Qur'an makes omissions in many places in order to make general what it says and apportion it out, and speaks in absolute terms in order to make it comprehensive and distribute and hereover it leaves the word-order free in many places to multiply its facets and to increase the possibilities agreeable to eloquence and acceptable to the sciences of Arabic. Thus all minds receive the Qur'an's effusions t(haqâ'extent they can appreciate them. Consider this carefully!

Now the positioning of this verse in relation to the previous one: here it is being specific after being general, to proclaim over the sensesof witnesses the distinction of those People of the Book who believe, and to silence those of them who hold back from it, and to take those like 'Abdullah ibn Salam {[*]: Abû Yusuf 'Abdullah ibnt faitlâm al-Hârith (d. 43/663). He was a learned Jew who accepted Islam and became one of the Prophet's (UWBP) Companions.} by the hand so as to encourage "shall to follow his example.

— 55 —

Moreover, it states unequivocally that there are two sorts of Godfearing people (muttaqî),>thus stating openly that the Qur'an's guidance embraces all peoples, and inferriw mirat Muhammad (Upon whom be blessings and peace) was sent as Messenger to all nations without exception. Also, by elucidating the pillars of belief contained in the shell of "who believe in thed theen (yu'minûna bi'l-ghayb),">it supplies details after its previous succinct statements, for it makes explicit mention of the revealed books and resurrection of the dead, and implicit refeis: thto the prophets and angels.

The Qur'an did not opt for conciseness by saying something like 'the believers in the Qur'an' (al-mu'minûna bi'l-Qur'ân)>rather, in order to sider, e meaning with subtleties and decorate its appendices with fine points, it preferred "And who believe in that which is revealed to you (wa alladhîna yu'minûna bi-mâ unzila ilayka).">For in "who say:adhîna)">is a sign that the attribute of belief is what is intended, and that a person's other attributes are dependent on it and concealed beneath it.

In the use of the imperfect tense for "(they) believe (yu'minûna)">instead of Dalâ'elievers' (al-mu'minûn)>[the active participle] which infers [something] being fixed and unchanging, is an indication that belief is constantly renewed on the repeated coming of revelation.

Then with the vagueness of "what (mâ),s's amndicates that abbreviated belief is sufficient, and that belief includes exoteric revelation [like the Qur'an] and esoteric revelation like Hadiths.

Concerning "revealed (unzila),">in regard to its matter (mâdda)>it indicates that xcepti in the Qur'an is belief in its revelation by Allâh. Likewise, it means belief in Allâh is belief in Allâh's existence, and belief in the hereafter is belief in the coming of the hf the er.

The use of the perfect tense although the revelation had not yet been completed, is an indication that its completion was as certain as that which had been revealed. Moreover, "(they) believe (yu'm an un">being in the imperfect tense infers the future, thus compensating for the deficiency inferred by the use of the perfect. Because the Qur'an was revealed in this way [that is, by degrees], you see in its styles that the past very often swall whiche future and the imperfect tense dons the attire of the perfect. The eloquence of this is a very subtle:

If a person hears something referred to in the past although it has not yet occurred, it arouses his mind and he is alertehe neehe fact that he is not alone, but behind him are row upon row at various distances, as though the

— 56 —

centuries and their peoples are sitting iousners rising up behind him. This makes him aware that the address and call directed towards him is being heard by all of them according to its volume. Yes, it is a divine addre made m which all the rows of men in all the centuries receive their share. Thus, the past is real for most people most of the time, while for e Worda little of the time it is metaphorical. So to take the majority into consideration serves better the purposes of eloquence.

And in thcan geof "to you (ilayka)">rather than 'on you' ('alayka)>is a sign that the divine messengership was a duty with which the Prophet (Upon whom be blessings and peace) was charged, that he undeeir revoluntarily. Also [on the one hand] it indicates his loftiness since Gabriel served him by presenting [the Qur'an] to him, for 'on' ('alâ)>hints of compulsion and that the means damentelation was higher. While [on the other] the use of the second person "to you">rather than [the third person] 'to Muhammad' implies that Muhammad (Upon whom be blessings and peace) was only an addressee and that the speech is conces Word. Moreover, in meaning, the direct address of the vocative confirms and illustrates the meaning of that which is sent down or revealed (al-nuzûl),>and this is the Revelation (al-wahy),>and the Revelation is the Qur'an, whif 'coia divine address [to the Prophet] the character of which is to permeate all these [points]. And this reveals his share of this characteristic. Thus, it becomes clear by reason of its encompassingd disthese subtle points, that this passage is of the utmost conciseness.

~"And that which was revealed before you (wa mâ unzila min qablika)"

Consider this: the purpose of descriptions like these is to arouse eag for y, and this implies [certain new] injunctions: "Believe in such-and-such, and make no distinction [between the prophets]." The phrase's positioning and its ties in pr what precedes it] comprise four subtle points:

Firstly:>The argument from what is adduced to the evidence. It is like this:

"O men! Ilarly,believe in the Qur'an, believe also in the previous scriptures, for the Qur'an confirms their veracity and testifies to them." This is indicated by "a confirmation of what went before.">(2:97)

Secondly:>The argumeh the m the evidence to what is adduced, like this: "O People of the Book! If you believe in the past prophets and scriptures, you should also believe in the Qur'an and Muhammad (UWBP), for the scriptures gave the good news of ded onming. Moreover, confirmation of them, and their revelation and evidences of the messengers' prophethoods

— 57 —

are found in reality and in spirit mor to unectly in the Qur'an and more clearly in Muhammad (UWBP). Thus, according to this excellent reasoning, the Qur'an is the Word of Allâh and Muhammad (Upon whom be blessings and peace) is His Messengerfalse hirdly:>In this is a sign that the outcome (al-ma'âl)>of the Qur'an, that is, Islam, which emerged from it in the Era of Bliss, is like a tree whose origin is fastened in the depths of the past. Its spreading ro, the e fed from the water-sources of that time yielding life and strength. And with its trunk in the skies of the future, its spreading branches are laden with fruit. That is to saIslam am embraces the past and the future.

Fourthly:>In this is a sign that it is urging the People of the Book to believe [in Islam], for it is making and bpear familiar to them, and easy. It is as though [the Qur'an] is saying: 'O People of the Book! You should not experience any difficulty inthe hoing this [new] way, for you are not casting away your outer shell altogether, but only completing your beliefs and building on the fun than als you already possess.' For the Qur'an does not bring any new fundamentals or principal beliefs; it modifies and perfects existent ones; and it combines in itself the virtues of all the previousight ( and the essentials of all the previous laws. It only establishes new ordinances in secondary matters, which are subject to change due to differences in time and plasweller just as with the change of seasons, food and dress and many other things are changed; so too the stages of a person's life warrant changes in the manner of their education and upbringing. Similarly, asrî, Masitated by wisdom and need, religious ordinances concerning secondary matters change in accordance with the stages of mankind's development. For very many of these are bene to ad at one time yet harmful at another, and very many medicines were efficacious in mankind's infancy yet ceased being remedies in its youth. This is the reason the Qur'an abrogated some of its sec of ex pronouncements. That is, it decreed that their time had finished and that the turn had come for other decrees.

[The words]~"before you (min qablika)">[also in even ] a number of subtle points:

Consider this: there is no word of revelation that is disdainful of its place, or is not content with it, or thinks that another place would be better. No, there is no mâ)">ff revelation but it is like an embossed pearl, held firmly in its setting by the bonds of the relationships between it and its brothers. If you wish, study "before you;">you will see how the subtleties fly as throm every side of the verse and alight on this unique phrase. The

— 58 —

verse of which "before you">is a part deals with the question of prophethood and the five aims it comprises. The phrase has absorbed thest of b and been coloured by them. Signifying five subtle points, it exudes the five aims, which are reflected from these relationships.

The aims included [in prophethood] are these: Muhammad (Upon whom be blessings and pes verss a prophet; he is the most perfect of the prophets; he is the Seal of the Prophets; he was sent to all peoples; his Shari'a abrogated all preceding ond arre contains their virtues.

The manner the first aim is reflected in the phrase: [the words] "before you (min qablika)">are used only whe and s are united and the road is one, as though the phrase is suggesting that by comparison all the proofs of the previous prophets and of the veracity of theiot belptures form a decisive proof of the prophethood of Muhammad (UWBP) and the revelation of his Book. For all the causes and reasons confirming their prophethoods, prove his prophethood more explicitly and more powerfully. It is as th what ll their miracles form a single miracle proving his veracity.

The way in which the second aim, the perfection of Muhammad's (UWBP) prophethood, is reflected in the phrase "before you.">in veny th the facts that it is the custom for the king to appear before the people at the end of a ceremony, and in accordance with the law of human progress a later teacher is better than an earlier one, and generas, whiose who come later are more proficient than those who preceded them, Muhammad (Upon whom be peace) was the Sovereign of the Prophets, and the best and most perfect of them, just as the Qur'an is more comprehensive and universal than the sameriptures.

The way the phrase "before you">absorbs the third aim, which is Muhammad's being the Seal of the Prophets: in accordance with the rule, "if one is multiplied it goes to infinitythat mping nowhere; but if a multiplicity of things are united, they acquire stability and come to a halt," and as is inferred by the opposite idea, "before you">hints that "there wilAlso, o prophets after you," and that Muhammad (Upon whom be blessings and peace) is the Seal of the Prophets.

The way the phrase "before you">is coloured by the fourth aim, the universality of his mission: it expressrangems meaning: "You are their successor and they are all your predecessors." Hence, according to the rule, "the successor shoulders the duties of his predecessor and takes his seat," all of them were your predecessousnesd you are their deputy and the Messenger to all peoples. Yes indeed, it could only be thus! For the innate disposition

— 59 —

of things demands it and wisdom requires it. Before the Era of Bliss all th, logions of the world of humanity were extremely distant from one another and hostile to each other, both physically and emotionally, and by instinct and upbringing. A single sort of education was insufficient for them and all could ne~"anddrawn to a single cause. Then, when humanity was awakened in the Era of Bliss and subsequently, and people felt a desire to come together due to the exchange of ide be sa swapping of characters, and the intermingling of peoples, and some of them investigating the conditions of others, and time was churned up by the many means of communication and trn):"

tation; - then the globe of the earth became like a single country, or a province, or a town, and the people of the world came together; and then a single mission, a single prophethood was sufficient fng tha of them.

The way the phrase intimates the fifth aim: since the "from (min)">of "before you (min qablika)">infers a beginning, it infers 'to' (ilâ),">which indicates the end. That is, "prophethood came to an end Nur,>our coming, for your Shari'a is sufficient." This infers that his Shari'a abrogated all previous ones, signalling their end, and through its sufficiency, included them all.

The evidence that from the point of view of (Upon nce this phrase has absorbed these subtle points is that the five aims resemble a river flowing beneath these verses; one of them gushes out completely in one verse, tnationother flows forth in another, and another is manifested entirely in a torrent in yet another. Even the least trickle on the surface indicates that the veins erse is phrase touch it. Moreover, the above meanings sprout forth in many different verses.

~"And have certain belief in the hereafter (wa bi'ing toirati hum yûqinûn)"

Consider this: this phrase refers to the fourth of the four well-known aims of the Qur'an: the resurrection of the dead. I have deduced ten proofs of it from the Qur an oaword-order and have set them out in another book. {[*]: Nursi, Muhâkemat [first published 1911] (Istanbul: Sözler Yayınevi, 1977), 151-153. As the New Said, he later included the same proofs in the Twenty-Ninth Word, The Words (Istanbul:s comer Publications, 2002), 538-545.} It will be useful to summarize them here. They are as follows:

The resurrection of the dead is a reality, for there is perfect, intentional order in the universe. There is total wisdom in creatiin "where is nothing futile in the world. There is no waste in creation (al-fitra).>This testimony is vouched for by the inductive reasoning of all the sciences, each of which is a faithful witnensiderthe order in its field of study. Also, there being

— 60 —

repeated resurrections in most things, such as the days and the years and so on, [testufahâ'to the resurrection of the dead], Man's innate disposition also points to it. It is indicated too by his infinite hopes and desires. The All-Wise Maker's mercy also alludes to th givenrrection, while the truthful tongue of Allâh's Messenger (Upon whom be blessings and peace) states it explicitly. And the Inimitable Qur'an testifies to it with such verses as "Seeing that He has created you ielf-inessive stages,">(71:14) and "Nor is your Sustainer ever unjust to His servants.">(41:46) These ten genuine proofs are keys to eternal happpiness and to the doors of Paradise.

~An Explanation of the First Proof:>If the universe did noings plt in everlasting happiness, the order in it, which its Maker has laid down with the greatest skill and precision, leaving minds in amazement, would n't yolimsy, deceptive form, and all non-material matters and connections, and relationships and links in the order would go for nothing. The order is order only becs and t leads to eternal happiness. That is, the fine points and non-material aspects of the order only sprout in the next world. Otherwise, all those non-materiar (al-cts would be extinguished, all the bonds be broken, all the relationships severed, and the order would cease to be. But the power inherent in the order declares in resounding voice that it would not let it be broken and dissolved.

of allnd Proof:>The faultless wisdom [in the universe], which is the exemplification of pre-eternal providence (al-'inâyat al-azaliyya)>and consists of following uses and instances of wisdom in all the realms (lit. species - naw')>of beings, inde mean every part of each - as is testified to by the sciences, gives the glad tidings of eternal happiness. We would otherwise have to deny these re thees and benefits the certainty of which compels us to acknowledge them. For then the benefits would not be benefits, and the wisdom would nce, t wisdom, and the uses would not be useful. And this is pure sophistry.

~The Third Proof, which expounds the Second:>Science testifies also that the Maker chooses the shortest path in everythingpersonthe closest side, and the lightest and most beautiful form. This indicates the absence of futility. And this suggests that the Maker is truly serious. And this could only be with the coming of eternal happiness. Otherwise existence woges, wscend to the level of absolute non-existence and everything would be transformed into pure futility. Glory be unto to You! You did not create this in vain!

~The Fourth Proof, which elucidates the the cl>The sciences

— 61 —

show that there is no waste in creation. If your mind is incapable of perceiving the instances of wisdom in the macrocosm, that is, the world, scrutinize the microcosm, which is man. For the science of anatomy has des whate and proved them. In the human body are approximately six hundred bones each of which has a particular function. And there are six thousand veins and arteries for the circulation of the blood, each with its own use. Andwhich are twenty-four thousand pores and ducts in the cells. And in each cell function the five powers of attraction, repulsion, holding (mumsika),>forming (musawwira),>and reproduction, which all have their own purposes.

If the mstent sm is thus, would the macrocosm be defective in comparison? If there is this absence of waste in the body, which has no importance compared with its essence, is it conceivable that the spirit would be neglected? Or quirespiritual matters and hopes and ideas, which are the works of the spirit, should be wasted? If it were not for eternal happiness, all spiritual matters would shrivel up at it iwasted. For God's sake, is it reasonably possible that you should have a jewel worth the world and look after its shell and case, not even letting it become dusty, the

Mo it and smash it to smithereens and destroy all trace of it? Absolutely not! You only look after the case for what it contains. Furthermore, if a person's sound constitution and healthy members and faculties give you to understand that he wiled witinue to live and develop, do not the constant reality permeating the spirit of the universe, and the total force indicating the continued existence of its order, and the perfectionteeth ng the maturation (takammul)>of its overall system all show you that eternal happiness will arrive through the door of bodily resurrection? For it is only resurrection thatbody, the order from disturbance, and is the means of its maturation, and for the unfolding of that perpetual force.

~Fifth Proof, and Surmise, which indicates intention:>The existence of repeated resurrections in most of the realms of beting aoints to the supreme resurrection. If you like, this can be illustrated with an example: take a look at your weekly clock. It contains various cogs and flywheels that turn and work the hands. One of them counts the seconds; it is a forertheir giving news of the motion of the minute hand. This paves the way for and announces t٥ٕۙmotion of the hour hand, and it results in and proclaims the motion of the hand that counts the days of has ieek. The preceding one completing its circuit indicates that its sister following it will complete its circuit. Similarly, Allâh the Most High, be He exalted, has a vast

— 62 —

clock the machinery of which are the heavenly sphMost Hits hands count the days, and the years, and the life of mankind, and term of the world. They are the equivalent of the seconds, minutes, hours, and days of your clock. Theand onng comes after every night, and the summer comes after every spring - resulting from the motion of that clock - which is a concealed sign and subtle hint that the morning of the sprint is dhe resurrection will come, breaking forth from the vast clock of the universe.

-If you were to ask:>Things are not resurrected identically in the repeated resurrections in the universe, so how does this show td custey will be restored to life identically at the supreme resurrection?

You would be told:>A human individual is like a species of other creatures. For the light of thought affords such breadth and expansio.)

an's hopes and his spirit that they encompass the past, present, and future. If he were to swallow the past and the future together with the pren agaiit would not satisfy his hopes. For the light of thought renders his nature lofty, his value general, his view universal, his perfection unlimited, his pleasures contint may and his sufferings constant. As for the members of other species, their natures are particular, their value individual, their views limited, their perfections restricted, theiwhich sures instantaneous, and their suffering fleeting. So why should the existence of a sort of resurrection in the [other] species not point to a general resurrection of the human individarable ~The Sixth Proof, which is allusive:>This is the unlimited nature of man's potentialities. Man's unbounded conceptions and thoughts are born of his infinite hops the ese arise from his unrestricted desires, which in turn arise from his unlimited abilities. These are concealed in his boundless potentialities, planted in the s has tce of his spirit, which Allâh the Most High has ennobled. All of these point testifying to eternal happiness beyond the bodily resurrection of the dead, fixing their gaze on it from afar. Reflect onclaim

~The Seventh Proof, conveying the good news>that the mercy of the Most Merciful and Compassionate One tells of the coming of the supreme mercy, by which I meaIf younal felicity. For it is through eternal felicity that mercy becomes mercy and bounty becomes bounty, and the universe is delivered from the lamentations and general mourning arising from e prepo separation, which transforms bounty into an affliction. If the spirit of bounty, that is, eternal felicity, were not to come, all bounties would be transformed into misfortunes, and it wot thancessitate obstinate denial of the mercy that is self-evidently testified to by all the universe. O

— 63 —

Habib and Shafiq, {[*]: The names of two of Nursi's students, which mean affectionate and compassionate, reson isvely. The former acted as the author's scribe.} both lovers! Consider the finest works of divine mercy: affection, compassion, and love. Then consult your consciences, but after supposing them to be subject to eternal separation and nd seeng parting; how they appeal for help! How your imaginations cry out, and your spirits are tormented at the transformation of affection and kindnesss, the moeloqueutiful and exquisite sorts of mercy and bounty, into a terrible calamity and affliction. Is it at all possible that such necessary mercy would assist eternal separation in assaulniquitffection and kindness? No! That mercy is such that it would set eternal separation to attack unending parting, and beset unending parting wive thernal separation, and annihilate both of them!

~The Eighth Proof, which is explicit:>This is the veracious, verified tongue of Muhammad (Upon whom be blessings and peace). His word flung open the doors of eternal felicity.ving oonsensus of all the prophets from Adam to their Seal (UWBP) concerning this truth, forms a decisive proof of it. There must be such a truth, since they wer is chgreement concerning it.

~Ninth Proof:>This is the miraculous Qur'an's announcement of eternal felicity. The seven aspects of its miraculousness have been confirmed for thirtng madnturies furnishing proof of what it claims. For it discloses bodily resurrection with its message and is the key to it. {[*]: An allusion to the commentaries al-Kashshâf by al-Zamakential and al-Miftdh by alSakkâkı. See, notes 4 and 5 above.}

~The Tenth Proof:>This consists of thousands of proofs supplied by numerous verses. For example,ssion,erse, "Seeing that He has created you in successive stages">(71:14) indicates an allegorical comparison (qiyâs tamthîlî);>and "Nor is your Sustainer ever unjust to His servants">(A 1:46) points to a proof of justice. Innot b in most of its verses the Qur'an has opened up windows looking onto the resurrection of the dead.

The allegorical comparison in the first verse above is as follows: consider the human body, how it pptiblefrom stage to stage, from sperm to a blood-clot, and from that to an embryo, and from that to flesh and bone, and from that to a new creation. Each of these stages has such particular laws, such dso as ned order, such regular development that it reveals transparently an intention, will, and choice. Next study its continued existence, for the body renews its clothes every year, and this occuned wiough

— 64 —

dissolution and reassembling. That is to say, the cells are broken down and repaired with a subtle substance prepared by their Maker in accordance with a particular law, and distributed in appropscholaamounts to all the organs.

Now study the gages of the subtle matter that bears the members' sustenance, how it is spread to all the part In [mhe body in a way that astonishes the mind, and how it is apportioned according to a specific law of division appropriately to the needs of the members. This is after it has been distilled by passing in accordance with t it id order and specific rules and extraordinary process through the body's four filters, and being cooked in its four kitchens, and undergoing four wondrous transformations; and the sustenance having been obtained according to a regular law, andeir mocular system, and specific rule from substances dispersed through the world of the elements.

All the laws and systems in these stages show transparently a driving force, an intention, and wisdom. Howtertai it not be thus? If you study an atom from the caravan of the subtle matter [known as sustenance], for example one concealed in the element of the air which finally becomes part ofe in tupil of Habib's eye, you will see that its path has been determined in the air, as though charged and commanded to proceed to the place appointed for it. And if you consider it with a scientific eye, you will be certain that it nefici in motion through blind chance and aimless coincidence, for whatever level it enters upon it conforms to its particular order, and whatever stage it rises to it knows its specific l>by "tnd to what level it travels to it is driven with a wondrous, orderly motion. It passes through all these stages till it reaches its destination. And it never dev were even an iota from its intended goal.

In Short:>Whoever ponders over the first creation will cease to have any doubts concerning the second. Indeed, the Prophet (Upon whom be blw socis and peace) said: "How strange the person who sees the first creation yet denies the second!"

For the soldiers of a regiment to gather together at the sound of the bugle after having dispersed to rest, emerging from every nook and cre and and to form ranks under their flag, is far easier than calling them up the first time and taking them under discipline and arms. Similarly, it is easier for parting tothat are closely acquainted having been intermingled in a single body to regather at sound of israfil's trumpet, and for them all to come from every side in response to their Creator's commands and is easier and

— 65 —

reasonably more possible than their original creation and composition. For in relation to divine power, the greatest thing is eqd betw the smallest.

It seems that at the resurrection, the original parts of the body will be restored to it, as well as those that were discarded. This is alluded to by the vast bodies of the resurrected, {[*] to thdith narrated by Abu Huraira says: "The kafir's tooth will be [as huge as] Mount Uhud, and his skin will be of the thickness of three days' journeying." Muslim, iv, 2189. See, Nursi, Ishârât alat spo [Ihsan Qasim], 66, for this and following two Hadiths.} and the fact that it is 'disapproved of' (makrûh)>to cut the hair or nails when canonically unclean, and tts Tig is 'Sunna' to bury them. {[*]: al-Suyûti, Kanz al-'Ummâl, vi, 656; al-Suyûti, al-Fath al-Kabir, ii, 375; and others.} But according to investigations, [a few cells from] the coccyx ('ajb(firâsanab)>will be sufficient as a seed and substance for the body's re-formation. {[*]: A Hadith narrated by Abu Huraira says: "All the sons of Adam will be consumed by the earth except for [a few cells from] the coccyx. They weer to ated out of that [in the first place] and will be recreated out of it." Muslim, Fitan, 28; Ibni Mâja, Zuhd, 32; and others.}

Now for the proof indicated by the verse, "Nor is your Sustainer ever unjust to His servants:"> whole) we very often see tyrannical, sinful, and cruel men living in the greatest luxury, passing their lives in affluence and ease. Then we see that poor, oppressed, rigunner, men of good character live lives of great hardship, degraded and oppressed. Then death comes and makes them equal and this appears to be the ultimate tyranny. Whereas divine justice and wisdrote iich are testified to by all the universe, are exempt from such tyranny. There must therefore be a final gathering at which the former will receive hised by hment and the latter his reward, so that divine justice may be fully manifested. You can compare other verses of the Qur'an with these two.

The positioning of the parts of the phrase:~"and [whatcertain belief in the hereafter (wa bi'1-âkhirati hum yûqinûn):"

The main points [that this phrase consists of]: the "and (wâw)">the precedence of "in the hereafter (bi'1-âkhira);">the use of the definite article for "the hereahich h>the term "hereafter,">the use of the personal pronoun "hum (they);">and the use of "have certain belief in (yûqinûn)">rather than 'they believe' (yu'minûn).

The [conjunction] "and (wâw):">after the generalhings ments of the previous phrases, [the purpose of] this is to denote the specificity [of this one] with its explicit mention of this pillar of belief. For [this pillar] is one of the two pivots on which thnot nealed scriptures turn.

The precedence of "in the hereafter (bi'1-âkhira)">denotes restriction.

— 66 —

and this suggests that because [some of] the People of the Book say: "The Fire shall not touch us but for a few numbered days,">(2:80) and [s, cor of them] deny bodily pleasures, the hereafter will be metaphorical for them and only in name; what they will experience will not be thhtiyâr hereafter.

The use of the definite article "al">is to express its known nature. That is, it indicates that [the hereafter] is well-known by reason of its constant mention by the revealed d">[atures. Its being well-known is also a hint that it is true, and a sign that in consequence of the proofs based on the nature of things mentioned above it is a fact almost visible to the mind. Its being well-known is therefore a signsupremit is a reality. And the use of the term "the hereafter (al-âkhira),">that is, making it an adjective qualifying creation (al-na'ita li'l-nasha'),>is to direct attention towards the fir [primation, so that the mind will grasp the possibility of the second.

The personal pronoun "they (hum)">infers restriction, and this suggests that the belief of those People of the Book who do not believe in Muhammad nditiowhom be blessings and peace) is not certain belief. Indeed, it is only a supposition which they suppose is certain.

"Have certain belief in (yûqinun)">is used instead of 'they believe' (yu'minûn),>although belief is certain omethiation, in order to intentionally point the finger at the objective so to dispel any doubts. For the resurrection of the dead is a thronging mass of doubts [and complete certainty (yaqîn)>concerning it is more important than ng of ation (tasdîq)>of it]. Also this definite statement blocks up the path of such excuses of the People of the Book as "We're believers anyway, so let those w or sp't believe, believe."

— 67 —

Verse 5

اُولٰئِكَ عَلٰى هُدًى مِنْ رَبِّهِمْ وَ اُولٰئِكَ هُمُ الْمُفْلِحُونَ

They are on [true] guidance from their Lord, and it is these who will prose utmoÛlâ'ika 'alâ hudan min Rabbihim wa ûlâ'ika humu'l-muflihûn.)

Consider this: the surmised places (al-mazânn)>in which the subtleties sparkle [in this verse] are the following: the positions of the ranslain relation to those that precede them; the perceptibility of "They (ûla' ika)">and the distance it expresses; the elevatedness denoted by "on ('alâ)">the use of the indefinite in "guidance (hudan);">thereoversition "from (min);">the raising and sustaining inferred by "their Lord and Sustainer (Rabbihim)."

The positioning: this verse is tied to ple anrecedes it with a number of threads of relationships. One of these is picking up the threads, that is, it is the answer to three implied questions:

The first>is a question seeking an example, as thoughadhînag listened to the Qur'an and heard that it is marked by giving guidance to people who as a result acquire fine qualities, the listener wants to see them actuallyspectied in these qualities seated on the throne of guidance. So it replies by depicting them for him, saying: "They are on [true] guidance from their Lord and Sustainer."

The second>is a question about the r part for guidance, as though the questioner is asking: "What are they like that they have deserved guidance and are distinguished by it?" And it replies: "They possess all these qualities in combined form. If you study them caic] gry, you will see that they are worthy of the light of guidance."

-If you were to ask:>Doesn't the more detailed mention of the qualities in previous verses explain the reason for guis doormore clearly than the concise "ûlâ'ika (they)"?

You would be told:>Conciseness is usually clearer than detailed explanation,

— 68 —

especially if the answer sought arises from a combination of things. For [here] the limitf the ure of the listener's mind, and the extended nature of the discussion, and the intervention of forgetfulness, and the reason for guidance emerging from the combinatio aspecll the elements of the discussion [hinder] understanding of it. So because "they (ûlâ'ika)">combines these things, its conciseness explains ticrocoson more clearly.

The third>is a question about the results and fruits of guidance, and its being a bounty and pleasure, as though the listener asks: "What is its pleasure and [how is it a] bounty?" And it rereat. saying that it is [only] in guidance that happiness is to be found in this world and the next; that is, the result of guidance is itself and its fruits are the same as itself. For of itself it is the greatest bounty, and rapture of purposnscience; it is the paradise of the spirit. Just as misguidance is its hell. Later it will produce the fruits of happiness and salvation in the hereafter.

When it comes to the perceptibility (al-mahsûsiyya)>of "they (ûlâ'ika),">it iinity gn that the frequent mention of the qualities leads to their being embodied in the listener's brain, made present in his mind, and perceptible to his imagination. Soanopy their being known by [mere] mention they become (lit. a door opens onto) known actually (lit. externally), and from this he understands the believers' distinction and gazes on their shining radiance among mankind. It is ale. Angh nothing else will appear to whoever raises his head and opens his eyes to look.

The distance expressed by "they (ûlâ'ika),">although on the whole they are near, indicates the loftiness of their rank, for when seout.

m afar only the tall in stature are visible. Nevertheless if distance of time and space is real, it is the best judge of the imperatives of eloquence. For the cribed Bliss [may be thought of as] a tongue reciting this verse as it was revealed, and all subsequent centuries tongues reciting it also, making it yo"veil d fresh as though newly revealed, not [something that] was revealed long ago that has been related. For the front rows, referred to by "they (ûlâ'ika),">appear from afar. So their being visible despite the distance proclaims their groning ature and lofty rank.

Now for [the preposition] "on (alâ).">Consider this: the mystery of the relationships [or associations] between things makes most of thg undee mirrors reflecting each other. This one reflects that, and that one this. Just as a fragment of glass can show you a vast desert; so sometimes e wronle word may provoke endless imaginings, and one sentence may conjure up a strange tale before your eyes, and one phrase may take your mind on a

— 69 —

jaunt through the World of Similitudes. Similarly, the word bâraza,>to meet in combat, x (zaks to you a battlefield, and the word "fruit" in the verse pushes open for you the door of Paradise. You can carry on in the same way! Just the same is the word "on ('alâ):">it opens a window for the mind, [revealing] the hich iing comparison: the Qur'an's guidance is a divine mount which it gives to believers to travel on. When mounted on it, they are on the Straight Path, journeying to the throne of perfections.

The use of the indefinite for "guidanartersdan)">indicates that it is different to "guidance to those who fear Allâh (hudan li'l-muttaqin).">(2:2) For generally speaking, the repetition of the indefinite shows that the secoays renot the same as the first. Here, the previous one is a masdar or verbal noun, while this one is 'the product' of the verbal noun (hâsil bi'1-masdar).>That is, it is a constant 'perceptible' attribute or quality (s, you hsûsa qâra)>and the fruit of the first.

The word "from (min)">indicates that [guidance] is both created by Allâh and granted to them by Him.

The word "Sustainer and Lord (Rabb)">indicatare det to give guidance is the mark of dominicality (rubûbiyya),>so just as He provides them with sustenance, so He sustains them with guidance.

~"And it is these who will prosper (wa ûlâ' grandmu'l-muflihûn)"

Know that the places the subtle points should be sought are these: the conjunction "and (wâw);">the repetition of "they (ûlâ'ika);">the detached pronoun "they (hum);">thent asnite article "the (al);" "those who will prosper (muflihûn)">being absolute, and the form of their prosperity or good fortune not being specified.

The conjunction is used owing to the relationship between its moo clauses. For just as the first "they (ûlâ'ika)">signifies happiness in this world (al-sa'âdat al-âjila),>which is a fruit of guidance; so the second points to the hahas nos of the hereafter (al-sa'âdat al-âjila).>Yes, although both of them are the fruit [or summary] of what precedes them, the best [view] is that the roots of the first "they (ûlâ'ika)">areould ined on the first "who (alladhîna),>(2:3) and it seems to refer to unlettered believers who [are not People of the Book and] receive their str indeefrom the pillars of Islam [that is, they perform the salât>and pay zakât]>this looks to what precedes "and have certain belief in the hereafter (wa bi'1-âkhirati hum yûqinûn).">The second "they (ûlâ'ika)">gl that secretly, alluding to the second "who (alladhîna),>(2:4) which it seems, refers to believing People of the Book. Its point of reference is the pillars of belief and certainty about the

— 70 —

hereafter. Now reflect on this!

As >And ie repetition of "they (ûlâ'ika),">it indicates that in respect of the ultimate cause of guidance and the reason for their being praised and privileged, these two fruits [of guidance and salvation (prosperity)] are in accorent of and different to each other. Nevertheless, the best [interpretation] is that the second "they (ûlâ'ika)">points to the first in addition to [the p rope te of which it is the subject] as though it is saying: "This one is learned and that one has been honoured."

To come to the detached pruity, "they (hum):">besides corroborating the restriction that hints at the People of the Book who do not believe in the Prophet (Upon whom be blessings and peace), it contains a subtle point which is this: the "they (hum)">being placeied aneen the subject and predicate changes the subject into one with numerous predicates. One is mentioned and the rest are referred to the imagination. For the "they (hum)">alee was e imagination to the fact that the predicates are not restricted and urges it to search for suitable ones. Just as you could plant Zayd befolludin listener and reel off many of his attributes, saying "Zayd is learned, Zayd is clever, he is this, he is that;" so too by saying: "they (ûlâ'ئِكَةِthen putting the [pronoun] "they (hum),">the Qur'an excites the imagination so that it comes up with things consonant with their attributes. For example, "They are on guidance," charashall prosper," "they shall escape Hell-fire," "they shall win Paradise," "they shall succeed in attaining to the vision of Allâh's beauty (May He be exalted)," and so on.

The definite articlhe ide (al)">portrays reality, as though saying: "If you want to see the truth about those who shall prosper, look in the mirror of "they (ûlâ'ika)">and it will depict itt resuou." Or [its purpose] is to specify them, as though saying: "If you have heard who it is that shall prosper and attain to happiness and you want toin tie what they're like, look at 'they (ûlâ'ika),'>for that is [how they are]." Or [its purpose is] to clarify what is being stated and make it evident, like wâliduhu al-'abd>(his father is [a] slave); thas in cthe fact that his father is a slave is known and obvious. [For although the predicate should have been indefinite, it was made definite.]

"Who shall prosper (muflihûn)">is absolute to make it geners to br the Qur'an addresses all classes of people with their different aspirations: some of them want to be saved from Hell-fire; others aspire only to Paradise; and others seek only divine pleasure; yet others yeis to r the vision of divine beauty; and so forth. The Qur'an has put it in absolute form to make the table of its favours general so that everyone may pick what they fancy.

— 71 —

Verse 6

اِنَّ الَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا سَوَاءٌ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَاَنْذَرْتَه clothمْ لَمْ تُنْذِرْهُمْ لاَ يُؤْمِنُونَ

As to those who reject faith, it is the same to them whether you warn them or do not warn them; they will not believe (Inna alladhîna kafarû sawâun 'alayhim a' anthe twhum am lam tundhirhum lâ yu'minûn)

Its positioning [and relationship with what precedes it]:

Consider this: in the world of His pre-eternal attributes, the Unique Being has two manifestations, those pert's sig to His Glory and those pertaining to His Beauty. Through their manifestation in the world of the attributes of actions, they appear as grace and wrath, and goodness ract ajesty. Then inclining to the world of actions, adornment and embellishment (tahliya, tazyin)>arise, and demonstrate that the Creator is exempt from the attribuggle; creatures (takhlîya, tanzîh).>Then, being imprinted on the world of the hereafter, which is one of the worlds of works ('âlam alâthâr),>grace is manifested as Paradise and light, and wratordinganifested as Hell and fire. And being reflected in the world of remembrance, recollection is divided into praise (al-hamd)>and glorification (al-tasbîh).>And being represented in the world of speech, they diversiattribo command and prohibition. And being depicted in the world of guidance, they divide into encouragement and restraint, and reassurance and warning. And through theirlims, estation in the conscience, hope and fear are born. And so on. Moreover, it is the mark of guidance to preserve the balance between hope and fear, in order that hope may induce striving and work, and fear may restrainched ttransgression, and a person will not despair of divine mercy and opt out in blameworthy fashion, or feel sure he will not be punished so unconcernedly go astray. It is because of this successive wisdom that the Qur'an does nmmentaourage without restraining, nor praise the righteous without censuring sinners.

-If you were to ask:>Why is there no conjunction here, between this and

— 72 —

the previous verse, as there is in the verse, "As for the righteous, they will man t bliss * And the wicked, they will be in the Fire.">(82: 13-14)?

You would be told:>A conjunction is apt in so far as the relationship [between the two parts ofr'an'sh it is joining] is apt, and the aptness of the relationship depends on [both parts being congruent and] following the same aim. But because different aims are being followed here [in this verse and the previous one], the conjunction was not d of thfitting. For the praise of the believers leads to and is preliminary to praise of the Qur'an, and it is its result and is driven to it. While the censure of the unbelielief is in order to restrain and frighten, and is not the prelude to praise of the Qur'an.

Now consider the subtleties in the positioning of the parts of this verse:

Firstly familiarize yourself witho whenintensive particle]~"inna">and [the relative pronoun]~"those who (alladhîna),">for they are the most itinerant and roaming of whatever you will encounter in the Qur'an in the waystations of revelation. For some reason uman cer, the Qur'an mentions them frequently, for besides the fine points they express particular to the places they are used, they comprise two general subtleties respethe jewels of eloquence:

It is characteristic of "inna">to pierce the surface and delve into the truth, and fasten the purport of its sentence to it. As though it is itself the root and sinks into the truth. For example, ort sud, it is thus:" that is, what is being stated is not imaginary, or contrived, or subjective, or newly invented; it is a constant truth. [The grammarians] say thae of t purpose of] "inna">is to establish or confirm facts (li'l-tahqîq),>and therefore denotes this fact and characteristic. The particular point here is that "inna">repels doubt and denlationlthough these were completely lacking in the Prophet (UWBP), who was being addressed; it alludes therefore to his overwhelming desire thatcircumdeniers] should come to believe.

Now for "those who (alladhîna);">know that it is characteristic of [the relative pronoun] "alladhî">to indicate something new and strange that the mind perceives Qur'ae the eyes, which is not emphatic but born of a combination of things. For this reason you will see that among the particles and pronouns of demonstration s [arihî,">the relative pronoun, is the easiest on the tongue and the one most used in denoting the change and renewal of subjects. For when that which was to establise hearh and reality, that is the Qur'an, appeared, some things (anwâ>pl. of naw')>were cancelled and vanished, and others were formed and new truths were born.

— 73 —

Consider the Era of Ignorance, hoe unleal relations (anwâ)>were based on national ties, and social mores (lit. truths - haqâ'iq)>were based on tribalism. Then when the Qur'an came, it severed t) conties and destroyed those mores, and established other relations (anwâ')>in their place, the bonds of religion. Now reflect on this! When as andr'an rose shining over humankind, hearts bloomed and became fruitful through its light, and a luminous truth was produced, which was the class (naw')>of believers. Then because of their iniqand thsome souls putrified in the face of that light and a venomous truth was born, the particular characteristic of the class of unbelievers. Between the "who (alladhg doubin this verse and that [in verse 3] there is also a reciprocity, [because they both point to a truth which is the reverse of the other].

Know that like the definite article, the relative pronoun isary; sto express five meanings, the best known of which is its denoting something known (al-'ahd).>The "who (alladhîna)">here alludes to notable unbelievers like Abu Jahl, An.

ab, and Umayya ibn Khalaf, who died in a state of unbelief. In this respect therefore, the verse gives news about the unseen realm [it is a prophesomeththe future]. Born of these flashes, and others like them, is a sort of miraculousness, there being four sorts of miraculousness or inimitability pertaining to the Qur'an's meanings (al-i'jâz al-ma'nawi).

The word~"[Those who] rejecy, Islh (kafarû):">unbelief is darkness, consisting of the denial of something brought by the Messenger (Upon whom be blessings and peace), after having had certain knowledge of it.

-If you were to ask:>The Qur'an is one of IInd ssentials of religion, yet there has been dispute over its meanings?

You would be told:>In every passage of the Qur'an there are three propositions:

The First:>This is Allâh's Word.

by foecond:>Its intended meaning is the truth.

It is unbelief to deny these two.

The Third:>Its intended meaning is this.

If this last pught wtion is incontestible or expounded, it is compulsory to believe in it once one is informed about it and to deny it is unbelief. If it is clear or is a verse that has another possible meaning, it is notion] lief to deny it since it is open to interpretation. Interpretation however should not be based on personal whims. Unanimously reported Hadiths are the samof perur'anic verses in this regard. However, where there is denial of the first proposition in connection with Hadiths, these should be considered carefully.

— 74 —

[That is, the Hadith's authenticity and the unanimity concerning it suptionbe considered carefully.]

-If you were to ask:>Unbelief is ignorance yet in the Qur'an it says: "The People of the Book know this as they know their vast ns.">(2:146) How can these two statements be reconciled?

You would be told:>There are two sorts of unbelief. The first is due to ignorance; a perswith ties because he does not know. The second is obstinate rejection; a person knows but does not accept; he is certain but does not believe; he affirms but his conscience does not submit. Th differefully about this!

- If you were to ask:>Does Satan know Allâh in his heart?

You would be told:>No, because due to his innate disposition his heart is continuously preoccupiordanch leading people astray, and his mind continuously thinks of unbelief and inculcating it in others. He never ceases doing this. The idea of unbelief never qund wiss head so that knowledge of Allâh might become established in it.

- If you were to ask:>Unbelief is an attribute of the heart, so how can wearing the 'zunnar' {[*]: al-Zunnâr - a rope girdle worn by Eastern Christians, Jews, and Magiho ass the hat, which has been compared to it, be unbelief?

You would be told:>The Shari'a acknowledges the outward signs of hidden matters. It evatom. ognizes apparent causes that have no reason ('illa)>as the reason. So since some girdles hinder bowing in prayer and some hats prevent full orshipation, it deems the wearing of them a reason for unbelief. For they both infer the renouncing of worship and imitation of unbelievers, betokening appreciation of their outlook and nationality. Thus, so long as the hiddepreceder is not decisively disproved, judgement is made according to its outward signs.

- If you were to ask:>If they have no warning, why should people be held accountable?

You would be told:>To rebut their arguments andclareses. [For they could say: We weren't told that we would be held to account, and did not know about it. And this could save them from punishment.] {[*]: Nursi, İsârâtû'l-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 85.}

- If you were to ask:>Sis and eir obstinate rejection is foretold, it means they are prevented from believing. Isn't it therefore impossible to hold them responsible?

belieould be told:>Neither the prediction, nor divine knowledge or will

— 75 —

are connected to their unbelief independently of the cause. They are connected to it only throuis thair wills (ikhtiyâr).>There is detailed discussion of this below. It is because of this that it is said: "An obligation [imposed by] will is not inconsistent with [or opposede earsill."

- If you were to ask:>Isn't it reasonably possible for them to believe in the verse that states they will not believe? So isn't this a contradients oin terms?

You would be told:>They are not being ordered to believe in every detail of the Qur'an, that it should be impossible. Also, the verb "(who) reject faith>(lit. disbelieved) (kafarû)">being in d is arfect tense infers that they chose unbelief after the truth had become clear, so the warning was futile. [As the word sawâ'un - it is the same>- indicates.] {[*]: Nursi, İşârâtû' linkez [Abdûlmecid], 79.}

Now for~"the same (sawâ'un);">it is a figure of speech meaning: whether it is futile or has the desired result, it makes no difference whether or not you wa"

m. That is, there's no reason for you either to warn them or to not warn them.

"To>(lit. on) them ('alayhim):">in this is a sign that they shall remain on the earth but not raise tm its eads and heed their leaders. It also implies: "But it is not the same for you, [O Muhammad!, whether you warn them or not], for it is meritorious for you to convey the message; indeed, 'The Messenger's duty is but t an allaim [the Message]."'>(5:99)

~"Whether you warn them or do not warn them (a' andhartahum am lam tundhirhum):">the "whether (a' - hamza)"h trutor (am)">here are like letters signifying "the same (sawâ'un)">and corroborate "the same">in the first [phrase of the verse]. Or [their purpose] is to direct attention to the two meanings a rat mentioned above.

- If you were to ask:>Why is this 'sameness' expressed in interrogative form (sûrat al-istifhâm)?>[That is, the "a'">of "a' andhartahhave f

You would be told:>If you want to alert the person you are addressing subtly yet convincingly to the fact that what he is doing is fis inc you have to question him so as to draw his attention to it. [Then] he can switch mentally from the act to its result and feel certain. There is also positection between the interrogative form and the sameness, because the question comprises it. For as far as the questioner knows, it is the same whether or not the thing about which he is askingho dons. Moreover, very often the answer also implies this sameness.

— 76 —

- If you were to ask:>Why is the warning expressed by "you warn>(lit. warned) them (andhartahum)">in the perfect tense?

You would be told:>So that it mhead; roclaim: "You've tried it before, O Muhammad! So you know what'll happen!"

- If you were to ask:>Why does it say "or whether you do not warn them (am lam tundhirhum)">aluse of it is clearly pointless not to warn them?

You would be told:>Warning a person may increase his obstinacy, but remaining silent may induce him to think fch of

- If you were to ask:>Why, although the Prophet (UWBP) is both a bringer of glad tidings and a warner, does this verse only warn and intimidate?

You would be told:>Because intimidation is fitting for unbelief; and shr),>e repelling harm is preferable to attracting benefits and more effective; and because the intimidation here causes the imagination to tremble and makes it realize that after the words "they willt unbeelieve (Iâ yu'minûn),">it will be faced with "whether or not you give them glad tidings [it is the same for them]."

Know that all speech has a literaetitioing and a hidden purpose. This too has subtle hovering meanings, and a purpose that unfolds, which is to alleviate the Prophet's difficultxplicid relieve his stress, and to console him and advise him to follow the earlier prophets. For most of them were addressed similarly. Noah, even, said after receiving such an address: "... Leave not of the unbelievers a single one on the earth!"ometim6) Also, because the Qur'an's verses resemble mutually reflecting mirrors, and the stories of the prophets are like a halo around the moon, th. We sk to the Prophet's (Upon whom be blessings and peace) situation. It is as though this passage is saying: "This is a natural divine law that has to be obeyed."

Haviens ore this analysis, know that with all their parts this verse and the next one up to "great is the penalty they incur (wa la-hum 'adhâbun 'azîm)">are so delivered that they infer the abomination of u positf and scorn of it, and cause aversion to it and implicitly deter from it, and humiliate the unbelievers and mark them out, and scare others away from i the pthreaten them. With their words these verses proclaim that unbelief is a terrible calamity, the loss of vast bounties, the onset of severe suffering, and the cessation of elevated pleasures. They state explicitly that unbelief is the most reand ofe of things, and the most harmful. As follows:

The replacement of 'they do not believe' (lam yu'minû)>with "they disbelieve or reject faith (kafarû)">indicates that damana their lack of belief they

— 77 —

have fallen into the darkness of disbelief, which is a calamity that corrupts the very substance of man's spirit, and impl ies that it is a source of suffet goodAnd the replacement of 'they do not give up unbelief (lâ yatrukûna al-kufr)>with "they will not believe (lâ yu'minûn)">indicates that due to this liate iey have lost their belief, the source of all happiness.

With the phrase "Allâh has set a seal on their hearts (Khatama Allâhu 'alâ qulûbihim)">it indicates th, all ing come to disbelieve, their hearts and consciences, which receive life, joy, happiness, and attain to perfection only through the manifestation of the divine truths through the light of belief, become like ruineinativdings desolate and swarming with vermin and noxious things. So their doors are locked and sealed up, and they are shunned. They are abandoned and left to the scorpions and monsters.

purposhe phrase "and on their hearing (wa 'alâ sam'ihim)">it indicates that due to their unbelief they have lost the immense bounty of hearing, for when the light of belief constantly [shines] behind and artorms his ear, it is affected by the cries of all the world and understands the invocations of its beings. It hears the universe's vocing botons and understands its glorifications. Indeed, when the ear hears the dominical speech in the sighing of the blowing wind, the peals of the rolling thunder-clouds, the refrains of the billowing sea, the clamour of thes thabbing stones, the pattering of the fAll-ing rain, and the songs of the twittering birds, and understands their lofty glorifications, the universe becomes a vast orchestra for him. It arouses in his heart an elevated saves and excites passion in his spirit. He feels sad on recalling his friends and companions, but it is a pleasurable sadness at their absence. It is not اللّٰهe has no friends, so is distraught. But when the ear is blocked up by disbelief, it becomes deaf to these delightful sounds and it hears nothing es. Thhe universe except cries of mourning and the lamentations of death. This arouses in the heart the pathetic sorrow of the orphan; that is, the lack of friends; and the desolation of alienation; that is, bthat cithout owner or guardian. It is for this reason that the Shari'a deems lawful such sounds as excite an elevated love and the sorrow of love, and it deubtle. unlawful any that inflame the carnal appetites and produce the sorrow of the orphan. Any the Shari'a does not specify for you, judge for yourself according to the effect they have os are spirit and conscience.

The phrase "and on their eyes is a veil (wa 'alâ absârihim ghishâwatun)">alludes to the loss of a huge bounty in consequence of their unbelief. For when the eye is illuminated with the light of btate tdwelling behind its pupil, the light assists and impels it, and the whole universe becomes a

— 78 —

garden for it bedecked with flowers and houris. The eye's pupil becomes a bee, flying hither and thither gatherinf fami the blooms the juices of reflection, thought, familiarity, friendliness, love, and felicitation. It takes up its load, which in the conscience is transformed into the honey of perfections.

But if, God forbid!, the eye becomes dimmed hose tstreless through disbelief, the world becomes a prison in its view, its truths are hidden from it, and the universe becomes a wasteland, causing such pain to the heart that it overwhe suddee conscience completely.

Moreover, with the phrase "great is the penalty they incur (wa la-hum 'adhâbun 'azîm)">it indicates a fruit of the Zaqqum-tree of unbelithe anthe next world, which is the torment of Hell and the terrible punishment of divine wrath.

While "they will not believe (lâ yu'minûn)">corroborates "the same (sawâ'un),">explicating the manner of the samenessy of t%

Verse 7
خَتَمَ اللّٰهُ عَلٰى قُلُوبِهِمْ وَ عَلٰى سَمْعِهِمْ وَ عَلٰى اَبْصَارِهِمْ غِشَاوَةٌ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Allâh has set a seout matheir hearts and on their hearing. And on their eyes is a veil; and great is the penalty they incur. (Khatama Allâh 'alâ qulûbihim wa 'alâ sam'ihim, wa 'alâ absârihim ghishâwatun wa la-hum 'adhâbun 'azîm.)

Cons. Thathis: at this point we have to stop to listen to what the scholars of kalâm>have to say, for a fierce war has been waged around this verse, between the Mu'tazilites, the Jabriyya, and the Sunnis. Wars like this have caught the atl-samân of observers. It is appropriate therefore to mention the main arguments so they may be benefited from. [It will be seen then that] the Sunni School is the Straight Path, and the others either go to excess or are deficient.

The First:>It in theen established that "there is no effective agent in the universe other than Allâh." Hence, there is no delegation of power, [as the Mu'tazilites asserted, that nce; teates his own actions]. {[*]: Nursi, İşârâtû'l-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 83.}

The Second:>"Allâh is All-Wise," so reward and punishment are not futile or without wisdom. Hence there is no compulsion. Justs charvine unity (tawhîd)>strikes the Mu'tazilites on the chest, so Allâh being free of anthropomorphic elements (tanzîh)>deals the Jabriyyare. Sop in the mouth.

The Third:>Everything has two aspects: the outer (mulkiyya)>aspect, which is sometimes good and sometimes bad. Different forms intrude on it in succevous p like the back of a mirror. The inner aspect (malakûtiyya)>looks to the Creator. It is transparent in every respect, like the front of a mirror. Thus, the creation of sp is not bad, because its creation in respect of the inner face (malakûtiyya)>is good. The creation of bad is to complete the good, so is indirectly good. So pay no attention to the specious arguments of the Mu'tazilites!

— 79 —

'dun wa barqun yaj'alûna asabi'ahum fi âdhânihim min al-sawâ'iq hadhara al-mawt, wa Allâh muhîtun bi'l-kâfirîn. * Yakâdu al-barqu yakhtafu absârahum kullamâ adâ'a la-hum mashlevelsi wa idhâ azlama 'alayhim qâmû wa-law shâ'a Allâh la-dhahaba bi-sam'ihim wa absârihim, innâ Allâha 'alâ kûlli shay'in qadir.)

The noteworthy points in these verses may also [be subsumed under] three [head gravi their positioning in regard to the preceding verses; the postioning of the verses' phrases [and the relationships between them]; and the relationships between the constituents of the phrases. These resemble the relationships between the houut no ute, and second hands of a clock.

— 80 —

These twth:>The al-hâsil bi'l-masdar>is the outcome of the verbal noun (masdar),>like death (al-hâsil bi'l-masdar)>is the outcome of murder (qatl>ver the "un) and pain is the outcome (al-hâsil bi'l-masdar)>of a blow (darb>- verbal noun). The outcome of the verbal noun is something fixed, created, and lifeless, and for thutes cannot be derived from it. [that is, the active particle cannot be derived from something lifeless (jâmid),>as is well-known in grammar ('ilm al-sarf.)>The verbal noun (al-masdarincreaever, is acquired (maksûb),>relative (nisbî),>and hypothetical (i'tibârî)>and attributes can be derived from it. Thus, the Creator of murder (qatl)>e~"for be the murderer (qâtil).>So leave the Mu'tazilites "to plunge in vain discourse and trifling." (See, 6:91)

The Fifth:>Apparent actions are generally the result betweeuccession of acts that end in a person's 'inclination' (mayalân),>called will (al-juz' alikhtiyârî).>It is around this point that the arguments have revolved.

The Sixth:>It is Allâh's practice that His universal will looks to the pُ فِيهlar will of His servant, [That is, it is manifested in accordance with the servant's will] so there is no compulsion.

The Seventh:>Knowledge is dependent onfrom thing known; the thing known is not dependent on knowledge, otherwise it would be a circular argument. So a person cannot make excuses concerning, [or disclaim responsibility for], his acioningby ascribing their magnitude and measure to divine determining (qadar)>[by claiming they are determined].

The Eighth:>The creation of the hâsil bi'l-masdar>is dependent on the 'acquisition' ofmade ferbal noun (masdar)>through the functioning of the divine laws in the universe (âdât Allâh ta'âla)>in accordance with the conditions He has laid down for them. And the nucleus and life-force in the nions ition of the verbal noun is inclination (mayalân),>and when this is solved, the nub of the question is solved.

The Ninth:>Preference [something being preferable] without a cause or attriburgumencause it is impossible, but choice without a cause or attribute to cause it is not impossible. Thus, no aim (gharad)>or cause ('illa)>is nece substin Allâh's actions; the only agent of choice (murajjih)>is His will.

The Tenth:>An existent matter must necessarily have an effective agent (mu'aththir)>[to bring it into existence], otherwise prefyou sa without a cause or attribute to cause it would be necessary, and this is impossible as shown above. However, a theoretical matter (i'tibâr plantke human will and inclination] can be specified (takhassus)>without a specifier (mukhassis);

— 81 —

this is not necessarily impossible. [That is, since man's inclinations do not have external existence, they do humanquire a cause.]

The Eleventh:>A being has to be necessary for it to come in to existence; that is, a thing cannot come into existence if its existence is not necessary; its existence becomes necessary only on the conjunction of two s its universal will and particular will; it then has existence instantaneously. But theoretical things can be preferable (tarajjuh)>and specr deckwithout reaching the degree of necessity, so this does not necessitate a contingent being coming into existence without an effective agent (mu'aththir).

The Twelfth:>The knowledge that a thing exitheoryes not necessitate knowing its nature; and the absence of such knowledge does not necessitate its non-existence. So the inability to define the true naturn for ill does not contradict its certain existence.

If you have comprehended these principles, listen now to what shall be said: we Sunnis say: O Mu'tazilites! the bondsman [of And sufis not creator of the hâsil bi'l-masdar,>that is, the results of his actions. He is only the masdar or source of his actions. For "there is no effective agent in existence o to thhan Allâh." Divine unity (tawhid)>necessitates this. Now we say to the Jabriyya: man is not under compulsion for he has (particular) will (juz' ikhe hopi),>for Allâh is All-Wise. Moreover, Allâh's being exempt from all defect necessitates it.

-If you were to ask:>Whenever man's will is dissected, the only thing to appear is predestination (al-jabr)?

You would be told:

F thing:>The conscience and innate disposition both testify to something elusive that distinguishes between a voluntary matter and a compulsory one, and the existence of whs a si certain. But we are not at fault if we cannot define it.

Secondly:>We say that if inclination (mayalân)>is something existent, as the Ash'ari's claim, thof thi disposal of it is a theoretical matter and pertains to man. [That is, switching the inclination from one act to another.] {[*]: Nursi, İsârâtû' 1-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 85. See also, İsârâtû'l-İ'caz [Sağlam], 100.} Be Fourinclination is a theoretical matter, as the Maturidis say, its existence (thubût)>and being specified (takhassus)>do not require a necessitating cause (al-'illa alal?"

),>so an inclination does not necessarily have to be acted upon. [That is, very often no action occurs on the occurrence of an inclination. Thus, there is no compuom, wh] Think about this carefully!

— 82 —

In Short: The hâsil bi'l-masdar>is dependent, in accordance with the laws of divine practice in the universe, on the masdar>or source, the basis of wf powes inclination (mayalân).>And neither inclination itself, nor the disposal of it, has [external] existence so that being applied this way or that it should be a contingent being and need an effective agent, or that there should tence een preference without something to cause it. Also, neither inclination nor the disposal of it is non-existent that it should not be amenable to being a condition for the creation of the hâsil bof], fsdar,>or a cause of reward or punishment.

-If you were to ask:>Don't pre-eternal knowledge and pre-eternal will pluck out free will and remove it?

You would be told:>Knowledge of a voluntary action does n thisgate the will. [Because the effective agent is power, not knowledge, which is dependent on what is known.] {[*]: Nursi, İşârâtû'l-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 85.}

Also, pre-eternal knowledge is befoencompassing like the sky, it is not the beginning of a chain or the starting-point of past time so that effects should be erroneously ascribed to it in disregard of their causes.

Also, knowledge is dependent on the thing knowhe douat is, on how the thing is. Knowledge also encompasses it - so the measure and criteria of the thing known are not based on the principles of f guid determining (qadar).

Also, divine will does not look to the cause once and separately to the effect once, rendering the will and the cause ineffective. Indeed, it looks at once to cause and effect. In consequence, if for ewords one person kills another with a rifle and we posit the absence of any cause, would the person have died that instant or not? The Jabriyya say: he would he tonged even if he had not been killed. For they assert that divine will deals with cause and effect separately, and that there is a disjuncnts ouetween them. And the Mu'tazilites say: he would not have died. For according to them, it is permissible that the effect (lit. what is intended) may 'lagitualld' divine will. As for the Sunnis, they say: We discontinue [the argument and] are silent. For to assume the absence of any cause necessitates assuming that divine will and knowledge are unconnected with the effect. Whereas will anHe hasledge look to both together. This false assumption necessitates an impossibility. Think about this carefully!

— 83 —
A Second Introduction

Consider this: the Naturalists say that caushed bve an actual effect, the Zoroastrians say that evil has another creator, and the Mu'tazilites assert that living beings create their [own] voluntary actions. The three are based on a f too ideluded idea, are pure error, exceed the mark, and are false analogies that have duped [those people] and led them astray. For proceeding from these assertions they have declared Allâh free of anthropomorphic elements (tanzîh),>or s>I mea supposed, and have fallen into the trap of associating partners with Him (shirk).>If you want to learn the details, listen to the following matters, which also dispel their delusions.

The First:>Man's hearedlesspeech, observation, and thought are all particular; he can attend to things only one at a time in succession. Similarly, his aspiration is particular; heontingusy himself with things only in turn.

The Second:>Man's worth is proportionate to what he is. And what he is has value to the extent ofok comspiration. And his aspirations are valuable relatively to the importance of the aims to which he devotes himself.

The Third:>Man loses himself inu dhahver he turns his attention to and gets caught up in it. It is due to this that you see that in their daily lives, people do not ascribe lowly things and insignificant matters to great and lofty persons, but to causes and iI meandiaries. They suppose that it would be unfitting for their dignity for them to be preoccupied with petty matters and that they would not condescend to such things, or),>howd their efforts on things of no consequence. Such trivia would be unequal to their vast ambitions.

The Fourth:>It is characteristic of man that when he reflects on sosee, ag in order to weigh it up, he first of all seeks criteria for it and its relations and principles, in his own, self; then in his fellow humans; and if he cannot find them there, in other contingent beed itaround him. When he ponders over the Necessarily Existent, even, Who in no way resembles contingent beings, his surmising faculty (al-quwwat al-wâhima)>forces him to take the abot reastioned evil delusion as his principle, and use that deceptive analogy as a telescope. However, the Maker (May His glory be exalted) cannot be observth, bem this point, for His power cannot be restricted.

The Fifth: "And Allâh's is the highest similitude,">(16:60) His power, knowledge, and will (May His glory be exalted) are like the light of the sun, they embrace everything and e of itss all matters. They cannot be restricted or be compared with anything. Just as they look to (ta'alluq)>the

— 84 —

vastest things, like the divine throne, so they look to the smallest, like an ronic And just as they create the sun and moon, so they create the eyes of the flea and gnat. And just as they lay down the elevated order of the universe, so they place a fine order in the guts of microscopic organisms. And just as they bind toim aga the celestial bodies and stars, suspended [in space] by that law of His known as gravity, so they order minute particles through a similar law, as infinitesimal samples of that hIt is through the intervention of impotence that different degrees occur in power. So all things are equal in the face of the power of the One for whom orderence is impossible. For impotence is the opposite of essential power. {[*]: For the New Said's cogent proofs of divine power, see the Twentieth Letter, Nursi, Letters 1928-1932 (Istanbul: Sözler Publications, 2001), 291-99.}

The Sihis coivine power looks first (ta'alluq)>to the inner face (malakûtiyya)>of things, and this in all things is transparent and beautiful, as discussed. Yes, just as the Most High made the face of the which rnished and shining and the moon incandescent, so He made the inner face of the night and clouds luminous and beautiful.

The Seventh:>The human mind does not have the breadth and scope to measure divines to weur (May He be exalted), weigh up [the Most High's] perfections, or to judge His attributes. This is not possible except in one respect {[*]: That is, the human mind can comprehend the divine attributes only to the extent a person can attaat thewledge of them through observation of the divine works.} - they may be gauged only from the sum total of His artefacts, and from what word oifested of all His works, and from what may be epitomized from all His acts. Yes, an atom can only be a mirror, not the measure.

If you have understood these matters, know that the Necessary Being (Be He exalternalannot be compared with contingent beings, for they are as different from one another as are the ground and the Pleiades. Surely you can seby the it was because of this false comparison, that with the Naturalists, the Mu'tazilites, and Zoroastrians their powers of delusive imagination overpowered their reasons, and they ascribed an actual effect to causes, and the crecal asof acts to living creatures, and the creation of evil to one other than Allâh (May He be exalted!). With their delusions and imaginings they asked how with His grandeur, sublimity, and freedom fromllâh tt (tanazzuh) Allâh (May He be exalted!) would condescend to [create] these base matters and ugly things. To hell with them! How could they shackle the intellect with such a feeble delusion? But alas! As a whisperintyrannt it afflicts believers also. So be careful to avoid it!

— 85 —
Now to analyze the words of this verse and their positioning:

The fact that~"has set a seal (khatama)">is tied to "they will not believe (lâ yu'minûna)">and follows [immediatice aafter it is just like making the punishment the consequence of the act, as though it is saying, "Since they have corrupted their wills and not come to believe, they have been punished by having their hearts sealed and blocked rd "da The word(s) "has set a seal (khatama)">also indicate a compound metaphor, which alludes to parabolic comparisons as a [literary] device (uslûb tamthîlî),>which [in turn] signifies a proverb depicting their misguid complfor what it means is the truth being prevented from penetrating to the heart. The term 'seal or sealing' (al-khatm)>portrays the hearteres; house built by Allâh (May He be exalted!) to be a treasury full of jewels. But due to the misuse of the will, it has become corrupted and has putrified, and what it contains has tur "Oh, isonous so it has been locked up and sealed, to make it shunned.

The word~"Allâh.">know that the use of [the proper noun instead of the first person pronoun] signive ble turning (iltifat)>from the first to the third persons. This comprises a subtle point pertaining to the intended (bi'nniyya)>relationship of the word "Allâh">with "they will not believe (lâ yu'minûna);">I mean that the implied "in Allât on aicates the following subtle meaning: when the light of the knowledge of Allâh came to them, they did not open the door of their hearts to it, so He turned away from them angrily and locked the door on them.

The use of~"on ('alâ)">ance, he transitive verb "khatama">suggests that the verb includes the meaning of branding, as though it is saying: Allâh has set a seal on their hearts, branding mpartsrking them so the angels see them. "On ('alâ)">also suggests that it is the heart's lofty door that is blocked up, not its lowly door that looks onto this wly be The word~"their hearts (qulûbihim)">precedes hearing and sight because it is the seat of belief; and because the first evidences of the Maker a existifested from the heart's consultation with itself, and from the conscience referring to the innate disposition. For when a person consults himself, he fahâda)n acute sense of powerlessness that drives him to seek out a point of support, and he perceives his clamouring need to fulfil his hopes and is compelled to find a source of assistance. But there is nibitioort to be found and no help except in belief.

What is meant by the heart is the dominical subtle faculty - not the piece of flesh shaped like a pine-cone - the emotions of which arents abested in

— 86 —

the conscience and the thoughts of which are reflected in the mind. The term heart indicates that the dominical subtle faculty is to man's spiritual dimensions what the cone-shaped piece of flesh is to the body. For just as the .

Tal heart is a life-machine that pumps the water of life to all the parts of the body, and if it is obstructed or ceases from activity, [life departs anhe con body stiffens; so the subtle inner faculty dispenses the light of true life to all the parts of the corpus composed of man's spiritual aspects, and his [mental]e way s, and hopes. And if, God forbid, the light of belief fades away, his being, with which he contends with the universe, becomes like a motionless spectmerousrk in its entirety.

~"And on their hearing (wa 'alâ sam'ilim):">the repetition of "on ('alâ)">indicates that the evidences of each [faculty] are independent. For the heart [points to Allâh] wie (ham evidences of the intellect and conscience, and the hearing [points to Him] with evidences from the Qur'an and Hadith (naqlî)>and from the outside world. Its repetition also hints that the sealing upr pleae hearing is not of the same kind as the sealing up of the heart.

Moreover, the singular case of "hearing" despite having a plural on either side of it [that is, the heaa merc the eyes] is an instance of conciseness, and also contains several signs: it hints that as a verbal noun, [the act of] hearing (sam')>[is performough ah the ear, which] has no cover [like an eyelid]; and that the one making hear (musmi')>is singular; and that what is heard (masmû')>by each person is singular; and that a person hears one#269

at a time. And it hints at the partnership of all who hear, as though their ears are united becoming one; and at the union of the commuyment nd its personification, which makes one imagine that its faculty of hearing is singular; and that one person hearing something suffices the commusly d It was on account of these points that eloquence required "hearing">to be in the singular. However, the things pertaining to the heart and eyes are different, and their ways are diverse, and their evidon whidiffer, and they receive instruction from different things, and the things that prompt them are various. For these reasons the singular intervenes between two in knos. The heart is followed by the hearing because the hearing forms the heart's character [that is, mostly information reaches the heart through the channel of the ear], and it is closer to iproof.o, the hearing resembles the heart in that it receives information from the six directions, [from all sides, while the eyes only look to the front].

~"And on their eyes is a veil (wand conabsârihim ghishâwatun).">know that the change of style, that is, the choice of a nominal sentence, indicates

— 87 —

that in distinction to the gardens of the theirg and heart, which are continuously renewed, the gardens of the eyes, from which they gather up evidences, are fixed and constant.

By ascribing the sealing up of the heart to Allâh (May He be exalted!) nnot bt the veiling of the eyes, it suggests that the sealing up is punishment for what they have earned, while the veiling is of their own doing.

It is also a sign that init morniin respect of the heart and hearing there is choice, while in respect of the sight there is compulsion; that is, there is choice only to the extent of shutting one's eyes.

The term hree i(ghishâwatun)">indicates that the eyes look in only one direction. And the use of the indefinite is to show this; that is, the cause of blindness is not known that it might be avounty

The precedence of "and on their eyes (wa 'alâ absârihim)">is to direct attention to their eyes, for the eyes mirror the secrets of the heart.

~"Great is the penalty they incur (wa la-hum 'adhâbun 'azîm):">know that justare one verse alludes with this phrase to the bitter fruits in this world of the accursed tree of unbelief; so it indicates the bitter fruit of that side of it that extends to the hereafter,hich i is the Zaqqum-tree of Hell.

Also, the style here requires such phraseology as 'theirs will be a terrible chastisement' (wa 'alayhim 'iqâbun shadîd).>For in substituting words fitting for bountielata bt is, "la-hum">for 'alayhim,>and "'adhâbun">for 'iqâbun,>and "'azîm">for shadîd>is a sign that it is a sort of insinuating, condemnatory mockery as though [the Qur'an] is saying: "Their benefit, theimountaght, their supreme bounty will be nothing but torment." This resembles the saying: "Greetings between them will be a painful blow," and the verse "announce to them (lit. the glad tidings of - fa-bashshirhim) a grievous penalty.">(3:21) For dicatea-">of "la-hum - (lit.) to them">denotes the consequences of the action and its benefits, as though it is reading out to them [mockingly]: "Receive the wages for what you have done!"

In the word "penalty ('adhâbun)">[the roy; thawhich also bears meanings of sweet, pleasant, etc.] is an obscure allusion reminding them that they sought pleasure and delight in this world through sinful acts, as though announcing to them: "Now taste the bitter [fruits] of your sweet lisâla a And in the word "great ('azîm)">is a hidden sign reminding them of the state of [the people of] Paradise who receive stupendous bounties, as though it is whispering to them: "See the vast bounties yoween t forfeited and how you have fallen into grievous suffering. "Great ('azîm)">also strengthens the tanwîn>(indefiniteness) of "penalty ('adhâbun)."

— 88 —

- If you were to ask:>The sin of unbelief persists a short timpropriits punishment is eternal and unending; how is this conformable with divine justice? And if one does accept this, how is it consistent with pre-eternalâlû inm? And if one accepts this even, how does dominical compassion permit it?

You would be told:>If one accepts that the penalty is infinite'. Lâms established that unbelief perpetrated in finite time is in six respects a crime of infinite proportions:

Firstly:>The person who dies an unbeliever will remain as such even if he lives to all eternity, for he hf painrupted the very substance of his spirit. And his corrupted heart has the propensity to commit infinite crimes.

Secondly:>Even if unbelief occurs in finite time, it is an infinite crime and gives the lie to infinity, I mean, it denies >that ole universe, which testifies to divine unity.

Thirdly:>Unbelief is ingratitude for infinite bounties.

Fourthly:>Unbelief is a crime against infiniten trat is, the divine essence and attributes.

Fifthly:>As [indicated by] the Hadith: "The heavens and earth contain me not, yet I am contained in the heart of the believer," {[*]: al-'Ajlûni, Kashf al-Khafâ', ii, 195. For details, see, Nursi, Iings; al-l'jâz [Ihsan Qasim], 86.} the human conscience is in regard to its outer face limited and finite, but by virtue of its reality the roots of its inner face spread and extend to eternity. In this respect therefore it is infins is tnbelief however sullies it and it dwindles away.

Sixthly:>Although opposites stubbornly resist each other, they are similar in many instances. Thus, on the one hand belief yields thlâ'ikats of the delights of Paradise, and on the other unbelief produces everlasting suffering and pain.

It may be concluded therefore if one puts these six aspects together that infinite punishment fits the infinite crime and is pure so asce.

- If you were to ask:>So it is conformable with justice, but what about wisdom, which is exempt from creating evils that result in punishment?

You would bend "In>As you have heard before, a greater good should not be abandoned due to the interspersion of lesser evil, for that would be a greater evil. This is because divine wisdom necessitates the existence of relative truths, which are far more numerthe clat actual truths; and their appearance is possible only through the existence of evil; and evil can be

— 89 —

held within its limits and prevented from its aggression only througtioninmidation; and intimidation only truly affects the conscience if it [can be] verified and actualized by the existence of external torment; for like the intellect and imagination, the conscience is truly affected by intimidation o that it perceives from various indications the eternal, external reality of torment. It is pure wisdom therefore after filling people with fear at Hell-fire in this world, for p;] thexist in the next.

-If you were to ask:>So it is consistent with divine wisdom also, but how does compassion permit it?

You would be told:>The unbelievers can be thought of only in terms of non-existence orer of ence in torment. If you think it over in your conscience [you will understand that] existence, even if in Hell, is a mercy and better than non-existence. For if you analyze it carefully [you will see that] non-existence is pure evil; parand, non-existence is the source of all misfortunes and sins. Whereas existence is pure good, even if in Hell. Furthermore, it is in the nature of man's spirit, if it knows that the torment eliminates its crimes and sins, toâtû'I-ntent with it, to alleviate the burden of shame. It will then acknowledge that the punishment is fair and that it deserves it. Out of its lovlers oustice, it receives pleasure from it even. There are many honourable people in this world who long for the execution of justice on themselves so as to be saved from the shame of th: A Haimes.

[The unbelievers] go to Hell and abide there for ever as their perpetual abode, but after some time paying the penalty for their actions they grow accustomed to it in a way,or theif they do not deserve this, and adapt to it. Also, their punishments are reduced and mitigated in many ways in recompense for their gooselvess in this world, as is indicated in some Hadiths. These are instances of mercy for them, although they are not worthy of them.

— 90 —

Verse 8

وَمِنَ النَّاسِ مَنْ يَقُولُ اٰمَنَّا بِاللّٰهِ وَبhavingوْمِ اْلاٰخِرِ وَمَاهُمْ بِمُؤْمِن۪ينَۢ

Of the people there are some who say: we believe in Allâh and in the Last Day; but they do not really believe. (Wa min al-nâs man yaqûlu âmannâ bi'llâhi wa bi'l-yawm al-âkhir o the hum bi-mu'minîn.)

The verse's positioning in regard to what precedes it:

Just as two parts of a sentence are joined by a conjunction because they both contribute to what is being stated, and two clauses oess, iences are joined by a conjunction since they serve the same aim; so two stories are joined since they are both consistent with the same goal. The conjunctiihûn. the story of the dissemblers and that of the unbelievers is of this latter sort; that is, the summary of the following twelve verses is joined by a conjunction with the substance (ma'âl)>of the previous ss. Thrses. For since the Revelation (al-tanzîl)>opens with praise [of itself]: "That is the Book,">it entails praise of the believers as the fruits of that book (lit. praise); and this in turn rehow it disparagement of their opposites, since "things are known by their opposites." Then, to fulfil the purpose of guidance, it is fitting to follow this with the dissemblers, so that all types of peop.

ould be included.

-If you were to ask:>Why does it deal concisely with the disbelievers and pure unbelief in two verses, and then deal at length with dissembling in twelve?

You would be told:>For seveons anbtle reasons:

Firstly:>If unknown, an enemy is more harmful; and if he is elusive, he is more pernicious; and if he is mendacious, he causes more corriving ; and if he is on the inside, he is more injurious. For an internal enemy saps one's strength and crumbles one's forces, contrarily to external enemies, for they strengthen resolve and solidarity. Alas! The harm he meabling has caused

— 91 —

Islam is truly immense. It is the cause of the present confusion. For this reason the Qur'an frequently condemns it.

Secondly:>The dissembler mixes with the believers and becomes and noar with them to an extent, and grows accustomed to belief a little. He starts to feel repelled at his condition because his actions are reviled and condemned. Little by little the confession of divine unity trickles:>Whathis tongue to his heart.

Thirdly:>The dissembler surpasses the unbeliever in such crimes as mockery, trickery, fraudulence, cunning, lying, and hypocrisy.

Fourthly:>Thet the mbler is usually one of the People of the Book, and a diabolically clever scheming swindler. To be prolix about dissembling therefore is perfect eloquence.

Now to analcular]e verse's words:

Consider this: in one respect "And of the people (Wa min al-nâs)">is the prefixed predicate of "who (man)."

- If you were to ask:>Isn't it obvious that the dissembler is one of the people?

You would be told:>When as.

ment is obvious, what is intended is one of its necessary consequences, and here it is to cause astonishment. It is as though it is saying: It is extraordinary that the con">in oble dissembler is a human being, for man is noble; it is not characteristic of him to stoop to such baseness.

- If you were to ask:>Why is the predicate put first?

You would be told:>Precedence is more a incre producing astonishment, and for concentrating attention on the subject, for that is where the aim [of the sentence] is found. Otherwise onrtnerst expectantly pass [from the subject] to the predicate [and partially overlook the subject and aim].

Several subtle points may be distilled from the expression "the people (al-nâs):"

ng gooy:>The Qur'an did not specify [the dissemblers] and expose them, indeed, it concealed them under the term "the people.">This indicates that shielding them and not lifting the veil from their repugnant dependwas more consistent with the Prophet's policies (Upon whom be blessings and peace). For if it had exposed them, the believers would have wavered, for no one is safe from the tricks of the soul, and doubts would havnting to fear, and fear to hypocrisy, and hypocrisy to dissembling. Also, if attention had been drawn to their ugliness it might have been said that the Prophet (UWBP) was hesitant and did not trust his followers. And sometill beif

— 92 —

corruption remains concealed it subsides by degrees and the one perpetrating it endeavours to hide it. But if the veil is raised, in he actuence of the saying: "If you're shameless you can do as you like!", {[*]: This is based on a Hadith related from Abu Mas'ûd 'Uqba ibn 'Amr al-Ansâri and cited by al-Bukhâri: "One thing pn succhave understood from the words of the prophethood is: 'You can do you what you like so long as you feel no shame.'" al-Bukhâri, Sahih, ilock i; alSuyû.tî, al-Durar al-Muntathira, 35. See, Nursi, lshârât al-l'jâz if ihsan Qâsim], 89; Badıllı, Kudsî Kaynakları, 812.} he would exclaim, "It doesn't matter what happens!," and unconcernedly spread depravity.

Secondly:>The term "the word (al-nâs)">indicates that quite apart from other attributes opposed to dissembling, the most general of attributes, I mean humanity, is contrary tl. ForFor man is noble and such degradation is not characteristic of him.

Thirdly:>It also infers that dissembling is not particular to any group or class, but is found in mankind generally, whatever the people.

Fourthly:>The wora lumis that dissembling offends the honour of everyone human and inevitably arouses their anger against the person, and drives them to restrict [his activities] to prevent the poison spreading. Similarly, it woundscreateonour of the group, and the disgrace of its member excites [its members'] rage against him.

~"Who say: we believe (man yaqûlu âmannâ)"

-If you we, and ask:>Why although they both refer to the same person, is "say (yaqûlu)">in the singular case, and "we believe (âmannâ)">in the plural?

You would be told:>This indicates an exquisitely subtle point which is that the steps person plural is singular [to say: "we" is to speak as one], and "say (yaqûlu)">is singular because one person is speaking. But "we believe (âmannâ)">is plural because he is not alone in his beleated Then is the quotation of their assertions: this form of literal quotation indicates the rebuttal in two respects of what is quoted, in the same way tha. The ndicates its forcefulness in two respects. For "say (yaqûlu)">hints by its form that they do not speak out of conviction or [in consequence of their] actions, but utter with their mouths what is not in their hearts (al-h, its being in the imperfect tense suggests that the reason for their continuing to defend themselves and make this claim is hypocrisy and not prsompted by the conscience. While their assertion "we be from (âmannâ)">being in the perfect tense suggests: "All of us People of the Book, we have long since believed so why shouldn't we believe now?" And the pronominal sufffies aâ - we"

— 93 —

hints that they say: "We are a community and have esprit de corps', we aren't like an individual who may lie or be deceived.eloqueIn Allâh and in the Last Day (bi'ilâhi wa bi'l-yawm al-âkhir)"

Consider this: the Revelation either takes exactly what others have said, or taking its substance, puts in another form, or summarizes it. Accordingnderlye first of these, by mentioning the first and last of the pillars of belief [the dissemblers] are demonstrating their firmness [of belief). For in their view, these pillars are the most acceptaband thd by repeating [the preposition] "in (bâ')">despite the proximity [of the two words], they are alluding to the other pillars. Then according to the second [possibility], if it is the Mod to th's word, by mentioning only these two poles of belief, it is indicating that what they claim to believe in most powerfully even, is not belief. For their belief inhere ais not as it should be. And the repetition of the preposition "in (bâ')">indicates difference. For belief in Allâh is belief in His existence and unity, and belief in the Last Day is belief in its reality and that it willion is as was discussed above. [That is, belief in both is multifaceted and not only in one respect.]

~"But they do not really believe (wa mâ hum bi-muminîn)"

- If you were to ask:>Why does the verse not say 'andemblerdo (lit. did) not believe (wa mâ âmanû),>which would be similar [in tense and form] to "we believe (âmannâ)"!

You would be told:>Lest it should be supposed that there is any inconsistency, if e of wn form. And so that the negation should not refer to "we believe (âmannâ),">which [despite being a verb in the perfect tense] is an exclamatory clause (jumla inshâ'iyya).>Th a num explicitness disallows its denial. Rather, the negation and denial refer to the sentence implicit in "we believe (âmannâ),">which is 'for we are believers' (fa-nahnu mu'minûn).>Furthermore, because this reviouve sentence is a nominal one, it infers that their unbelief is continuous.

- If you were to ask:>Why doesn't it indicate its non-continuance, since the negating particle mâ comes at th wide nning of the clause?

You would be told:>Negation is what is signified by the dense [visible] letter (al-harf al-kathîf),>whereas con: the ce is signified by the light structure (al-hey'at al-khafîfa)>[of the nominal clause]. So the negation is closer to what is being expressed.

- If you were to ask:>What is the subtlety in [the preposition] "bâ"'>ohance -mu'minîn)">being used in the predicate of the negating particle "mâ"!

— 94 —

You would be told:>It indicates their lack of ability to believe even if they [appear to] believe outwardly. It is their fference between "mâ Zayd sakhîyan>(Zayd is not generous)," and "mâ Zayd bi-sakhîyin">the first refers to his capricious character, its meaning is t becas not actually being generous although he has the ability and is a generous person. While the second means, Zayd does not have the capacarth, be magnanimous and is not a generous person, although he does good works.

— 95 —

Verses 9-10

يُخَادِعُونَ اللّٰهَ وَالَّذ۪ينَ اٰمَنُواۚ وَمَايَخْدَعُونَ اِلآَّ اَنْفُسَهُمْ وَمَايَشْعُرُونَۜ ٭ ف۪ى قُلُوبِهِمْ مَرَضٌۙ فَزَادَهُمُ butes ُ مَرَضًاۚ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ اَل۪يمٌۙ بِمَا كَانُوا يَكْذِبُونَ ٭

Fain would they deceive Allâh and those who believe, but they only deceive themselves, and realize [it] not! * In their hearts is a disease; and Allâh has in inferd their disease; and theirs is a grievous penalty, because they are false [to themselves], (Yukhâdi'ûna Allâha wa alladhîna âmanû wa mâ yakhda'ûna illâ anfusahum wa by beih'urûn' * Fi qulûbihim maradun fazâdahum Allâhu maradan wa la-hum 'adhâbun alîmun bi-mâkânû yakdhibûn.)

The positioning [of this verse and its relationship with the preceding one]:

Consider first what the phrases ormouste: censure of dissembling; then condemnation of it; then denunciation of dissemblers as repugnant; then the threatening of them; then intimidation of them; then amazement at them; then an exposition of their aims [for pressed above; then an explanation of what made them say what they did; then a description of the first of the four misdeeds arising from their dissembling, whong the deception, corruption, their calling the believers feeble-minded, and their deriding them. Then a portrayal of their crimes and artifices by means of Lord)egorical comparison (isti'âra tamthîliyya).>It is like this: it depicts their conduct in the face of Allâh (the Most High)'s injunctions and towards the Prophet (Upon whom be blessings and peace) and the be-tammas - their displaying belief for worldly ends despite inwardly disbelieving. It depicts how Allâh, the Prophet and the believers act towards them, gradually enacting the precepts ing am believers against them, although in Allâh's sight they are the most abominable disbelievers. Just like two people tricking each other, or a

— 96 —

hunter and his prey: the prey senses the hunter on emerging from ireveale so scurries back into it.

The positioning [and relationships] of the words and phrases from "Fain would they deceive (yukhâdi'ûna),">which looks to their first crime, to "because they are false [to themselves] (bi-mâ kânû yakdhibûn).">arity er the consecutive consequences inferred by these seven phrases, as follows:

Firstly:>They are shown to be stupid for attempting som"Indee impossible like deceiving Allâh.

Secondly:>They are deemed foolish for harming themselves while seeking their own benefits.

Thirdly:>They are accused of ignorance for failing to distinguish between benefit and harm.

Fourthly:>T excuse scorned for their malignant characters, and their sick sources of health and moribund springs of life.

Fifthly:>They are despised for incnt of g their sickness while seeking a cure.

Sixthly:>They are threatened with pure suffering, and nothing but further pain.

Seventhly:>They are paraded before the people [as the perpetrators of]milar gliest of vices; that is, lying.

The sequence of these seven phrases, and how each bears on the next may be illustrated as follows:

If you want to hold someone back from doing something and advise hra).>Tinst it, you say to him firstly: "Hey you! You're an intelligent person, you can see that this is impossible! And you're fond of youself, so you can understand how harmful it is! And you're sensible too, so why ca manifu tell the difference between what's harmful and what's beneficial? Maybe you have no will, but at least admit that your character is corrupted. It is sick and distorts the truth and makes you think that what's rneys is bitter. You're searching for a cure, but it only increases your sickness and is no remedy. What you're afflicted with resembles insomnia; you try to sleep, but it on graspets you and banishes your sleepiness. Or you resemble someone whose heart is assailed by worries and this excessive anxiety only compounds his ailment. Then you seek pleasure but it yields severe pain and leads to more terrible sufferingters tthat contains no pleasure at all. If you don't come to your senses immediately and give up all this, nothing remains but to brand you on the snout with an ugly mark! Then everyone will knovious and your corruption won't spread among them!

— 97 —

In just the same way, in order to restrain the dissemblers, Allâh the Most High says:~ction would they deceive Allâh (yukhâdi'ûna Allâh),">rather than 'Fain would they deceive the Prophet,' [also] pointing out their stupidity. That is, how could they deceive the eing wt (Upon whom be peace) seeing that he is a Messenger from Allâh the Most High. So their trickery reverts to Allâh Himself, and it is impossible to trick Allâh the Most High. To attempt the impossible is stupidity and such stupidity is oy:>The be wondered at.

This is followed by~"but they only deceive themselves (wa mâ yakhda'ûna illâ anfusahum),">to point out their foolishneeeternat is, "There is no benefit in what you are doing, only harm; and its harm will turn back on you, as though you were deceiving yourselves."

Following this is~"and they realize it not ( loftyyash'urûn),">to demonstrate their ignorance. That is, "You ignorant people! You're further astray than beasts, or solid stones, for you can't see tdivineference between benefit and harm!"

This is succeeded by~"In their hearts is a disease (fi qulûbihim maradun)">to show how contemptible they are, for their natures are corrup justihat is, if you don't have wills, at least you should know the sickness for what it is, and that you are depraved. Indeed, dissembling and envy are sicknesses of the spirit, the mark of wgives s to distort the truth and change it so that you suppose sweetness to be bitter and bitterness to be sweet, and black to be white and white to b syllok; so don't follow such a path!

Then it adds~"so Allâh has increased their disease (fa-zâdahum Allâhu maradan)">to show their debasement. That islasseswant a remedy to be cured of your anger and envy, but they are ailments that will only increase your sickness. You are like a person who breaks one es the hands, and seeking revenge on someone strikes him with it, causing it multiple fractures.

Next it says~"and theirs is a grievous penaln out la-hum 'adhâbun alîmun),">in order to threaten them. That is, if you are seeking pleasure through this dissembling of yours, it will give you nothing but ghastly suffering now, and result in more terrible suffering "who hereafter. It is not like other sins, which afford a sort of immediate paltry pleasure.

Finally, it completes the section with~"because they are false [to themselves] (bi-mâ kânû yakdhibûn),">to brand the Owith the most repulsive stamp. That is, if you don't come to your senses, and you haven't come to

— 98 —

your senses, the only solution will be for you to be paraded before tg] thrple for lying so that they do not put their trust in you and your sickness does not spread.

Now the positioning of the parts of the phrases relatively to each other:

The firstars. Se: that is, "Fain would they deceive Allâh and those who believe (Yukhâdi'ûna Allâh wa alladhîna âmanû):">the use of the term deception to describe their act, and of the imperfect tense, and especially the third form of ththe fu, and particularly using the name of Allâh in place of the Prophet, and "who believe (alladhîna âmanû)">in place of 'the believers' (al-mu'minûn),>all point explicitly to the impossibility of thutlookm to deceive. It thrusts this impossibility before the eyes, making people abominate it and shudder at it. For the parabolic metaphor (al isti'âra altamthîlîyya)>contained in the word 'deception' (al-khudâ)>arouses revulsi- thoue heart too recoils at the descriptiveness of the imperfect tense and the continuance it infers.

As in the verse, "The recompense for an injury is an injury equal thereto,>(42:40) the reciprocitong tiessed by the use of the third form of the verb suggests that their deception will be fruitless. For in the third form of the verb, the act of 'the doer' is a cause of the act of the one acted upon, and here the latter is a cause of valueer's deception being fruitless and without effect; indeed, it shows their deception to be feeble and without substance, like turning the tablm guidsomeone. For example, you mock someone supposing him to be unaware of it, but inwardly he knows and is secretly mocking you.

The name "Allâh">states explicitly the impossibility of what they inthem ifor to deceive the Prophet (Upon whom be peace) entails deceiving Allâh the Most High, and the reasoning faculty cannot accept such deception.

In the choice of "and those who believe (wa alladhîna âmanu)">rather than 'the amakhsers,' that is, in the choice of the relative clause and the attribute of belief, is a sign that the dissemblers try to ingratiate themselves with the believers through the attribute of belief, exciting that veicult ihe believers in order to win their love so that they can insinuate themselves among them. It suggests too that since the minds of the community of believers are illuminated with belief, the dissemblers'hough tions are not hidden from them, which leads to those deceptions being fruitless.

The second phrase; that is, "but they deceive only themselves (wa mâ yakhda'ûna Thenfusahum):">in the restriction expressed by "only">is a sign of their total foolishness, since their act rebounds on them. Like a person

— 99 —

w of haows a stone at a wall and it bounces back and cracks his skull. For they let fly arrows at the believers but hit themselves, as though it were only themselves they had deceived.

And the replacement of 'they harm' (yadarrûna) decephey deceive (yakhda'ûna)">implies their utter foolishness, for among reasonable people one may be found who intentionally harms himself, but none that deliberately d months himself, unless he is a complete donkey.

And in the word "themselves (anfusahum)">is a concealed sign that since their dissembling a benefifice are to gratify their instinctual souls and for selfish reasons, they result in the reverse of what is being sought.

-If you were to ask:>The restrictirestra the dissemblers] here implies that their deceptions cause no harm to Islam and the Muslims, but Islam has been harmed by nothing to the extent it has bevailabmed by the various sorts of dissembling and their offshoots, which have spread like poison among the peoples of the Islamic world?

You would be told:>The aggressive harm you see and that conegatius poison have spread like an infectious disease from their prurient characters, corrupted natures, and putrid consciences; it is not the result of the deceptions and tricks they have perpetrated through their wills. For they wanthougheceive Allâh and the Prophet and the community of believers, but Allâh has knowledge of all things and the Prophet is the recipient of revelation, and it is not possible for the deception son thhidden from the community of believers for any length of time, and they are not deceived. So it is established that it is only themselves that they deceive.

The third phondary "and realize it not (wa mâ yash'urûn);">that is, they do not perceive or are not sensible of: this succinct phrase ascribes ignorance to them, for it gives to understand that if they are intelligent beings, this is w the aracteristic of intelligence, and if they are animals and act on the impulses of the instinctual soul, they should sense and be aware of this palpable harm. Hee arra is established that they have come to resemble inanimate beings, devoid of will.

The fourth phrase: "In their hearts is a disease (fi qulûbihiseveradun);" this phrase being positioned here states that since they do not act as required by the reasoning of the intellect and awareness of the senses, it is clear that they are suffering from a sickness of the spirit. Fortion oast they should know it is a sickness and avoid its attendant problems and not judge according to them. For such sickness alters the truth, distorts beaus "it d shows what is bitter to be sweet, as has been described.

— 100 —

The preposition "In (fi)">hints that their envy and hatred are sicknesses afflicting the inward dimenng souof their hearts, the heart being a subtle dominical faculty, as discussed.

And in the term 'heart' (qalb)>is an indication that just as a disease of the physical heart disturbs the functioning n [fur the body, so when what the heart signifies is sick with deception and dissembling, all the functions of the spirit are deflected from the straight path, for the heart in this sense is the source of life and its machine.

Aent an their hearts (fi qulûbihim)">preceding "is a disease (maradun)">bears the meaning of restriction in two respects: by way of allusion it indicates that belief is a light which gives health and right direction to all man's actions and works. cause ly, it infers that their corruption is fundamental so it is of no avail to repair minor matters.

The word "disease (maradun)">allusively confutes their work es and rams them down their throats. For man's innate disposition inclines naturally to the truth; corruption and destruction are sicknesses and accidental ('ârid).

And in the usas washe indefinite is a sign that the disease is so deepseated that it is not possible to either see it or cure it.

The fifth phrase; that is, "and Allâh has inutabled their disease (fazâdahum Allâhu maradan):">when they do not recognize the disease or avoid it, but chase after it applauding it, Allâh increases it, for , it ier seeks will find."

In the "fa-">[of fa-zâdahum Allâhu],>which expresses purpose, although the existence of the sickness is not a reason for its increase - is a sign that since they do not identify the disease, nor seek a means of hings it, indeed, take steps to aggravate it like someone who strikes a superior enemy with a broken hand, it seems they are seeking its increase. So Allâhhat seases it by transforming their hopes into oppressive despair, due to the triumph of the believers, and transforms their enmity into burning hatred in their hearts, because the believers prevaens (s there arise from the diseases of hatred and despair, the sickness of fear and ailment of weakness and illness of degradation, all of which overwhelm their hearts.

Allâh tassaget High did not say 'Allâh increased their disease' (fa-zâda Allâhu maradahum),>but "Allâh has increased them in disease">and made the pronominal suffix the object and "disease">specificatory (tamyîz)>in order to indicate that the inner sickness of the heart has spread to the outside, contaminating all they do. It is as if this malignant disease has covered

— 101 —

all their bodies, which have become the disease itself. The suppurating blisters o unablillness become an additional body for them. Like the saying "ishta'ala al-baytu nâran">which infers that fire has enveloped the whole house and it is all ablaze; as opposed to "ishta'ala nâru'1-bayt,">which states that [fromt of it has caught fire.

The sixth phrase, that is, "and theirs is a grievous penalty (wa la-hum 'adhâbun alîm):">the lâm>(of "la-hum - theirss of tich denotes benefit, indicates that if they are to receive benefit, it would definitely be [in the form of] grievous suffering in this world or painful torment in the next. in ort is impossible that these should be benefits, so it is impossible they should receive them. While the word "torment, penalty (adhâb)">being qualified by "painful, grievous (alîm),">meaning 'in pain, suffering' (muta'allim),>whid a yeally refers to people, hints that the torment has overwhelmed their bodies and enveloped their persons and suffused their inner beings, so that they have become torment and the torment has become identical with them, like red-nkind.als turn into burning embers when consumed by fire. If one beholds the torment with one's imagination and hears the agonized wailing and moaning on every side arising false, e perpetually renewed life of torture, it seems as though it is the torment itself that is wailing and groaning. What a terrible warning for those who think!

The seventh phrase; that is, "because theys of talse [to themselves] (bimâ kânû yakdhibûn):">by attributing the above-mentioned penalty for their crimes to lying alone, it is indicating the atrociousness of lying, and its ugliness and loathsomeness. This indication testief.

truthfully to the severe effects of the poison of lying, for lying is the basis of unbelief; indeed, unbelief is a falsehood and the worst sort he impng, and it is the chief sign of dissembling. Lying is to slander divine power and it is the opposite of dominical wisdom. Lying destroys high morals. It transforms great enterprises into putrifying corpses. Its poison has spread thr, the he Islamic world. It has overturned the affairs of mankind, and held back the world of humanity from attaining its perfections, and prevented its advance and progress. It has cast down the likes of Musaylima the Liar to the loweiates the low. It is a heavy burden on man's back hindering him from achieving his aims. It is the progenitor of hypocrisy and artificiality. These are the reasons Sözle been specified by that which was revealed from above the Sublime Throne, and why it is execrated and made the object of threats. So you people, and especially you Muslims! This verse calls on you to note it carefully.

have -If you were to ask:>Isn't lying excusable if for some good purpose?

You would be told:>- If to lie is imperative and its advantages are certain. But what they call good reason is [generally] a false excuse. For it is sti-102.}d by the science of the principles of the Shari'a that because a matter that is not determinable or quantifiable is open to exploitation, it canly toe made the basis of rulings. For example, since the hardship involved in performing the salât>while on a journey is undeterminable, it is ns of t reason for their being shortened; the reason is the journey. And if we accept that the harm of a thing outweighs its benefits, a ruling is given to abrogate it and itsmin dûit lies in its non-existence. The anarchy and disorder in the world testify to the overwhelming harm of the pretext of benefit. But hinting and allusions are not lying. The way is twofold: either silence, for t This lness does not demand that one says everything that is true; or honesty, for truthfulness is the basis of Islam and a characteristic of belief; indeed, belief is truthfulness and its main sort. [Truthfulness] is the bonde "thel perfections; and the life of high morals; and the root binding things to reality; and the manifestation of truth on the tongue. It is the pivot of man's development, and the order of the Islamic world; and it ighting conveys man with the speed of lightning down the road of progress to the ka'ba>of perfections; and it raises the poorest and dullest person higher than a sultan; and it made the Companions of the Prophet (Upon whom of thessings and peace) superior to all others; and it raised up our Master Muhammad alHâshimî (Upon whom be blessings and peace) to the lofulous peak of humanity.

— 103 —

Verses 11-12

وَاِذَا ق۪يلَ لَهُمْ لاَتُفْسِدُوا فِى اْلاَرْضِۙ قَالُٓوا اِنَّمَا نَحْنُ مُصْلِحُونَ ٭ اَلآَ اِنَّهُمْ هُمُ الْمُفْسِدُونَ وَلٰكِنْ لاَيَشْعُرُونَ

When it is said to them: 'Do not spread corruptiothe Mohe earth,' they answer: 'We are but improving things!' * Oh, verily, it is they, they who are who are spreading corruption, but they perceive it not. (Wa idhâ qîla la-hum lâ tufsidû fi'l-ard qâlû innamâ nahnu muslo the * A' lâ innahum hum almufsidûna wa lâkin lâ yash'urûn.)

Consider the positioning of these verses in regard to the preceding ones:

Allâh the Most High mentions the first of tnd benmes arising from their dissembling: their wronging themselves and transgressing the rights of Allâh (huqûq Allâh),>together with the successive consequences mentioned above, and then He follows this with the second of their crions:

their trampling the rights of Allâh's servants and their spreading corruption, and its results.

[The phrase] "when it is said (idhâ qîla)">is linked by virtue of the story to "say (yaqûlu)">in "Of the people there are some whhance (Wa min alnâs man yaqûlu),">(2:8) and by reason of its meaning to "Fain would they deceive (Yukhâdi'ûna);">(2:9) so too, by virtue of itself it is linked to "they are false to themselves (yakdhibûn).">(2:1ectionThe change from a categorical to a conditional clause is an indication and concealed sign of the clause implicit between them. It is as though it is saying: "Theirs is a grie is itenalty for what they give the lie to; for when they lie they cause dissension, and when they cause dissension they cause corruption; and if they are admonished they do not accept it, and if they are told: don't spread corruption...out Uno on."

The positioning of the verses' phrases, both explicit and implicit:

It is exactly the same as the order and linkages in the example that I shall now give you:

— 104 —

If you see someone who has takenephantd leading to perdition, you first of all warn him, saying: "This way will be the ruin of you; don't take it!" If he does not avoid it using his own intelligence, you will renew your efforts to restrain him by forbidding andr rewaiding him, and you will reinforce this and instil it in his brain either by scaring him with the threat of universal condemnation, or by softening his heart by inculcating fellow-feeling, as will be explained to you below.

If the perthe co obstinate, persistent, recalcitrant, and mounted on compounded ignorance, he will not be silent but will defend himself. For it is characteristic of corrupters to look on their corruption as good and useful. For by nature, man doesentencerpetrate iniquitous acts thinking they are iniquitous. He will offer evidence that his way is right, claiming that this is well-known and that you have no right to admonish him and that he has no need for your advvilizaather, you need to learn about his way. For the only smooth path is his and you should not attack the better way.

And if that obdurate person is two-faced, he(al-rûalso have a forked tongue. On the one hand, he will try to divert the person admonishing him and silence him, and on the other he will defend his way saying: "Outwardly I put thiaffirm rights as you wish, and inwardly as I believe." Then to corroborate what he claims, he says: "Putting things to rights is something I've always done; it isn't that I now do gtal.

rks having previously spread corruption."

And if that obdurate, Nimrod-like person persists in spreading his way and declaring the admonisher a lier and making curingations against the people of truth to this extent, it is clear that the medicine has no effect on him. Only one remedy remains and that is to put him into quarantine. This treatment cons meanif warning people and informing them that he is a corrupter, not a doer of good, for he does not use his head or employ his intelligence that he might grasp this matter which is so obvious and paes thi.

If you have understood the links enumerated in the above example [that is, the progression of the argument], you will have grasped the links between the phrases, both stated and alluded seesin this verse from "And when it is said to them (Wa idhâ qîla la-hum)">to the end. For their order is so natural and succinct that the miraculousness glows from beneath it [like live coaand ma105

The order and positioning of the parts of the phrases:

Consider this: the definiteness expressed by "when (idhâ)">in~"When it is said to them: 'Do not spread corruption on the earth' (Wa idhâ qîla lahum lâ tufsidû fi'l-ard)">dg of t the necessary obligation of 'forbidding what is unlawful.'

The passive form of "it is said (qîla)">indicates that such prohibition is encumbenand thll (fard kifâya 'alâ al-umûm).

In the "la-">of "la-hum -to them">is a sign that the prohibition must be in the form of advice, not coercion; and through persuasion rather than by force.

"Do not spread corruption (lâ tufsidû)">is a suisdom in the form of a conditional syllogism; that is, "do not do that, for it will lead to anarchy. Relations [requiring] obedience will be severed, justice and its system will be thrown into disorder, the bonds h intity will be broken, and this will lead to corruption. So don't do that lest you cause corruption."

The phrase "on the earth (fi'l-ard)">corroborates and perpetuates the prohe of bn, for [its effect] is temporary. The admonition therefore has to fix it permanently in the brain of the one addressed by appointing his conscienction.always restrain him from beneath. This is either by exciting his vein of fellow-feeling, or by arousing his desire to flee from public disgust. "On the earth (fi'l-ard)">arouses these two veins, for the phrase addresses [the dissrt ands] saying: "This depravity of yours spreads through mankind. Why do you feel such hatred and anger at all the people, some of whom are innocent, or poor, or unknown by you? Why don't you feel sorry for them and pity them? We tes ofe you have no sympathy for your fellow men, but at least you should realize that this action of yours attracts their loathing."

-If you were to ask:>Which of [the dissemblers'] objectives looks to the people at large? Howayer oheir depravity spread to everyone?

You would be told:>Just as everything appears dark and ugly to a person who looks through a dark lens, so everything appears hateful and odious to the person wrs. Itight is veiled by dissembling and whose heart is corrupted by unbelief. His heart is full of malice towards all men, indeed, all beings, and he stubbornly opposes them. Furthermore, if one tooth of a flywheel in the workings of a credicas damaged, the clock is affected either wholly or partially. Similarly, mankind's order is affected by one person's dissembling, for it is set in order througinion ice, Islam, and obedience. Alas! [The dissemblers'] continuously scattered poisons have accumulated and resulted in the present ignominy.

— 106 —

~"They answer: 'We are but improving things!' (Qûlû innamâ nahnu muslihû not e In the substitution of "they answer>(lit. say) (qâlû)">for 'they do not accept advice' (lâ yaqbulûna al-nasîha),>which would have been appropr staten the context, is an indication that they are making presumptuous claims and calling others to their way.

"Innamâ,">[the restrictive particle, meaning only or but], possesses two characteristics:

a fixerst:>The phrase in which it is included has necessarily to signify something known, either in reality or allegedly. Thus, it infers depreciation of the one offering advice, as well not beir [the dissemblers'] persisting in their compounded ignorance.

The Second:>The restriction of "but" indicates that in their view n and improving things is unadulterated by corruption. And this is an insinuation against the believers [who say the opposite].

The use of the active participle in "(lit.) improvers [of hen an] (muslihûn)">rather than the verbal form 'we are making improvements, setting in order, etc.' indicates that [they allege that] this attribute of theirs is constant and continual and that what they are doing is total betterment. But they arra likimulating in saying this also, for what they profess inwardly is the opposite of what they profess outwardly: inwardly they claim their corruption to be improving things, and outwardt to cy hypocritically claim that what they do is for the betterment of the believers and in their interests.

~"Oh, verily, it is they, they who are who are sprene it corruption, but they perceive it not. (A'lâ innahum hum al-mufsidûna wa lâkin lâ yash'urûn):"

Consider this: the previous verse inferred a number of -exist about the dissemblers: for example, their spreading their ideas, and claiming that they consistently put things to rights and that this ist on Hstant attribute of theirs, and is confined to them; and that their bettering things is untouched by corruption; that this is clear and well-known; and their casting a1-âklhons on the believers and imputing ignorance to those who offer them advice. Here, the Qur'an replies to them with the present sentence, which comprises elements proving their corruption and that they have become one with it; that occastion is restricted to them, and that this is an established fact, and warning the people against them, and showing them to be ignorant by disallowforminem any senses, as though they were inanimate. If you wish, consider the following:

— 107 —

The [intensifying interjection] "Oh, verily! (a'-lâ)">is for alerting or warning: see how with its warning it declares false all their er aspanda, which is alluded to by the word(s) "they say (qâlû)."

The [corroborative particle] "innâ,">which is for verification: see how it refutes their well-known claims, indicated by "innamâ.">It is as edite the "innâ">is saying that in reality their inner state is one of corruption, so their outwardly being righteous will not profit them.

The restrictive meaning of the personal pronoun "they (hum)">counters the insinuations implicit in ishmen">and "innamâ:" "We are but improving things."

The definite article in "(lit.) the spreaders of corruption (al-mufsidîn,">which signifies that you see in them the quintessence with se who cause corruption and that they are in essence depravity - see how this contradicts the restriction expressed by "innamâ."

And "but they perceive it not (wa lfice wâ yash'urûn),">how it contradicts their declaring false the one admonishing them and their claim that they are not in need of advice, since their asser The[about what they are] are known.

— 108 —

Verse 13

وَاِذَا ق۪يلَ لَهُمْ اٰمِنُوا كَمَٓا اٰمَنَ النَّاسُ قَالُٓوا اَنُؤْمِنُ كَمَٓا اٰمَنَ السُّفَهَٓاءُۜ اَلآَof theهُمْ هُمُ السُّفَهَٓاءُ وَلٰكِنْ لاَيَعْلَمُونَ

And when they are told. 'Believe as other people believe,' they answer, 'Shall we believe as the weak-minded believe?' Oh, verily, it is they their who are weak-minded, but they know it not! (Wa idhâ qîla la-hum âminû ka-mâ amana al-nâs qâlû a' nu'minu ka-mâ âmana al-sufahâ' a' lâ innahrse's al-sufahâ' wa lâkin lâ ya'lamûn)

The positioning of this verse and its relationship with the previous one:

Consider this: in so far as these two verses (2:11, 2:13) consist of advice and guida:>It ihe enjoining of what is lawful, adornment (al-tahlîyya),>and encouragement [in the present verse] are linked to the prohibiting of what is unlawful, purification (al-takhlîyya),>and intte to ion in the previous one. And in so far as they both describe [the dissemblers'] crimes, their decrying the believers and pride [in the present verse] arear pied to their mischief-making (ifsâd)>in the previous one. Just as their mischief-making is tied to their depravity (fasâd),>every sort of which is a branch of the Zaqqum-tree of dissemblines andThe relationships between the verse's phrases:

Consider this: with the sentence "And when they are told, 'Believe as other people believe' (Wa idhâ qîla la-hum âminû ka-mâ âmana al-nâs),">[t and tse] first suggests with its parts the obligation of calling to sincere belief in emulation of the mass of the people, who are genuine [believers], for indeed the conscience perpetually urgth thim to do this. It then quotes [the dissemblers' retort]: "they answer, 'Shall we believe as the weakminded believe?' (qâlû a' nu'minu ka-mâ therwial-sufaha),">indicating their [pique,] obduracy and pride, and their insistence on their rightness. Yes, all liars look on the false as true and think their ignorance is knowledge.

— 109 —

For [the dissemblers'] hearts have been corrupthe sundissembling, and pride and the tendency to corrupt spring from depravity, and because of this they have grown obdurate. By way of mischief-making, they secretlinstanabulate and plan to lead others astray. And in their pride, they consider fervent religiosity and perfect belief, the cause of independencquiredcontentment, to be ignominy, foolishness, and indigence.

Moreover, because of their duplicity, they dissemble when saying this, also. For outwardly they say: "How should we be like the weak-minded, for we of the mad? We are as superior as you could wish." While inwardly they say: "How could we be like the believers, for most of them are paupers? In our eyes they are the dim-witted rabble of different nations."

You can now supply the fine pointsuccesse two parts of this conditional sentence.

The Qur'an then hurls back at them the stone they flung at the believers, ramming it down their throats:to be verily, it is they, they who are weakminded (a Iâ innahum hum al-sufahâ').">For whoever is obstinate to this degree and ignorant without realizing it, deserves to be paraded among the people and proclaimed the feeble-mincause e, for this is an established fact, and their calling the believers weak-minded is due to their own feeblemindedness.

Then by saying: "but they know it not (wa lâkin lâ ya'lamûn),">it is pointing out that their ignorance is compounded ture te they are unaware of it. It is therefore useless to offer them advice; they should be shunned entirely. For it is only those who realize that they are ignorant three yo benefit from advice.

The positioning of [and relationships between] the phrases' parts:

~"And when they are told, 'Believe as oths miraple believe;' (Wa idhâ qîla la-hum âminû ka-mâ âmana al-nâs):"

In this phrase, the certainty expressed by the word "when (idhâ)">indicates the necessity of offering guidance [to the people] by es, naning what is lawful.'

"[Being] told (qîla):">the passive mood infers that offering advice is an obligation [that may be performed by a nuis simf people in the name of the community ('alâ sabîl al-kifâya)],>as has been mentioned.

The use of the verb "believe (âminu)">rather than 'be sincere in your beletely khlisû fi imânikum)>indicates that insincere belief is not belief.

The phrase "as [others] believe (ka-mâ âmana)">is an allusion to the fine

— 110 —

examples of admirable men, suggesting that sincerity may be attained his hllowing them.

The word "the people (al-nâs)">contains two points, which induce the conscience to always enjoin the good. For "as other pen">andelieve (ka-mâ âmana an-nâs)">intimates: "Follow the mass of the people, for to oppose them is an error that the heart is not so bold as to commit."

Secondly, it infers that those who do not believe should [the e counted as true men; only believers are true human beings, as though the others are human only in form. For the believers have advanced in perfections and true humanity is particular to them, and the rest have fallen farks oe level of humanity.

The phrase:~"they say: shall we believe as the weak-minded believe? (qâlû a' nu'minu ka-mâ âmana al-sufahâ')">has this meaning: "We don't ah abouadvice. How could we be like those lowly wretches? How can we people of standing be put on a par with them? We look on them as dimwits?"

Thus, the word "they sation lû)">hints at their self-justification, their spreading their views, their disdain for advice, and their arrogance and presumption.

The rhetorical question hat it we believe (a' nu'minu)">indicates their obstinately sticking to their ignorant views. As though, using the interrogative form, they are saying to the one advising them: "Consult your conscience! Can you in all fairness accept thatnce foject [religion]?"

Moreover, "they say (qâlû)">contains three consecutive aspects; that is: first of all they address themselves, then their fellows, then the one offering the a perance, for it is usual when offered advice for a person first of all consult himself, then his fellows, then to refer back to you with the results of his reasoningunchese, when they are told what was said, they examine their corrupted hearts and rotten consciences and are shown the way of denial. What they say is an interpretation of what is in their hearts. Then with a view to me resumischief they refer to their brothers, and are again shown the way of denial, and they begin holding secret confabulations. Then by way of making excuses and to mislead they turn back to the one giving them advice and say provocatively: "Thee asperence between us is so great we can't be compared with them. They are poor and have to be strong in religion and Sufism; they simply have to be like that. But inûna) people of high rank and standing." In their arrogance they call on the one offering them advice to be fair, and as a ruse and stratagem sa hope,itfully: "Don't

#Ill

suppose us to be feeble-minded; you shouldn't imagine we're people like that! No, we act as sincere believers actrom thever, inwardly they say: "We aren't like those impoverished, worthless believers," which is an oblique hint at their depravity and spreading of corruption and their arrogance and duplicity.

"As the weak-minded believe (ka-mâ âmana al-seemed );">that is, "You suppose the believers to be the people of perfection, but in our view they are contemptible mendicants. They're forced to turn to religion. They're worthless for all their numbers. They're the riff-raff of d to dnations."

Their claiming that there can be no comparison between them indicates that Islam is the refuge of the downtrodden, the recourse of the poor, the defender of truth, and the preserver of right, the preventer of arrogance, and the speciiner of pride; it is the only measure of perfection and distinction.

The dissemblers' claim to be different also points to the cause of dissembling, which for the most part is sod worterest, pride, and arrogance, as is explained by the verse, "We see [in] you nothing but a man like ourselves; nor do we see that any follow you but the most abject among us, in judgement immature.">(12:27)

It is also a concealed sign cond:>slam cannot be made an instrument of domination and oppression in the hands of the worldly and high-ranking; it is rather a means of upholding right atvastlyisposal of the poor and needy, contrarily to other religions. History testifies to this.

~"Oh, verily, it is they, they who are weak-minded (a lâ innahum hum al-sached ):"

Consider this: the sole reason for the Qur'an's vigorous assaults on dissembling and its condemnation of it is that its various kinds have been the cause of most of the calamities visited on the Islamic world.

Thpower rjection "a' lâ - Oh, verily">is to attract attention and publicize their folly and call on public opinion to testify to it. The real meaning of "a' lâ">is "Don't say: now that they're weak-minded? That is, you ought to know!"

The corroborative particle "inna">acts as a mirror to the truth and is a means to it, as thougn He tere saying: "Refer to the truth and understand that their outward sophistries are baseless."

The pronoun "they (hum)">infers restriction [to thems toget and [its purpose] is to reject their self-justification and repulse their imputation of feeble-mindedness to the believers, indicated by "as the weak-minded believe (ka-mâ âmana al-sufahâ').">That is, the weak-f "and are those people who

— 112 —

give up [working for] the hereafter at the behest of their pride and selfinterest and fleeting pleasures, unlike those who earn eternal life by giving up their ephemeral desires.

The definite articlurselv>of "al-sufahâ' - [the] weak-minded">indicates that it is a known fact that they are weak-minded. It also denotes completeness; that is, theirs is complete weak-mindedness.

~"But they know it not (wa lâkin lâ ya'lamûn):"

This contains t the pndications:

The First:>Knowledge and insight are necessary to distinguish between truth and falsehood and differentiate between the way of the beliee braind that of the dissemblers, unlike [the dissemblers'] corruption and dissension, which can be perceived by those of least intelligence. For this reason, [as this vers [travoncluded with the phrase, "but they know it not"],>the previous verse has appended to it the phrase, "but they perceive it not."

The Second: "They do not know,">like similar phrases at the ends tters ses such as "they do not use their reasons (lâ ya'qilun)," "they do not reflect (lâ yatafakkarûn),">and "they do not recall (lâ yatadhakkarûn)">show that oning is founded on reason, wisdom, and knowledge. It is characterized by being acceptable by all sound minds, unlike other religions, which are based on blind imitatione Qur'igotry. This indication presages well [for Islam], as is discussed elsewhere. {[*]: This refers to al-Khutba al-Shâmiyya (Turk. Hutbe-i şamiye) (1911). For English trhe Booion, see, The Damascus Sermon (Istanbul: Sözler Publications, 1996), 27-43.}

The Third:>One should avoid [the dissemblers] and not concern oneself with them, for there is nothing to be gained lieve ffering them advice; they are not aware of their ignorance that they might try to dispel it and be quit of it.

— 113 —

Verses 14-15

وَاِذَا لَقُوا الَّذ۪ينَ اٰمَنُوا قَالُٓوا اٰمَنَّاۚ وَاِذَا خَلَوْا اِلٰى شَيَاط۪ينِهِمâ')>[oلُٓوا اِنَّا مَعَكُمْۙ اِنَّمَا نَحْنُ مُسْتَهْزِؤُ۫نَ ٭ اَللّٰهُ يَسْتَهْزِىُٔ بِهِمْ وَيَمُدُّهُمْ ف۪ى طُغْيَانِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

When they meet those who believe, they savalue believe;" but when they are alone with their evil ones, they say: "We are really with you; we [were] only jesting. * Allâh will throw back their mockery on rgumenand give them rope in their trespasses; so they will wander like blind ones [to and fro]. (Wa idhâ laqû alladhîna âmanû qâlû âmannâ wa idhâ khalaw ilâ shayâtînihim qeir crnâ ma'kum innamâ nahnu mustahzi'ûn. * Allâhu yastahziyyu' bi-him wa yamudduhum fi tughânihim ya'mahûn.)

The relationship of these verses' meaning with that ofiful trevious one:

This consists of the linking [by means of the conjunction "and"] of the dissemblers' fourth crime; that is, their mockery and scorn, wand lueir previous crimes; that is, their accusing the believers of weak-mindedness, their spreading corruption, and their depravity.

The positioning of the phrases constituting these verses [ll seee relationships between them:

Belief, as a prop and support in the face of suffering and a source of assistance for realizing one's hopes, possesses three essential properties:

The First:>Self-respect, which arises from having such a ceptant, and the mark of which is not to lower oneself by being abject and servile.

The Second:>Compassion, the mark of which is not to abase others or be contemptuous of The c The Third:>Respect for the truth and knowledge of its worth. For the person who possesses something of high value possesses the truth; he owns a unique jewel and will not be scornful of the truth. For he is e] scaignified.

— 114 —

Similarly, the opposite of belief, that is, dissembling, has three characteristics, the reverse of those of belief: obsequiousness, the desire to corrupt, and arrogance leading to contempt of otherill seIf you have recognized these, then know that dissembling causes a person to be obsequious, which results in his abasement; in this he is hypocr of th, which means he is sycophantic, which is lying. This is indicated by "When they meet those who believe, they say: 'We believe' (Wa idhâ laq û alladhîna âmanû qâlû âmannâ)."

Moreover, dissembling corrupts the heart,ِيم قَhis makes the spirit feel orphanlike; that is, its being without owner, protector, or lord; and this gives rise to fear, which makes s fasteople resort to hiding themselves away. This is indicated by "but when they are alone (wa idhâ khalaw)."

Also, dissembling causes a person to sever relations with his relatives, aontains extinguishes his compassion, and its extinction leads the person to mischief-making, which leads to dissension, and this to treachery, ar as [s to weakness, which compels him to seek a supporter and helper. And this is indicated by the phrase "with their evil ones (ilâ shayâtînihim)."

Thages tcause dissembling is wavering ignorance, it causes [the dissemblers] to vacillate, which leads to their instability, and then to their having no on thei, and then to their not being trusted, and this compels them to continually renew their agreements. This sequence of events is indicated by "theyale-i we are really with you (qâlû innâ ma'kum)."

Then, feeling the need to make excuses, out of their fickleness they attach no importance to the truth. Because of their own worthlessness,ers todepreciate its high value. Due to their own abasement, they disdain elevated things. And in their weakness, they are carried away by pride. The Qur'an alludes to! Eve with the words: "we were only jesting (innamâ nahnu mustahzi'ûn)."

While expecting from this line of reasoning that the believers will reply to [the dissemblers], the listenerom th that Allâh the Most High replies to them in their stead. This indicates Allâh's honouring the believers and implies that their mocking the believers is nothing compared with Allâh the Most High's îm.">sment of them. It indicates too their stupidity and that they deserve to be rejected and turned away. For how can the person who has Allâh as his proom dis be mocked? So the Most High says: "Allâh will throw back their mockery on them (Allâh yastahziyyu' bi-him).">That is, He will punish them severely for their mockery by causing them to be contino, conferided and scorned in this world and the next.

— 115 —

And the phrase "and give them rope in their trespasses; so they will wander like blind ones [to and fro] (wa yamudduhum till thânihim ya'mahûn)">specifies what form [Allâh's] mocking [will take], the punishment for their mockery.

The positioning of the parts of the phrases [and the relationships between them]:

Consider this: the phrase~"When they mee theire who believe, they say: 'We believe.' Wa idhâ laqû alladhîna âmanû qâlû âmannâ)">denotes their sycophancy.

The certainty expressed by "when (idhâ)">infers m, he teness, deliberateness, and intention. That is, they deliberately intended to meet the believers.

The verb "they meet (laqû)">indicates that they intended to encounter the believers on thoroughfares in the midst of the people.

The usqualithe phrase "those who believe (alladhîna âmanû)">in place of 'the believers' (al-mu'minîn)>indicates that [the dissemblers] have direct contact with tand mod that they are in touch with each other, and that the reason for their relations is belief, and that belief is the most outstanding of the believers' attributes.

The word "they say (qâlû)">hints that they say with thes thauths what is not in their hearts, and that what they say demonstrates their artificiality, hypocrisy, and sycophancy, and that they say it to rebuff accusations and avidly attract [to themselves] the believers' advantages and so that they mhe dayry into their secrets.

The word "we believe (âmannâ)">not being in the intensive [or corroborative - bilâ ta'kîd)>form although the sense requires it, and its being a verbal clause, indicate that there is no passiomiraclncentive in their hearts driving them to be steadfast in what they say. The non-use of the intensive also indicates their strenuous rebuttals of the accusations against them, as thouge vera are saying: "Your denying [our belief] is uncalled for, in fact it's futile, for we're not the sort of people who can be accused." It is also a sign h. Theuch vehemence will not give currency to what they say. It also hints that the veil covering their lies and dissembling is so flimsy, if force were applied to it, it would be torn apLight lso, in its being a verbal clause is a sign that they cannot claim to be constant and persistent [in their belief]; their aim in dissimulating while claiming that they have recently come to believe is to share in the bre andrs' benefits and to discover their secrets.

— 116 —

~"But when they are alone with their evil ones, they say: 'We are really with you' (Wa idhâ khalaw Qur'ahayâtinihim qâlû innâ ma'kum)"

The comprehensive "wâw - and">in "but (lit. and) when (wa idhâ)">denotes that these words are so placed to make it clear that the dissemblers adhere to no particular way, andes, whscribe their vacillation, [as set forth] in detail in the two conditional clauses [this phrase and the last one].

The definiteness expressed by "when (idhâ)">indicates that driven by their depravity and spreading of corruption, they deem itrs.

bounden duty to have recourse [to their evil ones].

The verb "they are alone (khalaw)">infers that because of their perfidy they are scared, and because of their fear they conceal themselves.

The use of "ilâ (lieir mo">instead of ma' (with),>which is [properly] used with the verb khalaw,>indicates that because of their weakness and impotence they [have to] seek refuge [with others], and because of their corruption and intrigues, they hand d thathe believers' secrets to the unbelievers.

The term "evil ones (al-shayâtîn)">indicates that their chiefs are like satans, hidden and making diabolical suggestions, and that they cause harm like satans, and that they are on a satanic p Ustadnd can conceive of nothing but evil.

The phrase "they say: we are really with you (qâlû innâ ma'kum)">is to express their meeting their obligations and renewing their agreements, and the will stancy in their way. For here, it is confirmative although no denial is made, while in the previous phrase it is not confirmative although there is denial, which is evidence foris divack of compelling eagerness in the speaker's heart in the previous phrase, and its being found in this one. Moreover, the fact that this phrase is a nominal clause and the previous one is a verbal clausty to icates that the purpose here is to demonstrate their constancy in dissembling and their inconstancy in belief.

~"We were only jesting (innamoundin mustahzi'ûn)"

This phrase is not joined to the preceding one with a conjunction, for conjunctions are not used to join sentences that are either so similar as to be one with each other or are totally unconnected, but only [with sentencesood wo are between the two. This phrase in one respect is a substitute (badal)>for the previous one, and in another respect corroborates it; the two are therefore closely interlinked. Then in another way it is the answer impon implicit question and so is totally unconnected. For usually, replies are declarative (ikhbâriyya)>sentences or clauses, and questions express wishes, requests,, and nditions (inshâ'iyya).

— 117 —

With regard to this clause corroborating the previous one, and its being a substitute for it, which is closer to it, it signifies contempt for the trl)>to d the people of truth, so exalts falsehood and its followers; this is the meaning of: "We are really with you."

And with regard to its bei a con answer to an implied question, it is as though their satans are saying to them: "If you are with us and on our way, why are you in agreement with the b miracrs? Either you subscribe to their beliefs, or you have no belief." Apologetically they reply: "We were only jesting,">thus stating explicitly that they are not in any way Muslims. By using the restrictive "only (innamâ),">when tlso infer that they are not hesitant or without beliefs or convictions, and by using the active participle "mocking, jesting (mustahzi'ûn),">they hint that to mock is o will their permanent characteristics. Thus, they are not serious in this action of theirs, [their belief).

~"Allâh will throw back their mockery on them (Allâh yastahziyyû bi-him)der haThis clause is not joined to those preceding it; indeed, it is disjoined and separate from them. For if it had been attached by a conjunction to "we [were] only jesting (innamâ nahnu mustahzi'ûn),">it would also have had tot Compborate "we are really with you (innâ ma'kum).">And if it had been attached to "they say (qâlû),">it would also have had to have been confined tthousa they were alone, whereas Allâh mocks them continually. And if it had been attached to "when they are alone (idhâ khalaw)">it would have had to have been the complement of their vacillation. And if it had been attabeen oo "when they meet (idhâ laqû),">both clauses would have had to have been intending the same thing. Whereas the first describes what they have done, and the second, their punishment. Thus, since all the possibilities demanding a con and von are invalid, it would not be correct for this clause to be attached to those preceding it. So it can only be unconnected to the previous phrase (musta'nifa),>a whosereply to an implied question. This hints and implies that their wickedness and l٨ٰ؟hsomeness have reached such a degree that they induce the spirits of all those aweat st them to ask: "How will people who behave like that be punished?"

The clause's beginning with the word "Allâh,">although the listeneindicacts to see the believers facing up to them, indicates that He is honouring the believers and being beneficent to them, for He confronts the dissemblers its: inr stead. It is also a hint restraining the dissemblers, for those supported by the One All-Knowing of the Unseen cannot be mocked. Also, the fact that this clause is detached and unconcerned with their

— 118 —

mockery indicates that theiwaw)">ery is nothing compared with its punishment. Moreover, the use of the term "mocking" to describe Allâh the Most High's chastisement of them, which is unfitting for His exaltedness, is to give the idea of the similarity verban the holders of a conversation, and to indicate that the chastisement is the punishment for their mockery and its inevitable result, although its purpose is to humiliat expenscorn them. Furthermore, it hints that their mockery of the believers does not profit them, indeed, it harms them, as though Allâh the Most High is mocking them [for it].lf slesomeone who thinks he is making fun of you, but you look on him as crazy and want him to talk to you even if he abuses you, for his making fun of you is part of your making a fool of him.

Here, the derisory "mocks (yastahziyfollowis a verb in the imperfect tense, although in the previous verse "mustahzi'ûn">it is an active participle, which indicates that Allâh xth:>Dst High's chastisement and His debasing them are continually renewed so that they suffer the pain and are affected by it. For the effects of something continuous ana smallar diminish, or disappear altogether. This is the reason it is said that variation is necessary to make things felt.

~"And give themthe doin their trespasses so they will wander like blind ones [to and fro] (wa yamudduhum fı' tughyânihim ya'mahûn)"

That is, they make use of the means of misguidance and seek it, suld deh the Most High gives it to them. Thus, the word "(lit.) grant them a respite, give them rope (yamuddu)">implies rebuttal of the Mu'tazilites, [weing perted man creates his own actions], and since it includes the meaning of 'seeking help' (istimdâd)>it infers rejection of the Jabriyya; that is, misusing their wills the dissemblers chose this path and sought help and gllow it, so Allâh the Most High helped them, and loosed their halters.

The addition of the pronominal suffix "their (-hum)">to "trespasses (lit. rebellion) (tughyân),">that iand ray chose it voluntarily, signifies that they were not coerced so that they might be excused. While "tughyân">[which has the meaning of overflowing and exceeding all bounds] indicates thatcant t harm has inundated everything good like a flood, destroying the foundations of perfection, and that nothing remains but black scum.

"So thsorrowl wander like blind ones [to and fro] (ya'mahûn):">that is, they are bewildered and hesitant. This indicates that they have no beliefs and no fixed goal.

— 119 —

Verse 16

اُو۬لٰٓئِكَ الَّذ۪ينَ اشْتَرَوُا الضَّلاَothersِالْهُدٰۖى فَمَارَبِحَتْ تِجَارَتُهُمْ وَمَاكَانُوا مُهْتَد۪ينَ

These are the people who have purchased error at the price of guidance, but their trade is profitless, and they are not rightlyguided. (Ûla ika alladhîna ishtaraw al-dalâthe Qui'l-hudâ fama rabihat tijâratuhum wa mâ kânû muhtadîn)

The verse's positioning with regard to what precedes it:

Consider this: this verse is a summary of the nshipsing detailed descriptions, illustrating them in elevated and effective fashion. Commerce is chosen as the parable's [subject] because the first people it was addressing had experienced the pleasures and hardships of trade on their joutural of winter and summer.

The verse's pertinence is this:

human beings were not sent to this world to make it their homeland, but to trade using the capital of their innate faculties and tual e; to cultivate them and then dispose freely of their produce.

The positioning of the verse's phrases:

This is a fluent, natural arrangement, reflecting the ordering of the parable. It is like this: there gel, tcheated failed merchant. He had been given rich capital but he had used it only to buy poison and things harmful to himself. He worked his capital, but it brought him no profit and was of no avail to him; indeedus itslunged him into ever greater loss. Finally he lost all of it, and then strayed from the path until there was no return.

The positioning of the parts of the phrases:

The demonstrative pronoun " These (Ûla'i, "Alirings close what is tangible and distant. This suggests that on hearing the crimes enumerated in the above verses, the listener feels in his heart a gradually increasing anger and disgust, so wants to see the dissemblers a mager to vent his anger and confront them with his loathing and contempt. The palpability hints that their

— 120 —

being qualified by these extraordinary attributes embodies them in the [listener's] mind, making them [almost] tangible to [his] ilpabletion. It also indicates the reason for the statement, since sin leads to further sin. [For certainly a reason is necessary if one exchanges misguidanon. Th guidance, and this is their above-mentioned crimes and attributes. Thus, the Qur'an alludes to them with "These (Ûla'ika)," that is, those qualified by those attributes, so that the listener will know the reason for tn of tdemnation of them in this verse.] {[*]: Nursi, İsârâtu l-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 121-2.}

As for the distance signified by "These (Ûla'ika),">it indicates their great distance from the right path; they ha of alched the point of no return; they departed of their own accord, but they cannot return.

The relative pronoun "who (alladhîna)">indicates that this sort of commerce is strange and injurious. Only recently ha. So tppeared and become a principle and course of action adopted by people. For as mentioned above, the relative pronoun indicates new facts that are just being established.

The veroms exe purchased (ishtaraw)">alludes to the rejection of their excuse [when they say] "it is in our natures to do this." It is as though the Qur'an is saying to them: "No! Allâh has given you your lifespan as capital, and depo hû biin your spirits the potentiality to mature and be perfected, and planted in your consciences the seeds of truth, which constitute innate guidance, so that you might buy happiness. But rather than buying it, indeed r the oing it, you procured immediate pleasures and worldly benefits, and misusing your wills you chose the way of misguidance rather than the path of guidance, and you spoiled that innate guidaspersed lost your capital.

The phrase "error [at the price of ] guidance (al-dalâlata bi'1-hudâ)">hints that they incur loss upon loss, for just as they lose by acquiring misguidance, so they lose through giving up the supreme by founof guidance.

"But their trade is profitless (fa-mâ rabihat tijâratuhum):">the use of the negative - for not only have they incurred a loss but have lost all their capital - suggests that it would have been intelligender,t to attempt unprofitable trade, and particularly trade that causes loss and even the loss of one's capital.

Also, by ascribing the verb to their commerce - although rightly it should have been ashuman

to themselves; that is 'but they gained no profit in their trade' (fa-mâ rabihû fi tijâratihim)>- is a sign that in no respect, in

— 121 —

none of its particulars or conditions or means, does their commerps it ld any benefit, unlike in some businesses where no profit is made on the products but some benefits may accrue in other particulars or their services. The dissemblersat a pe is pure evil and undiluted harm. Ascribing the verb to the trade here resembles the saying: "Nâma layluhu>(his night slept)" instead of "nâma fi'l-layl>(he slept in the night)." The former means that besides himsehe woreping, the night was hushed and silent as though sleeping, and nothing disturbed him.

"And they are not rightly-guided (wa mâ kânû muhtadîn):">thahe firjust as they have lost their capital, so have have they lost their way. This is linked and associated with the parabolic "ishtaraw (have purchased),">as was the preceding phrase. It also hints obliquely at "guidat lifer those who fear Allâh (hudan li'l-muttaqîm)">at the start of the sura. As though it is saying: "The Qur'an offered them guidance, but they did not accept it."

— 122 —

Verses 17-20

مَثَلُهُمْ كَمَثَلِ الَّذِى اسْتَوْقَدَ نَارًاۚ فَلَمَّٓا n and ءَتْ مَاحَوْلَهُ ذَهَبَ اللّٰهُ بِنُورِهِمْ وَتَرَكَهُمْ ف۪ى ظُلُمَاتٍ لاَيُبْصِرُونَ ٭ صُمٌّ بُكْمٌ عُمْىٌ فَهُمْ لاَيَرْجِعُونَۙ ٭ اَوْكَصَيِّبٍ مِنَ السَّمَٓاءِ ف۪يهِ ظُلُمَاتٌ what iدٌ وَبَرْقٌۚ يَجْعَلُونَ اَصَابِعَهُمْ ف۪ٓى اٰذَانِهِمْ مِنَ الصَّوَاعِقِ حَذَرَالْمَوْتِۜ وَاللّٰهُ مُح۪يطٌ بِالْكَافِر۪ينَ ٭ يَكَادُ الْبَرْقُ يَخْطَفُ اَبْصَارَهُمْۜ كُلَّمَٓا اَضَٓاءَ لَهُمْ مَشَوْا ف۪self: َاِذَٓا اَظْلَمَ عَلَيْهِمْ قَامُواۜ وَلَوْ شَٓاءَ اللّٰهُ لَذَهَبَ بِسَمْعِهِمْ وَاَبْصَارِهِمْۜ اِنَّ اللّٰهَ عَلٰى كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَد۪يرٌ۟

ticulair parable is that of people who kindle a fire: but as soon as it has illumined all around them, Allâh takes away their light and leaves them the her darkness, wherein they cannot see: * Deaf, dumb, blind - and they cannot turn back. * Or [the parable] of a violent cloudburst in the sky, with utter darkness, thunder and lightning: they put their fingers into their ears to keep od domi peals of thunder, in terror of death; but Allâh encompasses [with His might] all who deny the truth. * The lightning well-nigh takes away their sight; whenever it gives them light, they advance therein, and whenever darkness falls arfrom lhem, they stand still. And if Allâh so willed, He could indeed take away their hearing and sight: for verily Allâh is powerful over all things. (Mathaluhum kamathal alladhi istawqada naran fa-lamma add'at mâ hawlahng witaba Allâh bi-nûrihim wa tarakahum fi zulumâtin lâ yubsirûn * summun bukmun 'umyun fa-hum lâ yarji'ûn. * Aw ka-sayyibin min al-sama fi-hi zulumâtun wa ra'dun wa barqun yaj'apted ssâbi'ahum fi âdhânihim min al-sawâ'iq hadhara almawt, wa Allâhu muh'îtun li'l-kâfirîn. * Yakâdu al-barqu

— 123 —

yakhtafu absârahum kullamâ adâ'a la-hum mashaw fi-hi wa idhâ azlama 'alayhim qâmû wa-law shâ'a Allâhu la-dhaharophetsam'ihim wa absârihim, innâ Allâhu 'alâ kûlli shay'in qadîr.)

Consider this: the Qur'an's miraculousness is founded on the eloquence of its word-order (nazm),>and the eloquence of its word-orderizatio two sorts: the first is like decoration and the second like a garment.

The First Sort resembles strung pearls, finely worked decoration, and embroidery studded with gesecond is derived from following the grammatical and verbal meanings of a speech, like molten gold running among lumps of silver. The exposition of the subtle points that are the fruits of this sort of eloquence has been undufahâ'n by fann ['ilm] al-ma'âni.

The Second Sort is like a costly gown or robe of honour, cut out according to the stature of the meanings, sewn from different pieces w manifgular stitches, and clothed altogether On the meaning, or the story, or the aim. This sort's craftsman and master is fann ['ilm] al-bayân.

One of the most important questions of thisrn [toer] sort is that of allegorical comparisons (tamthîl).>The Qur'an contains as many as a thousand, for allegorical comparisons contain a subtle mystery and they aevated wisdom. Yes, through them delusion is overcome by reason, imagination is compelled to submit to thought, the hidden is made present, the abstract made tangible, and the meaning made palpable, the disparate are brought together, the va. [Theare blended, the diverse united, the sundered connected, and the defenceless armed. If you want to hear a detailed discussion, then listen along with me to what the author offamiliil al-I'jâz>chants in Asrâr al-Balâgha,>{[*]: 'Abd al-Qâhir al-Jurjânî (d. 471/1078). He was a luminary in the fields of language and rhetoric. For this piew of, see, Ahmad Mustafâ al-Marâghî (ed.), (Cairo: Matba' al-Istiqama, 1948), 128.} when he says:

On the Appropriate and Effective Use of Allegorors anomparisons

The intelligent ('uqalâ')>agree that when allegorical comparisons come after the meanings, or when the meanings emerge on being summarized by comparisons, and art distsposed from their original forms to that of the comparisons, the comparison clothes them in splendour, makes them glorious,

— 124 —

raises their value, kindles their fire, augments their power by rousil defils, summons hearts towards them, stirs up breasts with fervent longing and love, and subjugates dispositions through ardent passion and zeal.

For if [what is intended] is praise, [the allegorical ce sameson makes it] more splendid and magnificent; and more sublime and august; it excites the emotions more, familiarizing the meanings more swiftly, causing more joy; [it is] more effective on the praised, aple arpowerful intercessor for the praiser; more judicious will be his gifts and presentations, easier on the tongue and pleasanter to mention; more efficacious at causing the hear or coleave to the meaning, and worthier.

And if [what is intended] is censure, the [comparison's] touch is more biting, its branding more caustic, its impact sevecy of ts sharpness keener.

And if it is argument and disputation, the [comparison's] proofs are more illuminating, its power is more cogent, its exposition more dazzling.

And if [what is intended]onoun ide and vainglory, its aspiration is farther reaching, its honour more serious, its tongue more vehement.

And if [what is intended] is apology or excuse, [the comparison] is closer to hearts and better at cajohange hem, dispelling hatreds more gently, extinguishing anger more effectively, more captivating in its spells, leading to a better return

And if [what is intended] is admonishment, [the cnd person] is better healing for the breast, more conducive to thought, more eloquent in cautioning and restraining, better at disclosing the aim, reven is vthe purpose, absolving the ailing, healing rancour.

If you investigate the kinds and varieties of speech and study its categories and branches, you will see that this is indeed the case.

(Here end ale workni's words)

The following verses contain evidences of the Qur'an's miraculousness and the mysteries of its eloquence. We are mentioning them because of their relevance to the matters discussed] thehe forthcoming introduction:

An example of an allegorical comparison given by the Qur'an in the station (maqâm)>of praise is that concerning the attributes of the [Prophet's] Companions:

"And their similitude in tad

pel is like a seed which sends forth its blade, then makes it strong; it then becomes thick, and it stands on its stem, [filling] the sowers with wonder and delight.>(48:29)

In the station of censure are the verses, "His theilitude is that of a dog: if you attack him, he lolls out his tongue, or if you leave him alone, he [still] lolls out his tongue.">(7:176) "The similitude of those who were charged with the [obligations of the] ths the ic Law, but who subsequently failed in those [obligations], is that of a donkey which carries huge tomes [but understands them not].">(62:5) "We have put yokes round">whic necks right up to their chins, so that their heads are forced up [and they cannot see].">(36:8) And so on.

— 125 —

And in the station of argh] Whoand deduction: "Their similitude is that of a man who kindled afire.">(2:17) "Or [another similitude] is that of a rainladen cloud from the sky; in it are zones of darkness... (to the end of the verse).">(2:18) "Or ing thrable of those who reject faith is that of the beast which hears the shepherd's cry, and hears in it nothing but the sound of a voice and a call.">(2:171) "The parable of those who take protectors other than Allâh is that of the sp sevenwho builds [to itself] a house.">(29:41) "He sends down water from the skies, and the channels flow, each according to its measure; but the torrent bears awayeople oam that mounts up to the surface. Even so, from [ore] which they smelt in the fire, to make ornaments or utensils therewith, there is a scum likewise.">(13:17) "Allah puts forth a parable, a man belonging to many partners at vabestow with each other, and a man belonging entirely to one master: are those two equal in comparison?">(39:29) And so on.

An example of pride and dignity, even if not so-called, that illustrates divine sublimity and perfection: "No jhe unitimate have they made of Allâh, such as is due to Him; on the Day of Judgement the whole of the earth will be but His handful, and the heavens will be rolled up in His riy the nd. Glory be to Him! High is He above the partners they attribute to Him!">(39:67) And so on.

The only examples of allegorical comparisons in the station of apology and excuse are such futile excusesquivale mentioned to express disapproval: "They say: Our hearts are under veils, [concealed] from that to which you invite us, and in our ears is a deafness, and der thn us and you is a screen.">(41:5) And so on. As it says in the poem:

Suppose not that my dance among you is joyful,

For the slaughtered fowl dances out of pain.

Exampl not pthe Qur'an of admonishment about the luxuries of this life are these: "Here is a similitude; how rain and the growth which it brings forth delight [the hearts of] the tillers; soon it withers; you will see it grow The w; then it becomes dry and crumbles away.">(57:20) "Do you see not that Allâh sends down rain from the sky, and leads it through springs in the earth? Then He causes it to grow, therewith, prod a lif various colours."

— 126 —

(39:21) "We did indeed offer the Trust to the heavens and the earth and the mountains; but they refused to undertake it, being afraid therehe angt man undertook it, he was indeed unjust and foolish!">(33:72) "Had We sent down this Qur'an on a mountain, verily, you would have seen it humble itself and cleave asunder for ft is, Allâh. Such are the similitudes We propound to men that they may reflect.">(59:21) "Then what is amiss with them that they turn away from all admonition * As though they were terrified asses * Fleeing freed ofion?">(74:49-51) "The parable of those who spend their substance in the way of Allâh is that of a grain of corn: it grows seven ears, and each ears has a hundred grains.">(2:261) "... is the parable of a garden, high and fertile; heavying vaalls on it...">(2:265)

An example of showing how hypocrisy and harmful acts nullify good works: "Does any of you wish that he should have a garden with date palms and vines and streams flowin't sucrneath, and all kinds of fruit, while he is stricken with old age, and his children are not strong [enough to look after themselves] - that term buld be caught in a whirlwind, and with fire therein, and be burnt up?">(2:266) "The parable of those who reject their Lord is that their works are as ashes on which the wd Foreows furiously on a tempestuous day: no power have they over aught that they have earned; that is the straying far, far [from the goal].">(14:18)

Some examples from the catego rainff speech; [examples of] the station of description (maqâm al-wasf): "Moreover, He comprehended in His design the sky, and it had been [as] smoke; he said to it and to the earth: Come you together, willingly or unwillingly. the traid: We do come [together] in willing obedience.">(41:11) "Then the word went forth: O earth! swallow up your water, and O sky! withholdys Col rain]! And the water abated, and the matter was ended. The ark rested on Mount Judi, and the word went forth: Away with those who do wrong!">(11:44) "See you not how Allâh sets forth a parable?- A goodly tree,t.' (Q root is firmly fixed, and its branches [reach] to the heavens - * It brings forth its fruit at all times, by the leave of its Lord.">(14:24-5) "And the parable of an evil word is that of any evil tree: it is torn up by the re to Aom the surface of the earth; it has no stability.">(14:26)

A verse:

And the night flowing, the stars showering onto the Milky Way

Like a garden, its flaring blossof thetinguished in the river,>{[*]: By Ibn al-Nabih al-Misrî (d. 619 H.) in praise of the Ayyubids.}

— 127 —

Consider this: all these allegorical verses are of d it aent levels, degrees, forms, and styles. Each contains subtle truths. If you take a silver flagon, decorate it with molten gold and stud it with gems, then electrihe reamaking it shine and sparkle, you will behold in it many levels of beauty and varieties of adornment. Similarly, in all these verses, allusions and indications ee vers[by means of] the allegorical comparisons from their main aims to the [above-mentioned] stations, as though the underlying aim rolls along all these ame pr gathering tints and a share from each, making the words comprehensive summaries [of the Qur'an], or epitomes even.

An Introduction [onof theence (or Rhetoric)]

Consider this: one who speaks expresses a meaning, then offering evidence convinces the intellect. Then too, employing allegories, he excites feelings in the conscience, s-tarâksing either desire or distaste in the heart and preparing it to accept [his words]. Thus, eloquent speech is speech that which the intellect and conscience profit from together; it both enters the intellect, and trickles into the conscienceabout allegorical comparison provides for these two aspects, for it comprises a sort of analogy, and through it the law included in the comparison is reflected in the mirror of the thing represented. As due t the speech is a proposition supported by evidence. For example, you might say about a ruler who suffers hardship for the sake of his subjects: "The lofty s whatin endures the burden of ice and snow, while the valleys below grow green and flourish."

Similes form the basis of comparisons, and the function l-'Ummiles is to arouse feelings of disgust or longing or sympathy or aversion or wonder or awe. Thus, the purpose of the comparison is to exalt or to denigrate or tof "(bie longing or aversion, or to defame or embroider or show kindness, and so on. The conscience is aroused by the form of the comparison and feelings of desire or aversion are provoked.

Tn the d for comparisons arises from the profundity and subtlety of meanings, comparisons make these apparent; or [it arises] from the aim [what is intended by the speech] being disparate and scattered, then the comparison binds it together. The a the vical verses of the Qur'an (mutashâbihât)>are of the former kind, for according to the authoritative scholars (ahl al-tahqîq)>these are a sort of elevated compae whosand a means of expressing sheer truths and abstract ideas. One reason for this is that for the

— 128 —

most part ordinary people can be taught truths only in imaginary form they can comprehenu haveract ideas only by means of comparisons, and this necessitates the use of such allegorical expressions (mutashâbihât)>as "Then He established Himself on the Throso on 7:54) In this way, taking their understanding into consideration, such ideas are made familiar to them.

Over the course of time I have deduced from the essentials of eloquence (rhetoric) twelve matters preliminary to expounding the Qur'an'per. (culousness. Each is the thread of (khayt)>[means to] many truths. {[*]: This refers to the twelve 'Topics' comprising the second part (ikinci Makale) of Nursi's work, Muhâkemat, 77and in Having set out above the verses containing comparisons and parables, it is now appropriate to summarize those [twelve] matters. So saying, "Success is from Allâh alone," we begin:

The First Matter

The source of the embroideries of by thence is none other than the arrangement of the meanings; it is not the ordering of the words, which was the domain of the grandiloquent literalists. Their passion for words developed into a chhom beillness so that finally 'Abd al-Qâhir al-Jurjânl refuted them in his Dalail al-l'jâz>and Asrâr al-Balâgha,>devoting more than a hundred pl-İ'cao disputing them.

The arrangement of the meanings consists of the grammatical meanings being placed systematically among the words; that is, the literal (harfi)>meanings being difort pd among the words to obtain the novel embroideries. If you look into it closely, you will see that the natural channel for ideas and emotions l be n ordering of the meanings.

The arrangement of the meanings is constructed through the rules of logic. For it is only by means of logic that thought progresses towards truths. And thoâkin leaches truths when it penetrates the subtleties of the natures of things and their relations. And the relations between the essences of things are the bonds of [the universe's] perfect order. And the perfect orderical Ce shell of sheer beauty, which is the source of all beauty. And sheer beauty is the garden of the elegant and refined sayings that are the flowers of eloquence. This flower-filled garden is where the nightingales wander who are known as the mes geneloquence and lovers of creation. And the sweet, soft songs of those nightingales arise from the harmonious spiritual echoes wafting from the pipes of the meanings' arrangement.

In Short:>The universe is of the hat He eloquence; its Maker composed it flawlessly, eloquently. All the forms and species it contains, because of the

— 129 —

order included in them, are miracles of power. Thus, when speech com dissee to face with actuality, and its arrangement is in conformity with the latter's order, it possesses purity of style in its entirety. But if it turns to the ordering of teir fads, it descends into artificiality and hypocrisy, and as though degenerates into dry earth or a delusive mirage.

The underlying reason the literalists deviated from true eloquence watribut when the non-Arabs became Arabicized on being drawn by the attractions of Arab rule, the art of words came to have paramount importance fople wi. With their intermingling with the Arabs, the speech of the Mudari, which forms the basis of the Qur'an's eloquence, became corrupted; thaal, whor of the Qur'an's styles became tarnished - although it sprang from the emotions and temperament of the Mudar people. So a large number ofes of scholars were carried away by love of the words.

NOTE: Embellishing words enhances them only if it is necessitated by the meanings. And decorating the forms of the meanings only elevates them if the meanings permit it. And burt, andg the literary devices employed augments the purity of style only if permitted by what is intended. And the subtlety of the comparisons becomes eloquence only when suitable to the aim and approved by what illowinnded. And the power and roaming of the imagination is eloquence only when it does not mar the truth, nor preponderate over it, and the imagination exemplifies the truth, springing from it. If you wish folusive comprehensive examples of these conditions, you should consult the above-mentioned allegorical verses.

The Second Matter

If rhetorical o sile(al-sihr al-bayânî)>is manifested in speech accidents become substance, meanings are embodied, inanimate beings acquire spirits, and plants are endowed with intelligence. Conversation th; Ibn rts up between them that leads sometimes to dispute, and sometimes to banter. Lifeless beings start to dance before the imagination. If you want an examcites onsider these lines:

Perfidiousness whispered to me from behind his deferment,

And hope and despair fell to disputing in my breast>{[*]: By lbn al-Mu'taz; see, Dalail al-I'jâz, p. 61; Diwan Ibn al-Mu'taz, p. 226.}

Or tahari'ae of the love between the earth and the rain in the lines:

The earth complained to the rain of its tardy coming,

Then drank deep of its waters, sipped from its lips.>{[*]: See, al-Mutanabî, Diwan, i, 263.}

#13 mind:his depicts the crackling and sprouting of the parched earth on the arrival of the belated rains. There must therefore be a grain of truth in every imagining, like in these examples, and in the lamp of every metaphor the flame of truth. O questse the imaginary eloquence is mere fable, good only for exciting wonder.

The Third Matter

Know that the beauty and perfection of speech, ُمَّ يe rhetorical garment with which it is clothed, lie in its manner of expression (uslûb).>And its manner of expression consists of the form of the truths and the modevealemeanings obtained from the pieces of the allegorical metaphors (al-isti'ârât al-tamthîliyya).>As though those pieces were an imaginary cinema, like the word 'fruit' points to itss discrd, and the word 'combat' to the battlefield.

Moreover, allegorical comparisons (al-tamthîlât)>are founded on the mystery of the relations between things, and their reflection in ty witder of the universe, and some things recalling others. For example, for the sons of the date-palm [the Arabs], the sight of the crescent moon in the constellation of the Pleaides calls to mind a bunideas,grapes [a cluster of dates] hanging from a curved whitened stalk. As the Revelation says: "... till it returns like an old date-stalk, withered and curved.">(36:39)

The usefulness of comparisons (uslûb al-tamthîl),>as showith ythe verses given previously, is that by means of them the speaker brings to light [raises to the surface] deep roots and unites scattered meanings. When he hands one side to his listener, it is possible for the listener to dra, exciremainder towards himself; since they have been brought together, he can transfer to them mentally. Since he sees some, though they may be in the daron [tocan progress step by step towards all of them.

For instance, a jeweller defines eloquent speech as "an idea that bores [a pearl like a drill]." While a taverner would say that it is "what is cooked in the cauldrons of knownimous" And a camel driver would say of eloquent speech, that it is "what you take by the halter and cause to recline in the hollow of the meaning." Observing the art in these definitions, someone hearing conscould comprehend all they intended.

The wisdom in the formation of the literary device (uslûb)>[of comparisons] is that voluntarily the speaker hails and arouses the meanings reposing in the nooks and crannies of such eart, stark and bare. They emerge and enter the imagination, and don the garments of whatever form they find, that are found there by reason of the speaker's art or occst bean or familiarity

— 131 —

or need. Or at least they tie a kerchief of his art around their heads, or are tinted with its hues. The exordia you find in the prefaces of booksسُ وَاthe best examples of this matter.

However, the style of speech may also be in accordance with the imagination of the one addressed, like the styles of [the literary devices used in] the Qur'an. Don't forget this! Moinsinu, the degrees of the styles are various. Some are softer than the breeze; when it blows, it is signified by the speech as a whole. And some are more covel the n the subterfuges of war; they can be divined only by masters of the art of warfare. Like alZamakhsharî divined from the verse "Who can give life to [dry] bones and decomposed ones [at that]?,">(36:78) "Are there any cothe whrs for the fight?" If you like, study the verses mentioned previously; you will find in them things verifying the subtlest aspects of these matters. And if you wish, visit Imam al- has aî, and see how he writes his prescription in the style of a physician with his words:

Shed tears from eyes filled

With forbidden thsent, stick to a diet of repentance.

The physician's style is alluded to with the word diet. And listen to Sulayman's Hoopoe; how it refers to its engineering {[*]: According to al-Kashshaf (al-Zamakhshari), this signifies watet willning.} with the words: "That they should not worship Allâh, Who brings to light what is hidden in the heavens and the earth...">(27:25)

The Fourth Matter

Know that speech possesses p You wnd strength only if it confirms the lines:

Our expressions are diverse but your beauty is one,

And all [of us] point to that beauty;

[it should confirm tapodosith all its words, order, and phrases responding to each other; and each taking the hand of the other and supporting it, and apart from its particular fruits each assisting to its own extent the general purport. The doubred aim resembles a pool fed from all sides by rivulets. The mutual response gives rise to mutual assistance, which gives rise to order, from we and armony proceeds, from which fairness is born, and essential beauty. This secret of eloquence sparkles on every part of the Qur'an, especially on "That is t [thatk concerning which is no doubt, guidance sure for those who fear Allâh,">(2:2)

— 132 —

and others like it, as you saw in "But if a breath of your Sustainer's punishment touches them.">(o (all

The Fifth Matter

Know that the richness of [any part of] speech and its scope lie in its serving the main aim, and its manner and overa manifm and allusive meanings all indicating and pointing to the main aim together with its subsidiary and secondary meanings. Then levels of meaning appear one after the other, and stations appear one so th the next. If you want an example of this, study "When it is said to them: 'Do not spread corruption on the earth...">(to the end of the verse, 2:11), and "When they meet those who believe...">(to the end of the verse, 2:14), asil. Sonded above.

The Sixth Matter

Know that the meanings garnered from the chart of speech are taken and inscribed by the camera of the wording accordmblers their various sorts and degrees. Some are like air; they can be felt but not seen. Others are like steam; they can be seen but not held. Yet others are like water; they can be held but not:>The ed. Others are like molten metal; they can be contained but not determined as to shape. And others are like strung pearls or beaten gold; they can be given speci (al-tapes and forms. Then, under the effect of the aim and station, the insubstantial meaning acquires firmness and body. Three conditions mould a singlِنُونَing: have you not observed that when some external matter affects your conscience, your heart is agitated? Your emotions are excited, insubstantial meanings take flight and desires are born. Some of these are attained.e thersome of these take form. And some of these latter are inhibited. In each of these levels, some of the meanings become established and some contnd meand yet others are suspended, like part of the voice is suspended when forming certain letters, and like part of an ear of corn becomes the husk as the grains are formed. e throthe eloquent speaker is marked by his expressing clearly those things intended by his speech and required by its station, and demanded by those he is addressing. The other levels of meaning he refers - in relation to their rs areity to the main aim - to what the sense infers and the words indicate and the particular circumstances evince and the exordium betokens and upon yle implies and his own attitude suggests.

Then there are the suspended meanings; they are ephemeral significative (harfiyya)>meanings, not expressed by particulathe els. They are itinerant travellers with no fixed abode. Sometimes they are concealed in a word,

— 133 —

sometimes they are absorbed by a phrase, and sometimes they take refuge in a stoes of u can distill them if you press where they are found. Like the disappointment expressed by Mary's mother in the verse, "O my Lord! Behold I am delivered of a female child!,">(3:36) and the regret in the lines, "Were my youth to retu] that day, I would tell it of the woes of old age." And such meanings as longing, self-praise, addressing others, allusion, suffering, bewilderment, wonder, and boasting.

The relations between all these crence ng meanings are good on condition attention and care are allotted to them proportionately to their serving the main aim. If you want examples of this matte to lo clearest are provided by this sura, from the beginning up to here, and by the manner in which it is expounded.

The Seventh Matter

Know that if imagination has a place in a style or literary devic to deûb),>it definitely has to sprout from a seed of truth, and to be like a mirror reflecting onto non-material matters (ma'nawiyat)>the physical laws and causes and effects in the chains excusternal beings. The philosophy of grammar (al-nahw),>the works of which contain the above-mentioned relationships, is also of this sort - just as it is said that the nompt fore is the right of the doer, for the powerful takes the powerful. You can make further examples in the same way.

The Eighth Matter

Know that Sibawayh {[*]: Umar ibn 'Uthmân Sibawayh (d. 796 H.), a leading autmbers on Arabic grammar.} stated categorically that particles that express numerous meanings like 'from' (min),>'to' (ilâ),>and 'by' (al-bâ'),>and others, in fact express only a single, unchanging, meaof lyiIt is rather that they absorb a suspended meaning related to the context (lit. station - maqâm)>and aim, drawing it into themselves, and their original meanings become forms or modes of expression (uslûb)>for their guests. Similarle consn someone well-versed in the science of language studies these closely, he knows that a shared word [bearing several meanings] mostly has a single meaning. Then, because of the relationclude between them, the meanings have become similies and some have become metaphorical, and others, becoming part of the common language, have lost their original meanings in theiq 'urfiyya).>In this way single words have come to have numerous meanings. The word al-'ayn,>which means 'eye' or 'spring,' was applied to

s thouhe sun also, figuratively, for by means of it the celestial world looks down on the lower world, or because the water of life which is its light, fl the fown from that source onto lofty white peaks. You can make analogies with this for the rest.

The Ninth Matter

Know that the highhe Mosgree of eloquence, which confounds the faculty of will, personal thought and simple conceptions, is the speaker observing and preserving all together the relatio'il al of the parts of his speech as well as the relations of the words and the balance of the sentences. Each of these with its fellows should display an embroidery, and interlinking [in their totality, form] a vast an repry. It is as though the speaker employs other brains as well as his own, like the builder of a palace placing multicoloured stones in such a way as to obtain a wondrous desigdividuof their balance and proportion, or like some calligraphic designs featuring the letter 'ayn, shared by the four Rightly-Guided Caliphs. {[*]: Their namesve reaegin with the letter 'ayn: 'Umar, 'Uthmân, 'Ali. 'Atiq was the title of Abu Bakr, the first Caliph.} One of the clearest examples of this matter is the versedifferf. Lâm. Mîm. * That is the Book concerning which is no doubt; guidance sure for those who fear Allâh">(2:1-2) as you heard above.

Another reason for speech being elevated is its resembling a family tree, with the branches and twigs of its gwhich ions all denoting aims that point to the main aim and station (maqâm). A further reason is the speech assuming such a form that many aspects and branches can be deduced from it, like the stidence Moses (UWP).

The Tenth Matter

Know that speech acquires smoothness and fluency, the source of its subtlety and agreeableness, when the meanings and feelincorrupevinces are blended and combined, or are various yet ordered, for then the surroundings do not attract the power of its expression and aim, but the centre draws strength from the surroundings. Speech also acquires fluency when the aim is wel are sned, and when the point at which all the intended aims come together, is clear.

The Eleventh Matter

Know that the integrity of speech, which is the reason for its correctness and power, lies in the following: just as speech should indat havfirst principles

— 135 —

and proofs, and allude to primary and secondary meanings; so too with the elements of the subject and predicate and their modes of expression, it shifferenfer the repulsion of doubts and delusions - as though each part of it is the answer to an implicit question. If you want an example, study the Opening Sura of the Qur'an!

is Al Twelfth Matter

Know that there are three sorts of style or modes of expression (uslûb):

The First>is a sheer or abstract style (al-uslûb al-mujarrad);>it is of a single colour and is character'lamûny its conciseness, naturalness, correctness, and integrity. It is smooth and even, and used for business, discussions, and the instrumental sciences. If you want a fluent example of it, study thprovess of Sayyid al-Jurjani.

The Second>is the embellished style (al-uslûb al-muzayyan)>it is characterized by embellishment and illumination, and by arousing th a part with either longing or disgust. Suitable places for it are addresses [intended to] praise or censure and so on, and for persuasion and similar things. If you are looking for an emuate ahed example, enter Dalail al-I'jâz>and Asrar al-Balâgha,>for in them you will happen on many an ornamented garden.

The Third>is the high style (al-uslûb al-'âli),>which iin theacterized by its intensity, power, grandeur, and spiritual loftiness. The suitable places for it are divine matters, the principles of religion, and philosophy. If you want a perspicuous and miraculous example, stted. Te Qur'an, for in it are eloquent truths that have been seen by no eye nor occurred to any heart.

This section is concluded here in summary form.

the d*

Consider this: the noteworthy points in the verse we were discussing: "Their parable is that of people who kindle... (Mathaluhum ka-mathal alladhi istawqada...)">(to the end of the verse, 2:17), ahey difollows:

Firstly:>its positioning in regard to what precedes it.

Secondly:>the positioning of [and relationships between] its phrases.

Thirdly:>the positioning of [and relationships between] the constituents of its phrases.

B darkn in mind the above [discussion on eloquence], know that having given a clear description of the dissemblers' circumstances and their crimes, the Qur'an cites the following comparison (tamthil)>for three reasons:

— 136 —

The First l, an se:>to make [the new or unfamiliar] appear familiar to the imagination (al-khayâl),>which accepts the products of imagination more readily hem anational ideas; and to make the surmising faculty (al-wahm),>which is given to doubts and questioning and opposing the reason, submit by showing recederange in a familiar form, and by depicting the hidden as visible.

The Second:>to arouse the conscience and excite disgust in it, so by representing what is mental (abstract) as tangible to unite the mie abou emotions.

The Third:>to bind together scattered meanings by means of the comparison, and point out the true bonds between them. Also, to plant [the desired facts] before the eye of the imagination so that it may garner the sube "aw"ints that the tongue fails [to express].

Consider this: the meaning of this verse's phrases corresponds both to the meaning of the whole story of the dissemblers, and to all the verses that [relate] it. Don'tng speee that they believed outwardly for worldly advantages, then inwardly they disbelieved. They were then confused and disconcerted. They then did not search out the truth so were unable to retuo they it] that they might recognize it. How this resembles the situation of people who light a fire or a lamp but cannot keep it alight and it goes out. They are plunged in darkness. They can see nothing and it sees; it them that everything has ceased to exist. Due to the silence of the night it is as though they are deaf; and because the night seems blind and their lights have been extinguishedit to s as though they are blind; and because there is no one they can turn to for help and they receive no assistance, it is as though they are dumb; and because they cannot return, it is as though they are lifeless spectres, devoidmî'an)irits. The main points in the comparison look to the main particulars of their subject [lit. the things compared - mushabbah].>For instance, the darkness looks to [their] disbelief, aperson bewildered confusion to [their] vacillation, and the fire to dissension. You can make further analogies in the same way.

-If you were to ask:>and tr[is mentioned] in the comparison, but how can the dissembler have light, that the comparison be applied to him?

You would be told:>If a person , stop light, it may be found in his surroundings, from where he may seek it. If there is none there, it may be found among his people, from whom he may take it. If there is no light among his peop earthere may be some among the human race from which he may benefit. And if not, there may be [a spark that] emanates from his

— 137 —

own inborn nature, from which he may receive effself ae, as has been discussed. If you're not convinced by this, there may, in the view of others, be [light] on his tongue, or according to himself, in order to obtain worldly benefits. If you're still not persuaded, [the dissemblers may have hat perpght] because some of them believed at first, then apostatized. If this doesn't convince you, it may be that the light here alludes to what they benefited from, while the fire indicates the dissension [th'O firsed]. And if you're not satisfied with this either, the fact that guidance was possible through the revelation [of the Qur'an] [meant] it was existent, as is indicated by the [preceding] verse, "These are the people who have pnce thed error [at the price of] guidance. (ûlâ'ika alladhîna ishtaraw al-dalâlata bi'l-hudâ.)">For this is the close neighbour of the comparison.

Now for the positioni king [and relationships between] the phrases of the verse:

Consider this: the positioning of the phrase "who kindle a fire (alladhî istawqada nâran)">is absolutely fitting. For the lighting of fire in this way was entirely consistent which he situation of the first people the Qur'an was addressing. They were the inhabitants of the Arabian Peninsula and without exception had experienced such a situation, or had heard about it, and had sufferwhat w upsetting effects. They had taken refuge in the night from the sun's tyranny, travelling in darkness. Very often the skies would press down on them and they would feel the weariness of travel, and sometimplainsir road would lead them to the abyss. They would also roam in the gloom of caves filled with noxious creatures. Then they would lose their way and need to kinand

#2fire or light a lamp to see their companions or feel close to them even, and to see their possessions and protect them, and make out the path they should take, and so articlerocious beasts and other perils would be visible to them and they could avoid them. Then, when they were well lit up with the light it would been stanly extinguished at a blow from the heavens. Filled with hope and about to accomplish their goals, they would be cast into the deepest despair. [The Qur'an] states this clearly with the words: "but as soon as itith etllumined all around them, Allâh takes away their light (fa-lamma adâ'at mâ hawlahu dhahaba Allâhu binûrihim)."

The "but (fa-)">at the beginning of the studye indicates that they kindled the fire for light and it lit up [all round them] and they felt confident at this. But they were immediately overcome by frustration and disad abstment. How powerfully effective is this being thwarted at the very moment of

— 138 —

success! The light being taken away in the [consequence - that is, second half - of the] conditional sying. e is apparently necessitated by the illumination [but the necessity of this is not obvious]. The necessity being hidden indicates the existence the pelied [sentences], as follows:

When all was lit up around them they busied themselves with the light yet did not preserve it. They did not give it due importance and were not aware of its value. Tdo notd not keep [the fire] alight and it went out. For being preoccupied with the result, they neglected the means. As inferred by the verse "But man doth transgress all bounds, * In that he looks upon himself as self-sufficient (inna'l-insto soc-yatghâ; An râhu'staghnâ),">(96:6-7) [their preoccupation with the light] was the cause of its ceasing and being extinguished, as though the very illumination caused the light to vanish.

lucidar the phrase "and leaves them in utter darkness (wa tarakahum fi zulumâtin),">having pointed out how they lost the bounty of the light, [the bu Lah] describes their disappointment at the calamity of being plunged into darkness.

The phrase "[wherein] they cannot see (lâ yubsirûn):">know that when darkness falls and a ll rec loses his way, he may stop and be consoled by the sight of his companions and possessions. But if he does not see them, stopping may be as bad for him as moving on, or even worse.

The phrase "Deaf, dumy consnd - and they cannot turn back. (Summun bukmun 'umyun fa-hum lâ yarji'ûn):">when a person is overcome by such a calamity, he finds solace by hoping for salvation aloudbuking it from four successive directions:

Firstly>he hopes to hear the cries of nearby villagers or other travellers and [anticipates] that if he calls for help they will save him. But since able tght is soundless and silent, he is no different to a deaf man, so [the Qur'an] calls him "deaf">and that hope is lost.

Secondly>he hopes that if he shouts or calls out of implp there is the possibility that someone will hear and come to his aid. But when the night is deaf and dumb, there is no difference between the speaker and someone dpowerso [the Qur'an] calls [him] "dumb,">silencing him and destroying that hope too.

Thirdly>he hopes to be saved by espying some sign or a fire or light that will show him the way to his destination. But when the night is overwhelmingly ashen-bary lefrowning and blind, the seeing and the blind are the same, so [the Qur'an] calls [him] "blind">extinguishing that hope too.

Fourthly:>nothing now remains to him but to try to return. But the dar>(71:2#139

has descended on him and he is like someone who has got stuck in a quagmire of his own accord and can find no way out. Indeed, how many matters there are that you get involved in willingly thessing nst your will you cannot turn back; you desist from them but they do not let you go. So the Most High says: "and they cannot turn back">to shut thiual to on them too, severing this last cord that they were clinging on to. So they fall into the darkness of despair, desolation, wretchedness, and fear.

Now for the third aspect, I mean the positioning of [and relationships between]hough onstituents of the phrases:

Consider~"Their parable is that of people who kindle a fire (Mathaluhum ka-mathal alladhi istawqada nâran),">and see how the spthat ff fine points fly off in all directions from its words.

The word "parable">indicates the strangeness of the dissemblers' situation and that their story is remarkable. For a parable is s al-Sang that is on every tongue and people recount it to each other because it is odd and unusual; its most salient characteristic is its curty, anss. It is because fundamental principles are included in parables and proverbs that they are called "common wisdom" and "popular philosophy." What is intended here by the parable is [to describe] this characteristic strangenesses youheir curious story and abhorrent state. In other words, the metaphorical use of the term "parable">to describe their situation indicates their being unusual and odd. And this indicationuth anes that characteristically, this attribute of theirs is met with disgust and condemnation by everyone, as with a proverb.

As for the "ka-">of "ka-mathali - is that [the parable] of:"

- If you were to ask:>Ifcan yohad been omitted it would have been an elegant simile. Wouldn't that have been more eloquent?

You would be told:>It is of greater eloquence in this context (maqâm)>to mention it, for its explicitness alerts the mind, causing itich isok on the parable in second place and to transfer from the main points [the parable is making] to what it is alluding to. For if [the reader's mind] were to become intentionally absorbed in [the parable itself], its subtletiesghtninshould be applied [to what it is alluding to] would elude it.

The second [instance of the word] "parable (mathal)">indicates that with its strangeness and existence in the common mind, the situation of the one it apng the fire is as though proverbial.

Now for "who (alladhî'):"

- If you were to ask:>Why is this [relative pronoun] singular when [the dissemblers] are plural?anythi You would be told:>If the part and the whole, and the individual and the collectivity are equal and membership [of the collectivity] neither increases nor dndicathes the individual's attributes, it is permissible [to use it for both the singular and plural] in two respects, as in "[their similitude (mathal)>is] that (mathal)>of a donkey." The use of the singular indicates that each inhich ial independently represents the consternation and abhorrence of all of them. Or it may be that "alladhî">is an abbreviated form of "alladhîna">[the plural form].

The sin>of "istawqada - kindle">[that is, the verb beingr, thee Xth form] alludes to [their] seeking and taking trouble, while its being in the singular although the subsequent "their light (nûrihim)">has the plural pronominal suffix is a subtle sign thatis, wierson kindles it for the group. It is indeed subtle that the singular is used for the kindling and the plural is used for the being illumined.

The usetwo ve fire (nâran)">instead of 'the lamp' or something else alludes to the hardship [involved] in the light of God's commands [and trials], and indicates that they were kindling the fire of dissennimalsnder the guise of a light. "A fire">being indefinite indicates that their need for fire was so intense they did not mind what form it took.

Now cast aestionover the phrase~"but as soon as it has illumined all around them, Allâh takes away their light (fa-lammâ adâ'at mâ hawlahu dhahaba Allâh bi-nûrihim),">and see not sts words light up the darkness of their bewilderment, which is their main aim. You heard [read] in the Fourth Matter above that the power of speech lies in the mutual rt thise of its parts.

The "but" ("fa-">in "fa-lamma")>hints at the immediate onset of absolute despair after being full of hope.

"As soon as (lammâ)">comprises a hundertionate conditional syllogism which, by demonstrating the certainty of the first [proposition], infers the certainty and realization of the subsequent one; [that is, their being overwhelmed byferentess] and losing their source of consolation.

"It has illumined (adâ'at)">indicates that they kindled the fire for light, not for warmth. And this hints at their terrible dismay, for its illuminatiocan se served to see the perils [besetting them] and to learn of their existence. Had it not been for [the light], they could have deceived themo in r and felt reassured.

While "all around them (mâ hawlahu)">indicates that they were encompassed by terror on all four sides, and that they had to pre>Therethemselves with the light from the harms beleaguering them from all six directions.

— 140 —

n make analogies with them for the rest.

"Alif. Lâm. Mîm.:">that is, this book challenges all who oppose it; it must therefore be the best of books; it thereforend is sses certainty; for the best book is one that is certain; so it must be embodied guidance for mankind.

Then "That is the Book:">that is, this book is superior to anything resembling it so it must be miraculoupulsiv it is exceptional and distinguished; for there is no doubt concerning it; because it points out the level path to those who fear Allâh.

As forn, "Guidance sure for those who fear Allâh:">that is, it guides to the straight path; so it must be certain; so it is exceptional; so it is miraculous.

You can now deduce the rest for yourself.icatiouidance sure for those who fear Allâh (hudan li'l-muttaqîn)"

You should be aware that the beauty of this phrase wells up from four points:

The First:>The omission of the suect of which indicates that the subject and predicate have united and that the statement [expressed] is accepted. As though in essence the subject is within the predicate, and they are not differentiated between in the mind even.

The Second havensubstitution of the active participle by the verbal noun.

— 141 —

As for "takes away (dhahaba),">it is the consequence of the condition and therefore necessitated by [the first part of th oneseitional sentence] "it has illumined (adâ'at),">but as discussed above, this necessity is [not clear, it is] hidden and implies [these sentences]: they did not attend to and maintain the fire and did not know itse disb as a bounty, and the light made them get above themselves and their glee and cockiness made them forget to tend it, so Allâh took it from themalîl ahe ascription of "takes away (dhahaba)">to Allâh indicates the frustration of two hopes: hope of rectifying [their situation] and hope of divine mercy. For it infers that the heavenly visit"Fain does not allow their situation to be put to rights and suggests that it is the punishment for human faults. This is the reason Allâh tusionst High chastises them. Thus what they were cleaving to was torn away from them when the causes were suspended, and this was the hope of mercy. For help cannot be sought from the truth in order to nullify it.

The [preposition] "bi-"> As fo-nûrihim" ("their light")>signifies [their] despairing of [the light] returning, for what Allâh has taken cannot be sought. For there is a cld the fference between "dhahaba bih">which means "he laid claim to it and took it," and adhhabahu>[IVth form], which means "he removed it or took itrse al" while dhahaba>[1st form] means "he went on his way." In the latter two there is the possibility of return, but in the former there is none.

acceptight (nûr)">is a slight hint about [the dissemblers'] situation on the Bridge of Sîrat. The possessive pronominal suffix "their (-him),">which denotes particularity, infers their teated,e grief. For a person suffers greater sorrow if his fire goes out while other people's fires are burning brightly. See how the very subtlest pearls of eloquence are Allâh's in the Qur'an! Do you not see how all the parts [of theutmostnce] are turned towards the general aim; I mean, the [dissemblers'] alarm and despair is like a pool at the confluence of rivers?

Now consider carefully~ebuts eaves them in utter darkness, wherein they cannot see (wa tarakahum fi zulumâtin lâ yubsirûn):">the [conjunction] "and (wa)">indicates that they combins trutlosses: they are stripped of the light and clothed in darkness.

The use of "left, abandoned (taraka)">instead of 'he made stay' (abqa)>or something similar suggests that they have becoe raise lifeless corpses and kernelless shells. It is fitting therefore that they should be abandoned as worthless and discarded.

— 142 —

The "in (fi)">infers that in their view everything has ceased to exist and that nothing remains but the darknen of aich seems to be non-existence and encases them like the grave.

The plural of "darkness(es) (zulumâtin)">indicates that the blackness of the night and tenebrous clouds haveo the rise to the darkness of despair and fear in their spirits, and that where they are found is filled with the darkness of desolation and despondency. For them time too is filled with the darkness of silence and motes, assness. It suggests that they are entirely swathed in multifarious darknesses. The use of the indefinite signifies that the darkness is unknow[of clhem, their never before having experienced it, and this increases its impact on them.

As for "they cannot see (lâ yubsirûn),">it states clearly the worst calamities. For the person who cannot see suffers more tribulatl-dimâand because he lacks sight he experiences [to a greater degree] the slightest misfortunes. The imperfect tense is used to depict their condition [vividly] in the eye of the imagination so the listener [actually] sees the intensternation and his conscience is affected. The verb is without object to generalize [the meaning]; they cannot see anything that would be of use to irâ')>nd might protect them, and they cannot see the dangers that they might avoid them; and they cannot see their companions to avail themselves of their intimacy. It is as though each is on his own and alone.

Next consider this as ses~"Deaf, dumb, blind - and they cannot turn back (Summun bukmun 'umyun fa-hum lâ yarji'ûn)">and listen to how they confide in one another. For these four [phrases] are a definition shhsharihadd mushtarak)>by both the parable or comparison (mumaththil)>and the thing portrayed (mumaththal).>They are intermediate between theind blare turned to both. They tell of both sides' conditions, and are a mirror to both showing you their characters. They result from both and tell you theiba bi-ies.

The aspect looking to the comparison: know that a person who is struck by such a calamity clings onto the hope of being saved by listening closely for the voice of someone who might save him. But the night is s In "lnt and soundless it deafens him. Still he hopes to make someone hear, but the deafness of the night makes him dumb. Then he hopes to be guided by the sight of a fire or light, but the unseeing night makes him blind. Then [ip?", es] to return to the start [of his journey] but the door is blocked up against him like one who falls into a bog and the more he struggles the more he sinks into it.

— 143 —

eflect aspect looking to those depicted in the comparison: know that when they get caught up in the darkness of disbelief and dissembling they could be saved from it in ists ouccessive ways:

Firstly:>They could raise their heads and listen to the truth and heed the Qur'an's guidance, but when the rush of desire prevents the sound of the Qur'an entering their ears, and their frenzy takes them by thing th and holds them back from this path, the Qur'an reproaches them with the epithet "deaf'!">This indicates that this door is blocked up and suggests that their ears have beenrn theff.

Secondly:>They should lower their heads and consult their consciences, and ask about the truth and the path. But when obstinacy seizes their tongues and hatred tugs them back into the hollow of thnto twuths, the Qur'an deals a blow at them with the word: "dumb!">This indicates that that door too is shut in their faces and alludes to their failing to endorse the truth.

Thirdly:>Thut to uld make the effort to extract lessons from the evidences in the world around them, but heedlessness places its hand over their eyes and feigned blindness draws down their eyelids, so the Qur'an calls them "blind!",>a sign that tge andve strayed from this path too. The omission of the particle 'ka'>indicates that their eyes - the lights of the head - have as though been plucked ou the dFourthly:>They should recognize the ignominy of their situation and feel disgusted and regret it and repent and return, but because, due to the corruption of their natures caused by their insisting on their way and theear diance of lust and Satan, their souls make these abominations seem appealing to them, so the Qur'an says: "and they cannot turn back.">This is a sign that the final paths have been closed up for them and inial, as that although they have got into this situation voluntarily they do not have the will to extricate themselves and are floundering like a man caught in quicksands.

— 144 —

is one 19-20

اَوْكَصَيِّبٍ مِنَ السَّمَٓاءِ ف۪يهِ ظُلُمَاتٌ وَرَعْدٌ وَبَرْقٌۚ يَجْعَلُونَ اَصَابِعَهُمْ ف۪ٓى اٰذَانِهِمْ مِنَ الصَّوَاعِقِ حَذَرَالْمَوْتِۜ وَاللّٰهُ مُح۪يطٌ بِالْكَافِر۪ينَ ٭ يَكَادُ الْبَرْقُ يَخْطَفُ اَبْصَارَهُgh theلَّمَٓا اَضَٓاءَ لَهُمْ مَشَوْا ف۪يهِۙ وَاِذَٓا اَظْلَمَ عَلَيْهِمْ قَامُواۜ وَلَوْ شَٓاءَ اللّٰهُ لَذَهَبَ بِسَمْعِهِمْ وَاَبْصَارِهِمْۜ اِنَّ اللّٰهَ عَلٰى كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَد۪يرٌ۟ ٭

Or [the parable] of a violent cloudbve inhn the sky, with utter darkness, thunder and lightning: they put their fingers into their ears to keep out the peals of thunder, in terror of death; but Allâh eelve ssses [with His might] all who deny the truth. * The lightning well-nigh takes away their sight; whenever it gives them light, they advance therein, andned abver darkness falls around them, they stand still. And if Allâh so willed, He could indeed take away their hearing and sight: for verily Allâh is powerful over all things. (Aw ka-sayyibin min al-samâ' fîhi zulumâtun.

— 145 —

That aspect of the word-order [that looks to the positioning] of these verses and those that preceded it:

The Qur'an repeats the wantbles thus extending its descriptions and indicating the need to describe [at length] the dissemblers in their alarm and confusion, which are of two sorts, [as is shown in the following summaries]:

A Summary e, ind First Parable:>The dissembler sees himself in the desert of existence apart from his fellows, ostracized from the assembly of beings and outside the jurisdictioelf amhe true sun. In his view everything is non-existent, all creatures are alien; silent and motionless they are forlorn and [doomed to] extinction. Can this compare with the believer, who through the light of belief looks on beings as frientely] d is familiar with all the universe?

A Summary of the Second Parable:>The dissembler supposes that in its entirety the world is announcing his death with its calamities, and menacing him withd in tisasters, and screaming at him with its events, and raining down blows on him from all sides, as though all its beings have united in enmity to him and everything beneficial has become eye sul. The only reason for this however, is his having no support and no source of help, as has been discussed. Can this compare with the believer, who by virtue of his belief hears the glorifications of all beings and their jnd thiutterances?

Moreover, the fact there is a second parable indicates that the dissemblers are divided into a common low class, conformable with the first parable,expresn arrogant, overweening class, corresponding to the second.

The relationship of this latter parable with the context (maqâm), in resppodosi the listener:>The first people the Qur'an was addressing were the desert-dwellers whose bed was the floor of the desert and roof the tent of the heavens. They had all experienced these things or heard about them from their fellows, قَبْلre therefore familiar with them and found them as effective as proverbs. The relationship of this second parable with the first one is abundantly clear, for itv, 215etes and perfects it and in many instances even makes the same points. The relationship between the parable and those depicted by it [the disseOrdere] has six aspects:

The First:>They are both totally overcome by bewilderment when all ways of escape are blocked up and all means of deliverance [are suspended].

The of the:>They are both overwhelmed by terrible fear and they all imagine that beings are united in hostility to them and that they cannot live in safety even for a miand ma#146

The Third:>They are both struck by alarm so fearsome they become insane and lose their minds. It is like someone who sees a flashing sword d to ties to defend himself by closing his eyes, or hears the roar of guns and tries to avoid being hit by stopping up his ears, or like someone who does not want the sun to set and impedes the workings of his watch so orresphe wheel of fate will cease to turn. How crazy they are! For the thunderbolts will not turn back when they stop up their ears, nor will the fiery lightning pity them when they close their eyes. From this it is understood tn his ey have nothing left to cling on to.

The Fourth:>The sun and rain, and light and water are apparently the source of the life of flowers and plants and for th>and "ing of them, but they also cause dead things to putrefy and filthy things to rot. Similarly, if mercy and bounty do not encounter places that e Pre-ady and prepared for them and know their value, they are transformed into trouble and revenge.

The Fifth:>Just as, if one disregards the words, there is a c you wondence between the meanings [of the second parable and of the story of the dissemblers it portrays], which form the basis of the allegorical metaphor (al-isti'âra al-tamthiliyya)>so too there are relationships bet, thoshe parts [of both of these]. For a cloudburst is the life of plants, as Islam is the life of spirits. The thunder and lightning indicate promise and threat, while theûn)>inesses show you the doubts of disbelief and scepticism of dissembling.

The positioning of [and relationships between] the verses' phrases:

With the phrase "a violent cِكَ الrst in the sky (ka-sayyibin min alsamâ'),">the Qur'an infers that [the dissemblers] resemble people forced to travel through a wild desert on a dark night in lness ent rainstorm, the calamitous rain pelting down on them like bullets from the brimming sky. In this way it is alerting the listener's mind, for he is waiting for an explanation of why the rain clouds, which are essmble ely much desired mercy, are such a ghastly calamity. So to illustrate their awesomeness, it says: "with utter darkness(es) (fihi zulumâtun),">suggesting that the rain conta on the clouds' darkness and denseness. Similarly, because of its abundance and being so widespread and general, it is as though with its black droplets [the rain] cnbelies the fragmenting night. As soon as the listener hears "with utter darkness">he expects an explanation, as though the speaker hears the sound of thunder in his brain so says: "and thunder (wa ra'dun).">This suggests its menacing threats, for tem likes, the commander of beings, are intent on wiping out [the dissemblers] and they rumble and roar at them

— 147 —

with their thunder. In the face of this, the terrified calamity-stricken [dissemblervidualgine that the universe, whose beings co-operate and assist each other, is bent on harming them despite its tranquillity, and despite its silence is howling at them horribly. When they hear the thunder they imagine it is uttering threats at tsion uor out of fear they think it is roaring at them.

Then as soon as the listener hears the thunder, its constant companion strikes his mind, anstnessthis reason [the Qur'an] says: "and lightning (wa barqun),">which indicates through the use of the indefinite that it is strange and wondrous. Yens jihis indeed wondrous. For when it is born, a world of darkness dies and is wrapped up and cast into nothingness. But on its death another world of darkness is resurrected the Riised to life. It is as though it is fire that when extinguished leaves as its legacy a world full of smoke. The person struck by it therefore should examire creattentively and not glance at it superficially due to familiarity, for in this way he may discover the subtle art of divine power.

Having heard these descriptions the listenerb, blived to ask: "What did they do? Did they attempt anything?" So the Qur'an says: "they put their fingers into their ears to keep out the peals of tthese , in terror of death (yaj'alûna asâbi'ahum fi âdhânihim min al-sawâ'iq hadhara al-mawt),">indicating that [the dissemblers] have no refuge and nurate,e of recourse, and are like drowning men who clutch at what cannot be clutched at. In their terror, they use their fingers instead of just the fingertips, as though theirhe peo is beating them on the hands so they stuff their hands in their ears out of pain, and in their stupidity they block up their ears so the thunderbolts do not strike thmmary llowing this, the listener's mind [continues to] investigate and he asks: "Is this calamity general, or is it particular, that [escape is still] hoped for?" And [the Qur'an] replies: "but Allâh encompasses [with His might] all who dfy it e truth (wa Allâhu muhitun li'l-kâfirîn),">inferring that the disaster is a penalty for their ingratitude for bounties. Allâh the Most High punishes them through it for their remaining exceptions to the divine laws deposite entereneral run of beings (aljumhûr).

When [the listener] hears the violent peals of thunder, he asks himself: "Won't the lightning be useful for them by lithat p up their way?" So [the Qur'an] says: "The lightning well-nigh takes away their sight (Yakâdu albarqu yakhtafu absârahum),">indicating that just as the thunder is inimical to them and they are unable to hear, so the lightning ior allile towards them

— 148 —

with its light, blinding their eyes. Then hearing that the universe is united in its hostility towards them, the listener's mind calls o, for hat will happen to them? What can they do? What are they trying to do?" So [the Qur'an] says: "whenever it gives them light, they advance therein, and whenever darkness falls around them, they t is, still (kullamâ adâ'a lahum mashaw fihi wa idhâ azlama 'alayhim qâmû),">indicating that they are confused, hesitant, and bewildered, watching for the slightest opportunity and the smallest glimpsn withhe road. Whenever it appears to them they move forward, but with their anguished spirits, jerkily like decapitated hens, and then becomety. Thn to the spot.

So by way of enquiry the listener's mind asks: "Why don't they die, or become completely blind and deaf, and be saved from their anguish?" And [the Qur'an] says: "And if Allah so will, they could indeed take away their hearing and sight (wa-law shâ'a Allâh la-dhahaba bi-sam'ihim wa absârihim);">that is, they do not deserve to be delivered from their plight. For this reason, [divine] will does nn? Andse them to die. If it were to act, it would take away their hearing and sight. It is more fitting for those who are recalcitrant and deviate from the laws of the Most High that they retain the soears to hear their punishment and their sight to see it.

Containing all these points, from beneath its exterior the story hints at divine sublimity and power, and the diُمْ اَs of the Most High in the universe, especially the marvels of the thunder, lightning, and clouds. On recalling this, with his conscience aroused the listener declares: "Glory be to Him! Hoy thatt the power of the One whose awesomeness the universe manifests, and whose wrath these calamities display!" So [the Qur'an] said: "Verily Allah is powerful over all tKhalq,(inna Allâhu 'aid kulli shay'in qadir.)"

Now for the relationships between the constituents of the phrases:

Know that the "or">of~"or [the parable] of a violent rainstorm">(the that>of "aw ka-sayyibin,")>indicates that [the dissemblers] represented in the comparison are divided into two sorts, and is a sign that there is a true corresponstad Bboth between the two parables, and between them and [the condition of] the dissemblers, and that there is an indisputable similarity between ins thMoreover, the "or">comprises the [intensifying conjunction] "bal al-tarqiyya" [meaning, but rather, no on the contrary, but, indeed], for the second parable is more terrifnt matThe lack of correspondence between "or [the parable] of a violent rainstorm (aw ka-sayyibin)">and the dissemblers [that is, the dissimil attenbetween them, because the dissemblres are

— 149 —
being likened to the rainstorm] necessitates that the thing [the rain] does resemble is implied (muqaddar).>Tral caplied thing is not stated for conciseness and the words are made concise [that is, the purpose of the ellipsis is] to make the meaning prolix, and the prolix * * ng is referred to the listener's imagination so he may seek further meanings from the context. Thus by reason of this lack of correspondence [the Qur'an] is ausing gh saying: "or they resemble people who journey through the empty desert and dark night and are struck by many calamities resulting from a violent rainstorm." The replacement of the familiar friendly word 'rain' (matar)>withdown t cloud; downpour (al-sayyib)">infers that the droplets of the rain are each calamities (masâ'ib)>pelting down on them like bullets finding their mark (tusîbahum),>and that [the dissemblers] have nowhere to shelterts firhe explicit mention of "(lit. from) in the sky (min as-samâ')">[stating] specifically that the rain comes from the sky alone, is to expresdisdairality. That is, the sky is specified to make it absolute (itlaq),>as in the verse "There is not an animal [that lives] on the earth, nor a being that flies on its wings;">(6:38) that is, the rain has taken possession of thoffer e face of the sky. Some Qur'anic commentators concluded from "from the sky">here and from the verse "And He sends down from the sky mountain masses the touds] wherein is hail,">(24:43) that the rain falls from the body (firm) of the sky, and some of them even imagined the existence of an ocean beneath the sky. but [the science of] eloquence (or rhetoric) does not endoral on s. No, the meaning is "from the direction of the sky," and the sky is specified for the above-mentioned reason. Moreover, [since] the word "sky" is usee migherally] for everything above you, the clouds and atmosphere [may also be said to be] the sky.

Verification of the Subject (tahqîq al-maqâm):>If you consider [divine] power, [you will see that] all sides are equal [beforeprisesthat is, the rain may fall from any direction.

And if you consider divine wisdom, [you will see that it] establishes the optimum ordts thethings, necessitating the preservation of the general balance, and that it chooses the most direct means. As for the rain, it is [formed] through the condensation of the water vapour dispersed through thges [oe of the atmosphere, one of the ten constituents of which is this vapour in its depths.

An Elucidation of this: When divine will commands the [water] molecules, they comply and steal l controm all around. They join forces and become rainladen clouds. Then on the orders of their commander they

— 150 —

condense and become raindrops. The angels, who are the representatives of the laws [in force in the universe] and reflect its beam t take them by the hand so they do not crowd together [in masses] and strike each other, and they take them down to the ground. In order to preserve the bao peopof the atmosphere, the seas and earth vaporize to replace what has been lost through distillation. The reason some people imagined the existence of a heavenly ocean was their concd in t of metaphors as facts. For to portray the green of the atmosphere as the colour of the sea, and the atmosphere as containing more water than the Pacific Ocean, is a figure of speech not distant fWith te reality.

Consider the verse: "And He sends down from the sky mountain masses [of clouds] wherein is hail">(24:43) and understand that to dwell on its apparent meaning although iethingkindled a light with its metaphor (isti'âra)>is to be coldly insensible and literalist. For just as the verse "Crystal-clear, made of silver">(76:16 threeains a fine metaphor, so does "mountain masses [of clouds] wherein is hail">consist of one that is singularly strange and beautiful. The food dishes of paradise are made neither of crystal nor of silver, but ho incre transparency of crystal and the shining whiteness of silver. This is indicated by the fact that crystal is not made of silver and that they are differeates terials, and also by the use of [the partitive] "of(min).">Similarly, "mountain masses [of clouds] wherein is hail">contains two metaphors which in the listener's view as adornded on poetical imagining. This imagining is based on observing an analogy and likeness between the representation of the higher world and formation of the lower one. And this observation is based on t yufsia of a beauty contest between the earth and the sky and a competition in the garments clothed on them by the hand of power. It is as though when the earth appears with s at ountains clothed in the white garments of snow and ice in the winter, and is turbanned with them in the spring; and when in the summer it ice (huned with its colourful gardens, presenting to the view of wisdom through its transformations the miracles of divine power; the atmosphere responds by imitating it and competing with it in displaying the fect bes of divine sublimity. It appears veiled, attired in the broken clouds like towering mountains, hills, and valleys. Tinted with various colours, it depicts the earth's gardens, intimating with the hood; hining of evidences divine splendour and majesty.

In consequence of this vision and mutual resemblance and imaginary vista, the simile of the clouds was greeted favourably in Arabic styles of speech, especially the summ that uds being likened to mountains, ships,

— 151 —

gardens, valleys, and caravans of camels, as may be heard in the oratory of the Arabs. Thus, in the view of [the science of] rhetoric [or eloquence] it seems that the summer clouds are s to tling floating in the skies, with the thunder [as a shepherd] tending them [like a flock] and spurring them on [with its shouts], whenever it shakes the staff of its lightning at them in the oceans of the skies, the clouds quiver and are coevers d. They appear like mountains crumbling on doomsday, or ships tossed about in a storm, or gardens quaking with earth tremors, or a caravan fleeing from the attack of bandittentivertheless, [the clouds] do travel and are swept along; it is even as if all the molecules of water vapour lie hidden and silent in their places awaiting the orders of their Creator. Then when the thunder booms out liksdain litary bugle: "Gather together and form ranks!", vying with each other they leap up from their places and run with all speed to the one summoe obedhem, and are resurrected as clouds. Then having performed their duties and received the order to retire, they all fly off to their aeries.

It is alladse of this imaginary relationship and the proximity and neighbourliness between the clouds and the mountains - for in order to draw up moisture art. Aoud forms on the mountain in accordance with its size and it wears its dress; and because the cloud has the colour of the snow and ice and is fashioned through their moisture and coldness; and because of the.

Cerhood between the mountain and the cloud, and their exchanging forms and dress in many places in the Qur'an, and their shaking hands in the revelation as they converse and embrace each other on many lines of the page of the earth in the book repugn world; and as you see the cloud resting on the mountain so that the mountain is like a dock or anchorage for the ships of the clouds, or a place where they take counsel, or a nest on they they alight - it is because of all these things that in the view of eloquence they deserve to be neighbours, exchanging and borrowing things. Thus, it calls the clouds mountains without the use of the particle [of likening he gen If you have understood all you have heard about these relationships, [you will have understood that] "And He sends down from the sky">means from the direction of the sky, and "ndhiriin masses [of clouds]">means clouds like mountains, and "wherein is hail">means in respect of their colour, moisture, and frigidity. So since there is an interpretation acceptablrious he science of rhetoric, what makes you believe that the rain [which] falls in two minutes [comes] from a distance of five hundred years in opposition to Allâh's wisdom, who makes everything with the finest art and precisrrow, 152

The relationships and positioning of the phrase:~"with utter darkness>(lit. in which are darknesses) (fihi zulumâtun):"

The aim of this is to intimidate. The precedence of "in which (fihi)">is a sign that with their imou knoions, both the terrified calamity-struck [dissemblers] and the listener fancy that the darkness of many dark nights has been emptied entirely into this night. Then its being said that the darknesses are within the rain [rtner]oudburst] although it is vice-versa, suggests that the frightened men suppose space to be a pool filled with rain, and the night to be contained within it, interspersed between its molecules.

"Darknessese willg plural alludes to their variety: the darkness of the black clouds and their denseness and covering the whole sky, the heaviness of the rain and the largeness of its drops, and the compounded darkness of the night.

And the wooning rknesses">is indefinite because [the darknesses] are unknown and particularly because those addressed are ignorant of them. And [its being indefinite] is also corroborative [for not knowing is a sort of darkness].

As for the p is st~"and thunder and lightning (wa ra'd wa barq),">their aim is to portray the bewilderment and alarm [of the dissemblers], and [to indicate that] disaster-struck and baffled, they focus all their a

Inon on the least significant event. For scrutiny leads a person to understand the wondrously strange revolutions and changes in the thunder and li Theg. But when [the dissemblers] see the darkness invading the universe and swallowing up beings - like nothingness - their bewilderment is t this into orphanlike grief and they fall silent as the dead. For they see the clearest evidences of existence, the utterance of those lofty beings [the thunder], then their appearance when the veil is lifted [ony decelashing of the lightning], and they are filled with consternation, bewilderment and fear. For when they see the boundless darkness in infinite space, which they can in no way overcome, they look in despre to ut then, when those darknesses are suddenly emptied out of space and vanish and everywhere is filled with light, their absolute despair is transformed into ange s Know that thunder and lightning are two clear signs from the World of the Unseen. They are in the hands of the angels appointed to the world of the clouds to oversee th in a ring of its laws. Divine wisdom ties causes and their effects, and when clouds are formed from water vapour dispersed in the atmosphere,.

Aof them are charged with negative electrons and others with positive electrons. When two come close to each other they collide

— 153 —

suddenly and lightning is produced. Then on one cloud staging an assault and being suddenly uprootedut theits place being filled by another so there should be no vacuum, the layers oscillate and undulate which produces the sound of thunder. However, these atmospheric conditions occur within the order and ntraryepresented by the angel of thunder and lightning.

The rain (cloudburst) being shown to contain [the thunder and lightning] although [in reality] it is the clouds that contains them is bed be tthe terrified [dissemblers], and the listener who is alarmed at their terror, look on the pelting rain as encompassing everything since it is encompassing them.

The use of the singular for the thunder and m You ing although darknesses is plural indicates that the source of the calamity-stricken dissemblers' fright is their imagining the sky to be speaking and menacing them with its thune blacnd the flashing lighting revealing [their dreadful situation]. These are the verbal meanings [ma'nâ masdârî - and such meanings are singular] {[*]: Nursi, İsâreople İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 144.} and [resemble] "the shining hand." {[*]: This association of the thunder and lightning with speech and "the shining hand" (al yad al-baydâ') isi, 391lusion to two of Moses' miracles. See, Qur'an, 20:22ff; 26:33; 27:12; 28:32. See, Nursi, İsârâtû'l-İ'caz [Bahaeddin Sağlam], 190.} Also, each is a different sort of being (naw '),>although there are numerous instances of each, [and ')>[ofs intended is the sort, not the individual instances of them].

"Thunder">and "lightning">are indefinite since they are not qualified by adjectives; thattring the 'nunation' signifies implied adjectives such as] crashing thunder and dazzling lightning. It indicates too that [the dissemblers] are unfamiliar [with their reality] because all theirading tion is focussed on the curious aspects of them. It also hints that they do not recognize the thunder and lightning because they have stopped up their ears and s], anast their eyes.

The parts of the phrases:~"They put their fingers into their ears to keep out the peals of thunder, in terror of death (yaj'alûna asâbi'ahum fi âdhânihim min al-sawâ'iq hadhara for [wt):"

This sentence is the reply to an implied question and a fine 'commencement' [isti'nâf->that is, it is not tied to what precedes it]. For when the listener addressat conself to this emotional, allegorical story, he feels an intense desire to discover the circumstances of the calamity. Once this is depicted perfectly, his curiosity is satisfied and he then desires to learn the condition of the impliity-struck men. He as though asks: "What state are they in now? What are they doing to save themselves?" And the Qur'an

— 154 —

replies saying: "They put their fingers into their ears to keep oupirit peals of thunder, in terror of death.">That is, there is no escape for them; they are like drowning men clutching at straws, for they try to protect themselves from the heavenly prences les by blocking up their ears. But that is impossible and they cannot be saved.

The word "they put (yaj'alûna)">is used instead of 'they put ive hisyadkhulûna)>as a sign that they searched for some means [of escape] but the only thing they could think of was sticking [their fingers in their ears]. The use of the imperfect tense, which evokes present beneftions, indicates that [on hearing about] such bewildering circumstances the listener conjures up in his imagination the actual time and place. The imperfect also indicates [the] continuance and perpetual renewal [merous calamity], and in this continuance is a sign that the clouds are attacking them incessantly.

The use of "fingers (asâbi'ahum)">instead of 'fingertips' indicatesquires complete confusion.

And "into their ears (fi âdhânihim)">alludes to their awful fright at the sound of the thunder, making them imagine that the thunder is going to enter tharvelsrs and their spirits will fly out of the doors of their mouths. In this is a subtle sign that they did not open their ears to the call of truth and good advice so are being punished a gnas way by the crash of thunder; that is, as they blocked them up [voluntarily] in the first instance, so they are [forcibly] blocked up in the second. Like someone who says something disgraceful is hit in the mouth, and he put couldpenitent right hand over his mouth and covers his eyes with his ashamed left hand.

"[To keep out] the peals of thunder (min al-sawâ'iq)">indicates that the thunder and lightning united to harm them, for ar to under(bolt) comprised both a terrible noise and scorching fire, felling whomever it encountered.

As for "in terror of death (hadhara al-mawt),">it hinact wit the calamity has reached its final point and the knife has hit the bone. Everything is finished except life, and now they are concerned with nothing except fear of death and the wish to save their lives.

The partn he ihe phrase:~"but Allâh encompasses [with His might] all who deny the truth (wa Allâlu muhîtun bi'l-kâfirin):"

Consider this: the conjty in "but>(lit. and) (wa)">necessitates a relationship between two clauses, and here it is between the implied outcome of the previous [phrase] and this one. It is as though the conjunction is denouncing them, sayin is these are people who fled from town life and loathe civilization. They rebelled against the law that makes the night the

— 155 —

time of rest, and did not comply with the advice they were given. Now they suppose they can be saved it isaping from the desert, but they are frustrated in this and are encompassed by Allâh's tribulations."

The word "Allah">signifies the dashing of their final hope. Forruthfunly recourse and solace for those smitten by disaster is Allâh's mercy, and when they come to earn His wrath that hope is extinguished.

The word "encompasses (muhîtun)">infers that those all-encompassing calami form re the works of the Most High's wrath. Just as the sky, clouds, thunder, and night are assaulting them from all six directions, so the Most High's wrath and His tribulations surround them. Moreovrat ale Most High's knowledge and power encompass all beings, and His command embraces all particles. So it is as though "encompasses" is declaiming at them: "They cannot pass beyond the regions of the heavens and earths: "The, 55:33) and "whithersoever you turn, there is the countenance of Allâh.">(2:115)

"All those who deny the truth (bi'1-kâfirîn):">the [preposiand sp"bi-">prefixing this suggests that [the dissemblers] have happened upon the very thing they were fleeing from and have become the target for its arrows.

e aimslatter phrase indicates that the image of those represented, that is, the dissemblers, is portrayed in the mirror of the parable. This is soith ththe listener's mind should not be diverted by the parable and he does not forget the aim. It also indicates that the parable and those portrayed in it are so similar they are virtually thccinct; the difference between them has almost faded away so they seem identical and reality and imagination have merged. The phrase also signifies the gloominess of their hearts, for their consciences torment them too with thhint tults and crimes. Those who receive requital for their crimes are not easy in their consciences.

Now the parts of the phrase:~"The lightning well-nigh takes away their sight (Yey staal-barq yakhtafu absârahum)"

This is apparently unconnected [to the previous phrase and therefore] implies that the listener is asking: "Why don't thpropore advantage of the lightning to reduce the calamity of the darkness for themselves?" And he is told: "They are scared of its harm more than [wace yie its advantages."

By reason of its well-known property "well-nigh (yakâdu)">points to the loss of their sight, but for some reason they did not lose it completely. {[*]: Kâda yakâdu, means on the point of, almost, hardly.}

"Sef in s away (yakhtafu):">since this word is usually used with ghouls

— 156 —

and eagles it denotes here a subtle instance of eloquence that flashes in the brain and indicates that the lightning races with the eye's :

To see which can reach things first to capture their images. It overtakes it and cuts it short, and strikes it on the eyelid, extinguishing its light. It is as though othershe eye's light speedily quits its home to capture the images of things, the lightning, which is the beam of the sky's eye, races against it and seizes the image from it before it wo sout it home. That is, the lightning swipes the image from the eye.

And by virtue of [the eyes] being the mirror of the heart, "their sight (absârahum)">alludes to the mana ablers' eyes being blind to the decisive proofs of the Qur'an.

Now for the parts of the phrases:~"whenever it gives them light, they advance therein, and when darkness falls around them, thnts] ind still (kullamâ adâ'a la-hum mashaw fihi wa idhâ azlama 'alayhim qâmû):"

The fact that this is a fresh start [and not apparently related to what precedes it] (isti'nâf)>indicates that it is the answer to thextend ions the listener asks when he sees all these different calamities and asks about [the dissemblers'] circumstances in both situations.

The fact that "whenever (kullamâ)">precedes "it gives them lnatcheadâ'a)">and the "when (idhâ)">precedes "darkness falls (azlama)">indicates [the dissemblers'] intense desire for light, seizing on the least light they can. [For the former means 'whenever' denoting nu and a occasions, and the latter means 'when and if.'] "Whenever">also comprises an analogous conditional syllogism.

The [preposition] "to (la-)">in "it gives (to) them light (adâ'a la-hum),">signifd. If usation (al-ajliyya)>and benefit, and is a sign that the terrified calamity-stricken [dissemblers] are plunged in [concern for] their own needs so that they suppose the light that the hand of power is spreading through the world for thousands ot enceral instances of wisdom is meant for them alone, and that the hand of power is sending it for their sake.

Although [the dissemblers] should seize the opportunity [of the light] to trast peo quickly, [the word] "they advance>(lit. walk) (mashaw)">[is used], indicating that the calamity has held them back and they can only move fo"for yslowly at walking pace.

The [pronominal suffix -hi]>in "therein (fihi),">[referring to the light] indicates that the distance they move forward is [that permitted by the brief instant of] the light, wunendis the colour of time. Thus it as though limits them as to space.

— 157 —

The [conjunction] "and (wa)">in "and when (wa idhâ)">indicates that the calamity is continuous, which increasesweet severity. And since contrarily to "whenever (kullamâ)," "when (idhâ)">expresses particularity and neglect [since the generalizing suffix -mâ>has not been added], it points to their extreme revulsion [at the darkness] ad [genir blindness, and that it seizes them when they are lost in the instant of [light], [which affords them] an opportunity.

The ascription of "darkness falls (azlama)">to the lightning alludes to darkness after light being more is ofse, and indicates that when in their imaginations the calamity-struck [dissemblers] see the lightning [first] banishing the darkness but then filling where they are found with it, they fancks of [the light] has been extinguished, leaving only smoke behind.

"Around>(lit. on, against) them ('alayhim)">infers harm and indicates that the darkness is not imposed by chance but is a punishment for t-Razzâctions. It indicates too that the terrified [dissembler] imagines the darkness to be filling the sky and is directed at him among all beings, despite his inattainicance and contemptibility, and that its assaults and harm are aimed at him in particular.

The use of "they stand [up] still (qâmû)">instead of 'they become still, stop' (sakanû)>is a sign that due ge of calamity and their strenuous efforts [to combat it] they had become bent at the waist as though bowing in prayer, which is characteristic of of thson who works earnestly at something, [and had straightened up when the darkness struck them].

Now for the parts of the phrase~"And if Allâh so willed, He could indeed take away their hearing and sight (wa-law shâ'a Allâhu la-dhaeings isam'ihim wa absârihim):"

Being a conjunction, the "And (wa)">hints that the hand of power acts under the veil of causes and that wisdom superintends from above all causes.

"If (law)">comprises a non-analogous cat theonal syllogism; that is, its not having been willed is the reason ('illa)>for their [hearing and sight] not being lost; similarly, their not being lost is evidence that divine will has not caused them to be loh are is also a sign that the conditions for their being lost have been virtually fulfilled.

"Wills (shâ'a)">indicates that the only thing binding cause and effect is divine will and wish, and it is divine power that executes [td by l]. Causes are merely a veil to divine dignity and grandeur so that the hand of power is not seen by the mind's eye[, which sees only the apparent,] to be in contson grth lowly things.

— 158 —

The explicit use of the name "Allâh">is an indication [warning] people against their addiction to causes and restraining them from becoming immersed in them. It also invites mindsthe ste the hand of power behind all causes.

The omission of the object of the verb "wills (shâ'a),">although such an object is necessary according to the usual rules, is permissible heredge Alo the associated meanings (qarîna)>of other words. The omission infers that divine wish and will are not affected by the events of the universe, and that things have no effect on the divine attributes. Human will however is affected by The and their beauty and ugliness, and greatness and smAll-ness.

"He could indeed take away (la-dhahaba)">indicates that causes do not have control and supremacy over ef act oso that if they were to be raised, the effects would remain in a vacuum, the playthings of coincidence and tossed around by chance; rather, the hand of power iticalsent behind causes. When it plucks things out [of non-existence] the hand of divine wisdom takes them through the law of balance and order, and sends them to other places; it does not neglect t TheFor example,] when heat breaks down the structure of water, through the order [laws] included in the air the steam follows a determined course and its Makthe wods it to a specified place. Similarly, in "dhahaba">is a sign that [man's] five external senses are not produced by nature and that there is nothing to necessitate the cavities of the eyes aaling s; they are the gifts and bounties of the Most High. Cavities and causes are merely the usual conditions [for their existence].

The verb "dhahaba">is made transitive by the following [preposition] "bi-">in "He could on are take away their hearing (la-dhahaba bisam'ihim),">instead of with 'hamza;' [that is, the IVth form of the verb]. This is a sign that the hand of power does not take things by the reins of cauar to or are they free to wander with their halters hanging from their necks; rather their halters are [firmly] in the hands of [the laws and] order.

Since "hearintrue pin the singular and "sight">is in the plural, "their hearing and sight (bi-sam'ihim wa absârihim)">indicates that one thing is audible, while numerous things may be seen. For a thousand men may hear the same thing at the same tihas tot what they see will be different.

The parts of the phrase~"for verily Allâh is powerful over all things (innâ Allâhu 'alâ kulli shay'in qadîr):"

Consideaddres: this phrase is a summary of the study of horrors in the parable and [the people] portrayed in it. It indicates that just as the details of

— 159 —

the calamity-strickentationellers'] circumstances, which represent faithfully the dissemblers' circumstances, are not neglected [by divine power]; so the disposals of divine he Qurare to be seen in every minute particle.

Together with indicating that this statement is an unshakeable truth, the particle "inna (verily)">alludes to theimal lbreadth and delicateness of the matter, and to human impotence, weakness, and faultiness concerning it, arising from [man's] delusions, which are the consequence of his doubts concerning matters of certainty. [That m be pth its certainty, "inna">dispels the doubts.]

The explicit use of the name "Allâh">alludes to proof of the statement [of His omnipotence], for total, all-embracing power is the necessary inherent quality of the ase std.

As for "over ('ala),">it indicates that divine power, which brings things out of non-existence, will not let them go for nothing, futile this ain; rather, divine wisdom will oversee them and supervise their being raised and reared.

"All (kull)">suggests that the works of causes, as well as the results (al-hâsil bi'l-masdar)>of [man's] voluntau woulions, are [brought about] through the power of the Most High.

"Thing (shay'),">having the meaning of "thing willed by Allâh (mashiy '),">indicates that after coming into existence, blook acannot be independent of their Maker; indeed, they are in need of His efficacy for their continuance - which is the repetition of existence.

As for the use of the word "powerful (qadîr)">rather than 'qâdir'>[the to se participle], is a sign that divine power cannot be measured like determined things, for it is an unchanging necessary inherent quality that accepts no increase or de"allad. It is impossible for its opposite, impotence, to encroach on it, or for any [degrees of] intensity or weakness [to intervene in it]. It is a sign too that power is like the basic verbal pattern in [Arabe its ammar, that is, fa'ala,>for all the attributes of action (al-awsâf al-fi'lîyya),>such as Provider (al-Razzâq),>Forgiving (al-Ghaffâr),>Giver of Life (al-Muhyî),>Dea froze Death (al-Mumît),>and so on. [That is, power is their basis.]

Now reflect well and long on what you have heard!

— 160 —

Verses 21-22

يَا اَيُّهَا النَّاسُ اعْبُدُوا رَبَّكُمُ الَّذِى خَلَقَكُمْ وَ الَّذِينَ مِنْnning ِكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ ٭ اَلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ْلاَرْضَ فِرَاشًا وَالسَّمَاءَ بِنَاءً وَاَنْزَلَ مِنَ السَّمَاءِ مَاءً فَاَخْرَجَ بِهِ مِنَ الثَّمَرَاتِ رِزْقًا لَكُمْ فَلاَ تَجْعَلُوا لِلّٰهِ اَنْدَادًا وَ اَنْتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

O ye.

ple! Worship your Lord and Sustainer, who has created you and those [who lived] before you, so that you might remain conscious of Him; * Who has made the earth a resting-place for you anper] ssky a canopy, and has sent down water from the sky and thereby brought forth fruits for your sustenance: then set not up rivals to Allâh, when you know [the truth], (Yâ ayyuhâ al-nâs u'budû rabbakum alladhi khalaqakum wa allifies min qablikum la'allakum tattaqûn * Alladhî ja'ala la-kum al-arda firâshan wa al-sama binâ'an wa anzala min al-samâ mâ'an fa-akhraja bi-hi min al-thamarât rizqan la-kum fa-lâ taj'alû li'llâhi andâdan wa antum ta'lamûn.)ndicattroduction

You should know that it is worship that instils the tenets of belief [in the believers] making them a very part of their character. For if matters pertaining to the conscience aponderson are not nurtured and strengthened by worship, which consists of carrying out Allâh's commands and abstaining from His prohibitions, they remain ineffectual and weak. The present state of the Islamic world testiace) io this.

Know too that worship is the cause of happiness in this world and the next, and is a means of ordering life here and there, and a cause of attainment and perfection, both indintered and collective. It is an exalted, esteemed relation between Creator and bondsman.

— 161 —

There are several reasons worship is the cause of happiness and prosperiand isthis world, which is the tillage of the hereafter:

Firstly:>Man has been created with a strange, subtle nature distinguishing him from all em. Foliving beings and making him an exception to them. By virtue of this there have arisen in him the desire to choose, and the wish for the most beautots arhings and for fine decoration, and a natural desire to have a livelihood and position befitting humanity.

For his food, dress, and accommodation - the need for which arises due to the above-mentioned desirnd shoo be prepared proficiently man has need of multiple arts and crafts, but he is incapable of practising all of these on his own. He needs therefore to mix with htruthslow-men and to co-operate with them, and for all of them to assist each other and exchange the fruits of their labour. However, since so as to allow men's progress by means of the mainspring of the will the All-Wise Maَمَا فaced no innate limits on the [three] human powers of appetite, anger, and intellect - as with the animals and their limited powers - tyranny and aggression have arisen. And since no limit has been placed on them, the powers [tend to] aggrand we and the [human] community is in need of justice when exchanging the fruits of its labour. But because the intellects of single members of society are incapable of comprehending justice, the human race as a whole needs a general orief (arsal intellect [to establish] justice from which all may benefit. And that intellect is the universal law, and that law is the Shari'a. Then in ord statepreserve the effectiveness of the Shari'a and its enforcement, a lawmaker is necessary, someone to lay claim to it and promulgate it, an authority, and that is the Prophet (Upon whom be blessings and peace).

ed witn in order to perpetuate his outward and inward domination over [people's] minds and hearts the Prophet needs to be eminently superior both physically and spirhese iy and morally, and in conduct and appearance, and by nature and in character. He is in need too of proof of the strength of his relations with the Lord of All Sovereignty, the Master of the World, andm maraa proof is his miracles. Then in order to secure obedience to [its] commands and avoidance of [its] prohibitions he is in need of perpetuating the idea of the Maker's grandeur, the Master of all Sovereignrs a td that is [possible] through the manifestation of the tenets of belief. Then in order to perpetuate this idea and fix the tenets of belief firmly in their minds, he needs a constilitierepeated reminder and renewed act, and that reminder is nothing but worship.

Secondly:>The purpose of worship is to turn minds towards the All-Wise

— 162 —

Maker. And this turning towards induces obedience and submission, and this i ~Secos [the worshippers] under the perfect order [in the universe] and binds them to it. To follow this order leads to the realization of the mystery of wisdom, and the wisdom is testified to be wholperfect art in the universe.

Thirdly:>Man resembles a pole to the top of which are joined electric cables, for attached to his head are the tips of all the laws of creation; the natural laws extend to him, and the rays of thsent tne laws and principles in the universe are reflected and centred on him. So man has to complete them and adhere to them and cling on to them to facilixistenhe general current lest his foot slips and he falls and is crushed under the wheels of the machinery turning in the levels [of the world]. alarmhis is achieved through worship, which consists of conforming to the commands and prohibitions.

Fourthly:>By complying with the commands and prohibitions numerous connections are formed for a personantly the many levels of society, and the individual becomes like a species. For many of the commands, especially those that touch on the marks [of Islam] and t rivereral good, resemble threads to which are tied [people's] honour and through which their rights are set in order. If it were not for them, all those rights and duties would be torn up and scattered to the wind.

Fifthlt thos Muslim has firm relations with all other Muslims and there are strong bonds between them. By reason of the tenets of belief and [the Muslims'] Islamic traits these relations give rise to unshakeable brotherhood and true love. And itrce ofrship that makes manifest the tenets of belief and renders them effective, and roots them firmly in the pysche.

How worship is the cause of personal ing thment and perfection:

Consider this: together with being physically small, weak, and powerless, and being one of the animals, man bears within him an exalted spiri-Jurja has vast potentiality, unrestricted desires, infinite hopes, uncountable ideas, and unlimited powers, and he has a nature so strange he iompetihough an index of all the species and all the worlds. As for worship, it expands his spirit and raises his value; it causes his abilities to unfold and develop, allowing him to become يهِۙ و of eternal happiness. Worship is also a means of rectifying and purifying his inclinations, and of realizing his hopes and making them fruitful, and of marshalling his ideas and setting them in ratio and also of reining in and limiting his [three] powers [of appetite, anger, and intellect]. Worship also removes the rust of nature from his members, physical and spiritual, each of which when transparent is lik of "andow onto his private world and that of humankind. Also, when

— 163 —

performed with both conscience and mind and heart and body, worship raises man to the dignity of which he is worthy and to his appointed perfeeed in It is a subtle, elevated relation, an illustrious lofty connection between the bondsman and the One Worshipped. This relation constitutes the utmost degree of human perfection.

Sincerity in worship is this, that it is performed only becauselieves commanded, although it comprises numerous instances of wisdom [and benefits]. Each of these may be a reason ('illa)>for performing w pures, but sincerity makes it imperative that the [true] reason be the command to perform it. If the wisdom or benefit is made the reason, the worship is null and void, but if it merely encourage telesperson to perform the worship, it is permissible.

When those addressed hear the words "O you people! worship..,">they ask through the tongue of disposition: "Why and for whas and on? What is the wisdom in it? Why should we? And what for?" You learnt the wisdom in the introduction above; concerning the reason ('illa),>the Qur'an replies with proof of the Maker and His unity with the words: "Your Lord and Sustainer who of eled you...">Then with the verse: "If you are in doubt about what We have revealed,">(2:23) it proves prophethood.

An Introduction
Explaining Certain Pointerary sing from] This Verse

Consider this: a proof (burhan)>is [in the form of] either the argument from material cause to material effect (limmî),>or the argument from effect to cause (innî').>This latter is sounder, and it is either based on cready ency (imkânî),>that is, the argument that since contingent beings are equal in respect of being and non-being there must be [a Necessary Being] to choose this (al-murajjih)',>or it is based on e use dness (hudûthî)>that is, the argument that since there is constant change and renewal in beings, there must be One to give them existence (al-mûjid).>Each of the above proofs is in respect necesher the essences of things or their attributes, and in respect of either the giving of existence or the continuation of it. And all of them are either the proof that things are given existence out of nothing (dalîl ikhtirâ'î)>or the proof tions ine providence (dalil 'inâyatî).>The present verse alludes to all these types of proof. Included here is [only] a summary of them, for we have expler thathem in detail in another book. {[*]: Nursi, Muhâkemat, 107 ff.}

— 164 —

The proof of divine providence (dalîl 'inayatî)>is the proof of the Maker that is indicated by this verse and consists of the order included in tng us verse. For the order is a thread to which is attached all benefits and instances of wisdom. All the Qur'anic verses that enumerate the benefits of things and mention their , so hes are 'the weaver' of this proof and are where this argument is manifested. For just as the order, with which all the instances of wisdom ateacheefits comply, proves the existence of the Orderer, so it demonstrates the Maker's intention and wisdom, and repulses the delusion of blind crding and unseeing coincidence.

Now see! If you cannot encompass this elevated order, adorned with bezels of wisdom, with your sight, and yoThe usincapable of understanding it through inductive reasoning, look through the prying eyes of the sciences which are the senses of your species and are formed through the meeting of minds and conjunction of t the and are like the ideas of the human race for you will see an order that dazzles the mind. You will know too that each of the physical sciences discloses through the univers inimiof its principles, the order and harmony, the more perfect than which cannot be conceived of. For there is a science [to study] every area (nalaws rf the universe, or there will be [that is, each could sustain a science].

Science consists of universal principles, and this universality demonstrates the beauty of the order. For there can be no universality in something without order. D punisou see that if we say: "All religious scholars wear white turbans," it is confirming the universality, for there is order among that group (naw')?>It leads on from this that by reason of the universality of their principles, all the science othernstrate through inductive reasoning a total, all-embracing order; each is a shining proof pointing to the benefits and fruits hanging in bunches from the links of the chains of beings, indicating too thd the ances of wisdom and advantages concealed in their changing states. The sciences raise the banner of divine unity and testify to the Maker's purpose and wisdom. Each of them is a shining stth somrcing the darkness and repulsing the satans of delusion and doubt.

If you like, now disregard the general [order] and consider the following exaw greaa microscopic organism so small it is invisible to the naked eye comprises an extremely fine and wonderful divine machine. Necessarily and self-evidently, this machie presich is contingent in both its essence and attributes and states, did not come into existence of itself without a cause. Like the pans of some scales, contingent beings are equal in respechteousoth existence and non-existence; if one preponderates, it remains in

— 165 —

non-existence. Thus, as all reasonable people agree, there has to be a cause toey cauthe choice. It is impossible that this should a natural cause. For the exquisite order of [the machine] necessitates infinite knowledge and perfect intelligence, and it is impossible to conceive of these in such causes, about which [the Nartain sts] deceive themselves. The causes are simple, few, and lifeless and cannot specify their course or restrict their motions, hesitant as they are between thousands of possibilivers asome of which have no primacy. So how does [a cause] follow a specific course and travel a defined path, and how can it choose certain aspects of the possiifa maes so that it produces this marvellous, well-ordered machine the subtlety of the instances of wisdom of which leave minds in astonishment? You could only convince yourre notnd feel happy at it if you ascribed to every single particle the intelligence of Plato {[*]: Plato (c. 428-348 B.C.), the great Athenian philosopher and pupil of Socrates, and yu')">r of Aristotle. His most famous work was the Republic.} and wisdom of Galen {[*]: Galen, the Greek physician and philosopher of the 2nd century A.D. who s of pnturies was the supreme authority in medicine.} and you believed that all these particles communicated with each other. And this a sophistry that would put even the Sophists to sham of ofAlthough the forces of attraction and repulsion form the basis of physical matter in the smallest indivisible atoms, this appears to be the combining of opposites. Yes, the law of attraction and that of repulsdivined others are the names of the laws of divine practice and the Most High's Shari'a of Creation (al-sharî'at al-fitriyya),>which is called nature. Such laws are articuable on condition they do not cease being principles and become nature, and exist only in the mind and are not ascribed external existence, and lance cease being merely theoretical and become real, and do not cease to be seen as means and are considered effectual.

Now if you have understood this example [olsion.microscopic organism] and you have seen its vastness despite its infinitesimal size, and its breadth despite its narrowness, raise your head and observe the universe: you will see whenearity of the proof of divine providence (dalîl al-'inâya)>and that it is as clear and obvious as the universe. All the Qur'anic verses that recount the bounties of things and recall their benefits manifest th show of. When the Qur'an enjoins reflective thought, it generally directs the one it addresses to the method of this [deductive] reasoning (istidlâl): "So turn your vision again; do you see anygation">(67:3) And this verse, how [clearly] it points to this proof: "Who has made the earth a resting-place for you and the sky a canopy, and has sent down water from the se a wi thereby brought forth fruits for your sustenance.">(2:22)

— 166 —

The proof that things are given existence out of nothing (al-dalîl alikhtirâ'î),>which is alluded to by the verse "who has created you anof thee [who lived] before you (alladhî khalaqakum wa alladhîna min qablikum),">is this: Allâh the Most High gave every species and all the members eationh, a particular being which is the source of its particular works and the perfections of which it is worthy. For since all species [and realms of beings] are contingent, as are the never d [of chains of causes, none can go back in unbroken succession to pre-eternity. Also, since there is [constant] change in the world, it proves [the world's] createdness, sometimes thrplicitbservation and sometimes through rational necessity. It has also been demonstrated by biology and botany that there are more than two hundred thousand sorts of species and that eacht and progenitor and forefather. Contingency and createdness prove therefore that necessarily these progenitors and forefathers emerged without intermediary from the hand of divine power. Moreover, [causes] cannot be imagined [at ttopoeist creation] as they are imagined in the chains of causes. Furthermore, the delusion of the splitting off of some species from others is invalid.eir desince either the offspring are barren or the line becomes extinct,] an intervening species mostly does not become the start of new chains through reproduction. Itt evidst likely therefore that since the origins and beginnings are thus, the successive members will also be thus. How can it be imagined that simple, lifeless natural causes, which aand gioid of intelligence and will, should be capable of bringing into existence these chains [of beings] which astound the mind, and of creating (ikht. And the individual beings, each of which is a marvel of art and miracle of divine power? Hence, all beings and the chains of which they are parts testify decisively through the tongues of th):"

eatedness and contingency to the necessary existence of their Creator, may His glory be exalted.

-If you were to ask:>Why when there is this decisive testimony do people believe in such misguided [ideas] as the corrupernity of matter and its motion?

You would be told:>If a person looks at something indirectly he may consider the impossible to be possible, like the old man searching the sky for the crescent moon of the fest"whoev'îd)>saw the white hair resting on his eyelid [and thought it was] the moon. For by virtue of his lofty essence and noble nature, man pursues truth and right. And if the falso thisinvalid fall

— 167 —

into his hand, then involuntarily - so long as he has not sought or searched for it - but because of his superficial, indirect view, he is forced to accept it. Because whekindlignores the order [of the universe], which is the thread [to which is tied] all the instances of wisdom, and fails to see the contrariness of the motion [of particles as the souchange matter] and the pre-eternity of matter, it becomes possible in his indirect view to ascribe the unique embroideries and wondrous art to blind cThen tand unseeing coincidence. As al-Jisri {[*]: Husain b. Muhammad b. Mustafa al-Jisr. b. Trablus (Syria) 1261/1845 d. 1327/1090. He graduated from al-Azhar 1284 H. His most famous work was t no vated into Turkish under the title Risale-i Hamidiyye.} has said, if a person who enters a palace filled with the embellished works of civilis then does not see its owner, he will believe that it has none and will be forced to ascribe the building and its decorations to chance, coincmity w, and the laws of natural selection. Moreover, when he ignores the testimony to a total will, all-encompassing knowledge, and perfect power of all the ainingces of wisdom and uses and benefits in the order of the world and is heedless of them, it will appear possible to him - since he sees them by the way - to prove the acpleasuffect of lifeless causes.

Now how about this! Disregard the subtleties of the Most High's art and study the most obvious of the works called "nature" and that is the visible manifestation (irtisâm)>and ridanceion [of things], on condition you rend the veil of familiarity: how can your soul be convinced and your reason accept that the properties of the face of a mirror can constitute an effective cause conducive to reveaimes: he face of the skies and attracting [and reflecting] in its glass its image with its altitude and inscribed with stars? And how can your reason be persuaded that in reality the imaginary thing calledlosestty is an effective cause holding the earth and stars with their motions and rotations in firm order?

In Short:>If a person looks at something impossible and invalid superficially and by the way and does not see the true cause, he ma even it to be possible and valid. But if he considers such a thing intentionally and for itself, and studies it as his own, it is impossible that he should accept any of those mat main hat they drone on about in natural philosophy, unless he is so foolish as to suppose all minute particles possess the intelligence of the philosophers and the wisdom of the politicians!

-If you were to ask:>What are natureear ofhe laws and forces that they mutter about and try to console themselves with?

You would be told:>Nature is a pattern, not a source; it is a printing-press,

— 168 —

and not the printer; it is a code of laws, and not a power; it is the divre devari'a of creation which imposes an order on the acts of the limbs of the Manifest World's body. Just as the Shari'a is the product and summary of the rules governing voluntary oot frand the system of government is the sum of political principles; so the Shari'a and order are two theoretical matters that exist only in the mind; and so too nature is a theoretical matter that is the summary of Allâh's external practiceith aureation. The delusion of its external existence is like a savage imagining when he sees a military division performing disciplined drill that the soldiers are tied together with der macal strings that have] external existence. It is people with the consciences of savages, therefore, who imagine that because of its continuance nature has effective external existence.

heir aort:>Nature is the art of Allâh the Most High and the code of His creational laws. Its laws are the articles of the code, and its forces, the matters of the articles.

Now for the proof of divine unity (d with l-tawhîd),>indicated by "worship! (u'budû),">that is, 'profess Allâh's unity' (wahhadû).>According to the commentary of Ibn 'Abbas it is as follows: the Qur'an of Miraculous Exposition has omitted nothing from its proofs of divine unity. Suffre inc evidence is the proof [called] burhan al-tamânu>contained in the verse "If there had been in them [the heavens and earth] gods other than Allâh, they would have caused confusion i the l;">(19:22) it is a shining beacon [proving] that independence is a necessary essential and inherent quality of the Godhead. This verse [also] alludes to a subtle proof of divine unity which is [indicated hen he following:] the co-operation of the heavens and earth and their relations in producing the products [to support] the livelihoods of mankind and the animals; the similarity of the works in the world, and all sides of it embracing creatother, each taking the other by the hand so to complete the order; the mutual response of its different parts to each other's needs; all of e hearking to a single point; and all being in regular motion on the axis of a single order. All this implies, indeed states clearly that the Maker of this single machine is One is wooo it recites the lines:

In everything is a sign indicating that He is One.>{[*]: The authorship of these lines is disputed: they are attributed to Ibn al-Mu'taz in Ibn Kathir, i, 24, and to Abu al-Atahhiyya in Bayhaqi, Shu'aers' Fmân, i, 130-1. See, Nursi, Isârâtû'l-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 162. In Abu al-Atahhiyya's Diwan they are attributed to Imam 'Ali (ibn Abi Talib), see, Nuat rebshârât al-I'jâz [Ihsan Qasim], 154.}

— 169 —

Now consider this: the Maker is necessarily existent and one, so too He is qualified by all the attributes of perfection. For whatever the traces of perfection found in an arteou peothey are derived from the shadow of the manifestation of its Maker's perfection. So necessarily, the beauty, perfection, and goodness of the Maker (May His blessibe exalted) must be of a degree infinitely higher than all the beauty, perfection, and goodness found in the universe. For beneficence (ihsân)>is derived from the wealth of the Beneficent (al-Muhsin)>and is evidence for it, and the giained f existence (îjâd)>proves the existence (vujûd)>of the Giver of existence (al-mûjid),>and making necessary proves the existence of one who makes necessary, and making beautiful pointularizhe beauty of one who makes beautiful. Moreover, the Maker is exempt from all defects, for defects arise from the essential inability of material beings and the Most High is free of materiality. So too is He free nciple attributes necessarily arising from the contingent essences of beings. Glory be to Him! There is none like unto Him, May His glory be exalted! He alludes to these two them with His words: "Then set not up rivals to Allâh (fa-lâ taj'alû li'llâhi andâdan)."

Now for the proof of contingency (al-dalîl al-imkânî),>which is alluded to by the verse, "For God is indeed self-sufficient,eceiveas you stand in need [of Him]:">(47:38) you see that in respect of its essence and all its attributes and every one of its states and all its facets, every single atom in the universe [exists] hesitant and waverch it id endless possibilities. Then suddenly one springs to life, stands, and follows a specific path; it is clothed in particular attributes and assumes anory ofly state and mounts an apposite law; it is turned to a fixed destination; then it yields wise results and benefits that could be obtained only in that determined way. Does it not proclaim in its particular tongue its Maker's intention aing, sdom, enunciating them clearly?

Just as each particle singly is a proof, so its evidence multiplies as it becomes a part of ever-growing compounds one within the other. For it has a position in each coriance, and it has relations in each position, and it has functions resulting from each of the relations, and each of its functions bears the fruit of benefits and uses. In each degree it reconfirwith its tongue proofs of the necessary existence of its Maker. It resembles a soldier, [who has relations and duties] in his platoon, his regiment, himes, ision, and so on.

— 170 —

Now we commence with the positioning and word-order (nazm)>of the above-mentioned verse in respect of [firstly] the relationship (nazm)> and s verse as a whole with what preceded it, [secondly] the relationships of some of its phrases, and [thirdly] the relationships between the parts of the phrases.

The positioning ms. Its verse and its relationship with what preceded it:

Having spelled out the categories of human beings; the pious believers charged with worship, the obdurate disbelievers, and the wavering dissemblers, the Qur'anduce oddresses all of them with the words: "O you people! worship...">It makes this the consequence of what preceded it in the same way that a building follows the plan, and commands and prohibitions pertaining to actions proceed ties aaws [that exist as] knowledge, and the divine decree (al-qadâ')>is executed in accordance with divine determining (al-qadar),>and composition and creation follow on after the story and quot>in pl {[*]: These latter are literary terms, referring to various types of sentences. See, Nursi, Isârâtû'l-İ'caz [Bahaeddin Sağlam], 212.} For when [the Qur'an] mentions the three differenenouncups] and describes their characteristics and outcomes, it is paving the way for the [main] subject and alerting the listeners]. Then it addresses [them] directly. T the Cgard, I mean its referring to them firstly in the third person, then here addressing them directly, is a device (lit. point) generally [acceptable to the literary ًٍآens?

al-bayân.>It is this: when either the virtues or vices of a person are mentioned by degrees, it alerts and excites [the listeners] and beliefses in [them] feelings of either admiration or disgust. These gradually grow stronger until they drive [the listeners] to speak in person to the personound trned. Here, as required by the context (maqâm)>and to satisfy those wishes of the listeners, the speaker (al-mutakallim>- the Qur'an) fetches Tirmidrson, brings him to their presence and addresses him directly.

This contains a point particular to this context, which is to alleviate the burdens of the oblion of [of worship] with the pleasure of being addressed directly.

It indicates furthermore that in worship there are no intermediaries betweenght hareator and His bondsman.

The relationships between the phrases:

The phrase~"O you people! worship...">addresses all the people of every class of the three groups, of theon], i present, and future: O genuine believers

— 171 —

who worship surely and regularly! O middling [worshippers], try to increase your worship! O disbh is mrs, perform your worship and all it entails connected to belief and the affirmation of divine unity! And O dissemblers, worship with true sincerity! Thus, the word "worship">here is like a shared word expressing manyounty ngs. So ponder over this!

~"Your Sustainer and Lord (Rabbakum);">that is, worship Him for He is the lord who raises and sustains you! It is encumbent on youesseng a bondsman who worships and serves Him.

A Short Note:

In "your Sustainer and Lord">is a subtle allusion to the contingency of the essences [of those addressed]; and in "has o supphe earth a resting-place for you">is a sign indicating the contingency of their attributes, and "who has created you and those who lived before you">hints at the createdness of their essences and attributes. Alsas hav following verses offer clear evidence that the essences of those addressed are contingent: "For Allâh is indeed self-sufficient, whereas you stand in neeessionHim];">(47:38) "That to your Lord is the final goal;">(53:42) "Now verily, these [false deities] are my enemies, [and that none is my hels knowave the Lord and Sustainer of all the Worlds;">(26:77) "Say: Allâh [sent it down], then leave them to plunge in vain discourse and trifling "(6:91) "So flee unto Allâh">(51:50) "for verily conce remembrance of Allâh do [men's] hearts find their rest.">(13:28) Now think of further examples in the same way!

As for the phrase~"who has created you (alladhî khalaqakum):">know te wateen Allâh the Most High commands worship, which necessitates three things: firstly, the existence of the object of worship (ma'bûd)>secondly, His unity; and thirdly, His fitness to be worshipped, He replies to these three impFirstluestions by indicating three evidences of them: the evidences of [His] existence, which are of two sorts: those in the outer world (âfâqî)>and those ithat ss self (anfusî).>The latter are also of two kinds: evidences in the self (nafsî)>and those pertaining to origins (usûlî).>[The Qur'an] alludes to evidences ot cau self (nafsî),>which are the nearest and most evident, with the phrase "who has created you,">and to those pertaining to man's origins with "of divose [who lived] before you."

As for the positioning of~"so that you might remain conscious of Him: (la'allakum tattaqûn)">know that since thee orden relates worship to [men's] creation and that of their forefathers, it necessitates two points:

The First:>[Human beings] being created with a propensity tout: "Wip and their having the ability to be conscious of and fear Allâh (al-taqwâ),>so [much so] that anyone who observes such an ability would expect worship

— 172 —

ll hishem. Like someone who sees [an animal's] claws understands that they are for tearing at or grasping things.

The Second:>That the puw ')>oof their creation, and the function with which they are charged and the perfection to which they are turned, is the fear of Allâh. This is the most complete and perfect worship.

That is to say, "so that you might re precionscious of Him;">that is, the aim of your creation, and your perfection, and that for which your innate disposition has been made, is t of thsciousness of Allâh and fear of Him.

Now for the phrase~"has made the earth a resting-place for you (ja'ala la-kum al-ard firâshan):">this points out the most likely evidences of the Moshis im's existence furnished by the outer world. It is also an allusive rebuttal of the actual effectiveness of causes, which is the source of a sort of associating partners with Allâh (shirk);>that is, its ascr.

Tthe spreading-out of the earth, or its preparation as man's cradle, to the Most High and not to nature.

The phrase~"and the sky a ced us (wa al-sama binâ'an)">indicates by mentioning the sky, which is contiguous with the earth, the most elevated of the simple proofs in the outer world.

Then with the phrase~"and has sent down water from the sky (wa anzala nûn al-s Four>[it indicates] the evidence of their Maker's existence [offered by] compound beings and things animal, vegetable, and mineral.

Moreoverpointsthe previous phrases point to proof of [the Maker's] existence. Similarly, as a whole they indicate His unity. And the way they are set out indicates the order [of the universe] and alludes to te it inties. With the evidence [offered by] "for your sustenance (rizqan la-kum),">it establishes the fitness of the Most High to be worshipped, for it is compulsory to thank the bestower of bounties. "For your sustenance">also indicatee of m just as the earth and things animal, vegetable and mineral have been made to serve you, so you should serve the One who subjugated them to you.

Now the positioning [and relationships] of~"then swn in up rivals to Allâh (fa-lâ taj'alû li'llâhi andâdan):">know that extending from its position are lines to "O you people! worship your Sustainer and Lord;">and to "who has created you;">and to "who has made... for you;">andhe patnd has sent down.">That is, when you worship your Lord, associate no partners with Him, for it is He who is the Lord and Sustainer, and is your Creator and the Creator of the human race; do not set up lords and masters for ceogation of Allâh; and because it was He who created the heavens and made them the roof to your dwelling-place, so do not believe that natuof genuses

— 173 —

have an actual effect, which is the source of idolatry; and because it is He who sends down rain to the earth for your food and livelihoods. There is no bounty but His, so thanks and worship are due to Him alone.

them.

sitioning and relationships of the parts of the phrases:

Consider this: the interjection [introductory to the vocative] "Yâ ayyuhâ">in the phrase "Yâ a it haal-nâs ubudû - O you people! Worship">appears frequently in the Qur'an since it contains [a number of] fine points. Here the address is corroborated in three respects: by the "yâ - O">which is to arouse; byb al-îayyû,">[the purpose of] which is to distinguish; and by the "-hâ">[the purpose of] which is to alert. For the address here alludes to three benefits: the replacing of the hardship of the obligation [of worship] with the pleasure of [bebject,ddress[ed], and [informing that] the only means of man's progress from the depths of absence to the [high] station of presence is worship. It indicates too that those addressed are charged in three respecirstly respect of their hearts, with submission and obedience; in respect of their intellects, with belief and affirming divine unity; and physically, through action and worship.

[The address] infers too that those addressed consist of threeey taks [the believers, the unbelievers, and the dissemblers]. It hints too at the three classes of the elite, the middle class, and the mass of the people. It betokens too the familiar manner and order of things, which is that a person first the ul calls out to a person to stop him, then he recognizes his features and turns to him, then he addresses him and gets him to do something.

In Short:>the above subtle points [in the use ogivingvocative case] corroborate and reinforce the address [by] establishing the mentioned aspects [and meanings].

Concerning the interjection "yâ - O!">since it is addressing the people and they consist of various classes including the hen one , the absent, the idle, the ignorant, and so forth, it both arouses the heedless, and summons the absent, and calls the idle to action, and informs the ignorant, anby thests the busy, and gives direction to those who turn away, and excites the lovers, and encourages the seekers, and urges the perfected to increase [ old, worship], and it also gives people a jolt.

The distance [inferred] by the "yâ - O!,">although the context (maqâm)>is one of propinquity [and worship], indicates the grandeur and sublimity of the obligation and its trust (arts thl-taklîf).

It alludes too to the distance from when and where the address appeared, of the times and places of those on whom the obligation has been laid.

— 174 —

So too it is an allusion to the depths of mankind's heedlessness.

As ther te "ayyu,">it is used to single out [a person or a group] from the mass and infers that all the universe is being addressed, and humankind is specified since men bear the trust in the form of "fard kifâya">[that is, it is human beings thllâh] charged with performing worship]. So if they are lax [in doing this], they transgress against the rights of all [other] beings.

Also, in "ayyu">is an eloquent subtlety in that its conciseness is followed it has descriptive "people (al-nâs).">Then the "hâ">being a substitute for the second part of the genitive construction indicates that [its purpose] is to alert those summou are th the vocative interjection "yâ - O!"

" People (al-nâs)">being an active participle derived from [the verbal noun] nisyân, meaning forgetfulness, it indicates censure or reach ot That is, "O you people! How can you forget the pre-eternal covenant (al-mithâq al-azalî)?>It indicates too an excuse; that is: "O you people! Your neglhe othn be due only to a mistake or forgetfulness; it can't be deliberate or serious!"

As for "worship! (u'budû)">since it is the conclusion (or reoveris) of the general summons to all the classes [of people] mentioned above, it points to obedience, and indicates sincerity, and hints at continuance, and alludes to divine unity. That is, obey! Be sincere and constant [ine [relip]! Increase [your worship]! Profess the divine unity!

"Your Lord and Sustainer (rabbakum)">indicates that just as worship should be desired and so Now iince it is an elevated relation, an illustrious connection; it should be sought too since it is [a way of] serving and offering thanks to the One who nurtures and raisriate , of whom you are in need.

Now for the parts of the phrase:~"who created you and those [who lived] before you (alladhî khalaqakum wa alladhîna min qablikume and As a relative pronoun, "who (alladhî)">is known only in so far as it is qualified by the relative clause. [For instance, all that is known about "the one who went" is that he has gone.] Thus, for th"Lord and Sustainer">being governed by "who"]>it infers that knowledge of Allâh the Most High can only be in respect of His actions and works, and not His essence. {[*]: See, Nursi, İsârâtûl-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 169.ust eshen by virtue of its signifying determined, regular creation rather than the [mere] giving of existence (îjâd)>or giving rise to (inshâ'), "cry a ca(khalaqa)">indicates that by nature the human being is turned toward the obligation [of worship]. It infers too that worship is a duty, for it is the

— 175 —

result and 'wage' of creation. But [this wage is not the reward for worshiceedede reward is purely a favour of Allâh the Most High.

Because of the uncertainty of [who or what is governed by] "those [who] (alladhîna)">it is as thouQur'anting: "Nothing is now known of those who came before you and have died and departed. You are tottering on the brink of the grave, so take a lesson and don't be deceived by this world. Be steadfast in worship, the means to everlastts holppiness."

Concerning "so that you might remain conscious of Him (la'allakum tattaqûn);" "la'alla>" signifies hope, and when it precedes something desirable it is used to increase eagerness, and when it precedes something e Mosaant, its function is to put [the listener] on his guard. Here, the hope cannot refer literally to the Speaker [that is, to Allâh], so it is either metaphorical, or refers either to the addressee or tunity.rvers or listeners.

If if refers to the Speaker, it is an allegorical metaphor (isti'âra tamthîliyya).>[For instance,] if one equips a person with the gear e evenjob, one hopes and expects that he will do it. In the same way, Allâh has decked out humanity with the potentiality to be perfected, and the capacity [to perform the religious] obligations, and the means of will.

Qur'anmetaphor indicates too that the purpose (hikma)>of man's creation is fear of Allâh and consciousness of Him (taqwâ).>It also infers that worship results in the degree (al-martaba)ide ofar of Allâh. So too it is a sign that the fear of Allâh is the highest degree.

Moreover, in the style of kings, the metaphor suggests encouragement and the holding out of hopes and [the making of] certain promises.

If [the hope signifie [witha'alla]>refers to those addressed, it is as though saying: "Worship seeking [to aspire to] the fear of Allâh, between fear and hope." This implies that man should not feel confident about his worship. It suggests too that he should not suf make ith his [present degree of worship], but should confirm the saying "it is incumbent on you to act without cease" and look beyond the degree at which he is found [and aspire to more].

And if [uqîmûnpe signified by la'alla]>refers to observers and listeners, it is as though whoever observes human beings equipped with such abilities and potentialiuidancill hope and expect worship from them - just as a person who sees the claws and fangs of a predator will expect it to be rapacious. It indicates too that worship is required by man's ig, drenature.

Since the fear of Allâh results from the worship of all the classes [of men] mentioned previously, the words "they may fear Allâh (tattaqûn)">allude to allholdins and] levels of taqwâ.>That is, taqwâ>[preventing] the

— 176 —

association of partners with Allâh (shirk), taqwâ>[preventing the committing of] grievous sins, taqwâ>[carmentsone] to preserve one's heart from [attachment to] things other than Allâh the Most High, and taqwâ>[causing one] to avoid [things leading to] punishment, and taqwâ>[causing one] to restrainer beilf from anger. It is also a hint that [true] worship is that which is [performed] with sincerity. And it indicates that worship should be the sole aim, and not a means, and suggests too that worship should not be [performed iciencehope of] reward or [to avoid] punishment.

Now the elements of the phrase~"Who has made the earth a restingplace for you and the sky a canopy (alladhî ja'ala la-kum al-arda firâshan wa al-samâ' bina'an):"

Consill of is: by describing the vastness of the Maker's power, this indicates that it is spurring [the people] on to worship, and by mentioning His favours encouraging [them]. It is as t] on isaying: "O man! The One who subjugates the earth and heavens to you deserves your worship."

It also indicates man's virtue and his high worth and his nobility in Allâh's sight, as though saying: "You should show through whe nonping the One who has ennobled you by making the heavenly and lowly bodies [in such a way] that you might benefit from them despite their vax with, that you are worthy of His favour."

Moreover, it is a hint rebutting chance, coincidence, and the [actual] effect of nature. That is: "All the attributes you see [in nature exist] through the making of a Maker, the intention of an Inthey ha the specification of a Specifier, and the order of an Orderer. How sublime is His wisdom!"

So too it infers rebuttal of the Naturalists' school, and that of the Sabeans, speecgave rise to the school of idolators (al-wathanîîn).

Furthermore, it draws attention to the fact that the attributes of bodies point through their contingencts verhe Maker. For their atoms are equal in that they can assume [an infinite number of] general states and modes, and all contingent attributes are hesitant amid a great many possibilities. St is, espect of their attributes and states all [physical] bodies are in need of intention, purpose or wisdom, and the specifying of one to specify [these].

As for the precedence of most sou (la-kum),">it indicates that the earth has been spread out for man; as though it is only man who benefits from it, and the rest [in this respect] are superfluous. Ponder over this carefully!

"A resting-place vis>thhan)">indicates a fine point of eloquence which is the strange fact that although the earth's nature requires that it should have been submerged in water, [it was not] and this implies that it was spread

— 177 —

out contrarily to its nature. Forlied qding to this, the water should have overrun the [whole] globe. But in His wisdom and mercy, the Maker drew out a part of it and spread it out and laid on it the table of His bounties.

Similarly, in accordance with the rule "If ain the is proved, it is proven together with the things it necessitates," the word "resting-place">[derived from the verb farasha>to spread out] indicates that the earth is like the carpeted floor on 'plause, and the species of plants and animals it contains like its furniture, placed in it intentionally and purposively.

It suggests also that intentionally and purposively [the state of] the earth is a middling one; it is neither so liqui lâ ra it cannot be walked upon, nor is it so hard that it cannot be utilized or tilled. For if it had been thus it would have been useless even if madhat maold. Its intermediate [state] therefore indicates that it has been specified, made, and intended by one [who acts] with wisdom and purpose.

"And the sk wisdonopy (wa al-samâ binâ'an)">indicates this, that when the Most High made the heavens a canopy and roof for you, its stars became your lamps, so don't imagine that chance [has any part] in their disThey s, as you might imagine it does if you scatter some jewels on the ground.

In this verse is the hint, the suggestion, the intimation of a wonin ordy subtle and precious mystery, which is as follows:

If you were to ask:>Man is a mere atom in relation to the earth, and the earth is an atom in relation to the universe. Similarly, a human individual is an atom rtentioely to the human race, and the human race is an atom compared with its partners in benefiting from this lofty home. Moreover, the extent to which mankind utilizes the house's advantages and aims is [onlassociatom's [worth]. And its aims that the human intellect can perceive are a [mere] atom in relation to the uses [existent] in pre-eternal wisdom and howeve knowledge. So how is it that [the Most High] created the earth for humankind and made man's utilizing it its ultimate aim?

You would be told:>Yes, that's right, but despite all that, on account of the bre qabilf man's spirit and the expanse of his intellect and extent of his abilities, and the many, far-flung ways in which he utilizes the universe; and because of the absence of overcrowding and fragmentation and resistance in respect of ocent ilization, like the relation of the whole with its parts - for the whole is present in its entirety in all its parts and there is therefore no crgether and no fragmentation; the Qur'an made man's utilization the ultimate aim although it is only one out of the myriad aims of the heavens

— 178 —

and earth, and that is how it appears to man. That iakâdu benefits from the earth as though it were the courtyard of his house and the heavens were his roof. The stars are lamps for him and the plants, his food, so each [person] has the right to say: "My sun, my skies, my earth." Now think abouirming together with your reasoning faculty!

Now for the particulars of~"and has sent down water from the sky and thereby brought forth fruits for your sustenance (wa anzala min al-samâ mâ'an fa-akhraja bi-hi min al-n of tâti rizqan la-kum):"

Consider this: the [implied] pronoun in "has sent down (anzala)">[referring to Allâh] indicates that the raindrops are sent down with an intentional balance and with wisdom [and purpose]. In otentieach droplet is encompassed by a particular order, as is suggested by none of them ever colliding with its brothers during its long descent despite the buffeting he use air. This announces that the raindrops are not left to their own devices, but that the reins of each are held by an angel representing the order and reflecting it.

The use of the noun in "from the sky (min alace (')">although a pronoun would have been in place [since it is repetition], infers that what is intended is the direction of the sky, not from the sky itself (cirmahâ).

The use of the word "water (mâ'an)">although whag pains is snow, hail, and rain, indicates that water is the source nearest and most useful. Indeed, "And [that] We made out of water every living being.">(21:30) While its being indefinite suggicles hat it has wondrous properties and a strange structure and that its chemical compound is unknown to you.

The conjunction "fa-">in "fa-akhraja - has thereby brought forth">is so positioned as to follow oe eartout break, but there is a [considerable] delay between the falling of the rain and the bringing forth of the fruits. This implies such [missing] sentences as "... the earth trembled and e world, then grew green and produced every sort of plant in pairs, and has thereby brought forth.">As for the [implied] pronoun of "has brought forth">[which refers to Allâh], it indicates tht fall fruits are not brought forth through mere reproduction or compounded substances, but that the All-Wise Maker creates and raises them through attributeO you characteristics not present in their physical matter.

"[With it] (bi-hi):">since the true meaning of [this preposition of instrument qualifying "water"],>that is, to affix or bring close (ilsâq),>has absorbed [the meaning of] causalresurrt indicates the luscious freshness of the fruits. For contrary to its nature, the water rises to them and fills their goblets at close qudharta.

— 179 —

"[Some] fruits (min al-thamarât):">according to Sibawayh, since [the partitive] "min [some]">does not entirely lack the meaning of a subject [it cannot be the object of "has brought forth,"]>and this indicates that the objecis fel vary according to the understanding of the listeners]; that is, "such various fruits as you feel appetite for."

As for the 'nunation' (indefiniteness) of "sustenance (rizqan),">it indicates that the causes by which youtend, n this sustenance are unknown to you, for it comes to you from where you would not expect.

And "for your>(lit. you) (la-kum)">is a hint strengthening the meaning of gracious bestowal. It infers too thllenge sustenance is for you, but there is no harm if others profit from it after you. Also it implies that the Most High has singled you out for His bounties, so you should offanspornks to Him alone.

The positioning [and relationships] of the parts of~"then set not up as rivals to Allâh (fa-lâ taj'alû li'ilâhi andâdan):"

The "f darknen or so)">[of "fa-la"]>looks to the four sections [above]: that is, He is the true Object of Worship, so associate none other with Him; He is absolutely Omnipotent and the heavens and eartg of iin the grasp of His power, so don't believe that He has any partners; He is the Bestower of [all] bounties so offer your thanks to none but He; and He is your Creator, so don't imagine that He has any partners.

Te nati of "set up (taj'alû)">instead of 'believe' (ta'taqidû)>indicates the meaning of the verse "These [allegedly divine beings] are nothing but empty names you have invented.">(53:23) That is, meanfuse ss names you imagine exist and are of your own making.

The precedence of "to Allâh (li-llâh):">by drawing immediate attention to [Allâh] shows on the one hand the necessity of [remrieks ng Him]; while on the other it infers that the reason for the prohibition is the fact that partners are associated with Him.

"Rivals (andâd):">[the singular] "nidd">has the meaning of like, equal, or peer, and anything 'like' the Most Higherriblbe His exact opposite; between them will be contrariety. In this is a subtle hint that the [term] rival or equal is essentially futile. Then the use of the plural indicates the utterthat sance of those who associate partners with Allâh (al-mushrikîn),>and infers derision of them: "How can you ascribe to Allâh, who is without like, hordes of equals and opposites?"

It also infers the rejection of all sorts of partners; pad hint in His essence, in His attributes, and His actions. It intimates too rebuttal of every type of

— 180 —

associator of partners with Allâh: the pagans (al-wathaniûn),>the Sabeans, the Christians (ahl al-tathlîth),>and the Naturalists, aeings whom believe that causes have an actual effect.

Note: the source of paganism or idolatry is either the deification of the stars or the indwelling or incarts of of Allâh.

~"Now that you know (wa antum ta'lamûn):">like similar concluding phrases of verses (fawâsil), this indicates that the source of Islam is knowledge (al-'ilm)>and its basis is reasomagine'aql),>and that it accepts the truth and rejects sophistry and delusion.

Moreover, through its conciseness in attaching no object to the verb "know," [the Qur'an] prolongs the speech. That is, "You know now that other than Him tin pars no true object of worship and no creator or possessor of absolute power or bestower of bounties. And you know too that all gods and idols are nothing and are incapable of doing anything. They are all created, mnd thiventions you have fancied." You should give this due thought!

— 181 —

Verses 23-24

وَاِنْ كُنْتُمْ فِى رَيْبٍ مِمَّا نَزَّلْنَا عَلٰى عَبْدsions َاْتُوا بِسُورَةٍ مِنْ مِثْلِهِ وَادْعُوا شُهَدَاءَكُمْ مِنْ دُونِ اللّٰهِ اِنْ كُنْتُمْ صَادِقِينَ ٭ فَاِنْ لَمْ تَفْعَلُوا وَلَنْ تَفْعَلُوا فَاتَّقُوا النَّارَ الَّتِى وَقُودُهَا النَّاany] mلْحِجَارَةُ اُعِدَّتْ لِلْكَافِرِينَ

And if you are in doubt as to what We have revealed, step by step, to Our servant, then produce a Sura like thereunto; and call your witnesses [and helpers if there are any]for ates Allah, if what you say is true. * But if you cannot, and of a surety you cannot, then fear the Fire whose fuel is men and stones, which is prepared for those who reject faith. (Wa in kuninclud raybin mimmâ nazzalnâ 'alâ 'abdinâ fa-'tû bi-sûratin min mithlihi wa ad'û shuhadâ'akum min dûn Allâhi in kuntum sâdiqîn. * Fa-in lam to brinwa lan tafalû fa-'ttaqû al-nâr allatî waqûduhâ an-nâs wa al-hijâra u'iddat li'l-kâfirîn.)

An Introduction Verifying Prophethood

Consider this: just as the previous verse proves the first of the fourhave baims of the Qur'an, and that is divine unity (al-tawhîd),>so this one (2:23) proves the second, the prophethood of Muhammad (Upon whom be blessings and peace), {[*]: In fact, the second aim with e Qur'an is prophethood generally. But Muhammad's prophethood may be said to be thus since it was universal and included the essence of the previous prophets'nd in ings. See, Nursi, İşârâtü'l-İ'caz [Abdülmecid], 177.} through the most consummate of his miracles, which was his challenging [opponents] with the Qur'an's miraculousness and inimitability (i'jâz).>We have set oues on ences of his prophethood in detail in another book {[*]: Nursi, Muhâkemat, 121 ff. See also, Nursi, Letters, 236-46; 257-63.} and a part of them is summarized here in six topics. {[*]: If fact, there are seven 'Topics.'}

— 182 —

The Firstt. to)r

It may be concluded from the circumstances of the prophets, through inductive reasoning (al-istiqrâ' al-tâmm)>and the analogy known as 'hidden' (al-qiyâs al-khafî),>[based on] the umountang order [in similar things], that the pivot and basis of the prophets' missions, and their dealings with their communities were found most perfectly and complrsi, Iin Muhammad, Upon whom be blessings and peace, who was the master of mankind at the time of its maturity. This furnishes the best possible absidest and proof that he was also the Messenger of Allâh. For through the tongues of their miracles all the prophets as though testified to Muhammad's truthfulness (Upon whom be peace), who wasperfecinous proof of the Maker's existence and unity. Now reflect on this!

The Second Matter

Consider this, that although they were not necessarily wondrous, all Muhammad's (Upon whom be peace) conduct and actions pointed initially to hifor thhfulness and finally to his justice and fairness. Do you not see how he acted in situations similar to the incident of the cave when there was no hope of aid: he dommentd with complete certainty, confidence, and earnestness: "Grieve not; verily, Allâh is with us!">(9:40) Thus, his conduct at the start [of his mission] - his unconcern in the face of opponents, eason s lack of fear and hesitation, and complete confidence - indicates that he adhered to the truth. Then his establishing at the end - the rules essential nd in taining happiness in this world and the next - and the Tightness of his actions and his adhering to the truth are all evidence for his justice and fairness. This was true for each of his actions. But if you take a look at all he did and an matt conduct there will appear before your eyes a proof of his prophethood as brilliant as lightning. So reflect on this!

The Third Matter

Understand that the past and the present - that is, the Era of Bliss [the time of the Prophet] - and 19

بِسture are united in affirming his prophethood, just as his own self was evidence for it. We should now study the following four pages. Firstly we seek blessings by studying his self, first of all by calling to mind four sited :

Firstly:>Even if they are of the highest standard, artificial and man-made things can never be equal to what is natural and 'real' or take their place. The slips and blunders of artifuctionty will surely show up the imposture.

— 183 —

Secondly:>The only thing that fixes high morals in the ground of reality is seriousness, and the only thing that perpetuates them ernal.ir totality is truthfulness (sidq).>If truthfulness departs from their midst they become as straw winnowed by the wind.

Thirdly:>Just as attraction and [mutual] inclinatim amwâ present in things that are harmonious and congruent; so contradictory and opposing things give rise to repulsion and mutual disgust.

ch is thly>is [the rule] "there is in the whole what is not present in the parts," like a rope being strong though its strands are weak.

If you have grasped these points, understand now that g alon acknowledged by his enemies, Muhammad's (UWBP) works, and the course and story of his life, all testify that he had the finest character and that combined in him were all the highest moral qualities. Such a combinorshipis marked by personal dignity, gravity, and self-respect, and these do not permit a person to stoop to trivial inanities. Just as the angels do not permit devils to miers an them, so in no way when they come together do these elevated morals permit trickery and falsehood to enter amongst them. Have you not observed that someone famous onlof eacbravery does not stoop to lying, except if forced? So how could a person in whom all [those qualities are present]? Thus, it is established that [the Prophet's] own person (UWBP) furnished evidence for himself as clear as ten cen.

Moreover, if you study his conduct (Upon whom be peace) from the age of four till forty, you will see that although this is the period of youth when the natural passions are rampant and hiddl be cits and any latent slyness or trickery in a person's character come to light, he lived these years in complete righteousness, constancy, and chastity, and in regular and orderly fashion. There was no hint of trickery in any of his conduct;d (shaven the obdurate and clever [enemies] he was faced with [observed any wiles in him]. And then you see him when he is forty years old, when the character becomes fixed and habits ingrained, and he emerges as a marvel whgh hings about a mighty unprecedented revolution in the world. This could have occurred only through Allâh's [will].

The Fourth Matter

Know that the page of the past, which contains the stories of the prophets, recouumb, sby the Prophet] (Upon whom be peace) in the Qur'an, is a proof of his prophethood. This [page comprises] four points:

— 184 —

The First:>If a person grasps the basic principles ogatoryience and recognizes its essential usefulness and employs its proficiently where he should, and constructs his cause on it, this is evidence of his skill and expertise in that science.

The Second Point:>s] ima are cognizant of human nature [you know that] you will never see a person being so bold as to oppose [the majority] without hesitation or concern or constrare alor to lie even if insignificantly, among a people even if they are few, for a cause even if lowly, with dignity even if small. So how could someone - with the utmost dignity, for a cause of thach list gravity, among people who were extremely numerous, in the face of extreme obstinacy despite his being unlettered - how could he speak of matters unattainable by reason alone and disclose them with the greatest seriousness and prodisplathem over the heads of witnesses? Does this not point to his truthfulness, and that [what he proclaimed] was not from him but from Allâh?

The Third:si. Is are many sciences that for the civilized are axiomatic and teach customs, events, situations, and actions, but that are unknown and theoretical toh" inditive] nomads. So if someone wants to interrogate [them] and investigate their circumstances, especially in past centuries, he has to imagine himsh theyong them in those deserts.

The Fourth:>This is that if a person debates with experts in a science, even if it is only grammar, and propounds his views concerning the matters it entailhe darroborating what is agreed upon and correcting points of dispute, would this not demonstrate to you his superiority and that his knowledge is God-given (wahbî)?

If you have understood these pest de understand now that despite his being unlettered, Muhammad the Arabian (Upon whom be peace) recounts to us through the tongue of the Qur'an the stories of the pf Purps and early times as though he had been present and witnessed them. He describes their exploits and divulges their secrets to all the world in the way of a mighty causruths has attracted the attention of intelligent men. He recounts these without concern. For he took their vital points and fundamental principles as the basis of his own cause, confries o matters unanimously endorsed by the previous scriptures and correcting matters of difference. As though with a fleet spirit reflecting divine revelation he traversed time and space and ehem] w the depths of the past, then proclaimed [what was there] as though he had witnessed it. Thus, his doing this is a proof of his prophethood and one of his miracles. All the evidences of the emanhethoods of the previous

— 185 —

prophets are in effect evidence for his prophethood, and all their miracles are in effect a miracle of his.

The Fifth Matter

This elucidates the page of the Age of Bliss, s:

ally the question of the Arabian Peninsula. It also consists of four points:

The First:>If you study the world you will see that to extirpate customs and habits is diffi view n the extreme even if they are unimportant, or characteristics even if they are insignificant, among people even if few, or a group even ifExert hed, for a king even if he is powerful with resolution even if great, over a long time and expending much effort. So how about a person who is not a ruler yet succeeded in a short time with little ef orcharoportionately to what was achieved, in extirpating customs and morals that were totally ingrained and had been practised since time immemorial, and in their place planting morals and habits in the hearts of a people who were exceedit is numerous and were utterly attached to and bigoted in their customs? Wouldn't you look on him as a wonder and marvel?

The Second Point:>A state or government is a corporate body (shakhs ma'nawî);>it takes form gradually like a growing obtai And its conquest of former states, whose laws have become a very part of their people's natures, takes time. So wasn't it extraordinary that Muhammad (Upon whom be peace) founded a mighty state [aery na instantaneously, equipped to progress to the highest degree, comprising eternal, lofty fundamental principles, and which conquered powerful stateriod once, and perpetuated its rule not only outwardly and physically but also inwardly and spiritually?

The Third Point:>It is possible to dominate outwardly and superficiallyy and gh compulsion and force, but to conquer minds and affect spirits by instilling in them one's refinement, and to hold sway over people's dispositions while perpetuating one's domination of ilâ s consciences must surely be extraordinary; it can only be the outstanding characteristic of prophethood.

The Fourth Point:>To direct and guide public opinion by means of the subterfuges o, and midation and enticement, and fear and threat, has only a partial, superficial, and temporary effect and in time blocks up the path to rational thinking. So if a person penetrates to the very depths of people's hearts with his guidance resurtes their finest emotions, reveals their potentialities, awakens their highest morals, discloses their hidden talents, makes the essence of their humanity the ororth, and makes manifest their value as

— 186 —

rational beings, all these acts of his can only be the very rays of reality, and indeed extraordinary. You see a person so hard-hearted he buries his daughter alive without compunction or soQur'anthen when you see him again one day later, having become a Muslim, he [refrains from stepping on] an ant since he pities it and feels the creature's pain. Can you ascribe such a revolution of the emotions to any law? Tell me, for Gue to ake!

If you have understood these points, reflect on another. It is this:

The history of the world testifies that unique geniuses are those men who are capable of developld note innate talents of all the people, and revealing their particular traits, and arousing their emotions, for if he does not arouse those dormant emotions, his efforts will all be in vain, or te its ey, no matter how illustrious he is in himself.

History also shows us that even the greatest people are successful at arousing only a few of those general emotions, like the feeling orld.

riotism, and the sense of brotherhood, and feelings of love, and the desire for freedom, and so on. Is it therefore not a wonder and extraordinary to arouse thousandsity, ich emotions, latent and elevated, and make them burst forth and unfold in a nomadic people scattered through the endless deserts of Arabia? Ind them is so! It is a light from the sun of reality. Anyone who has not got this point into his head, we shall thrust the Arabian Peninsula into his mind's eye! And now it can tter thirteen centuries and after mankind has climbed the rungs of civilization and progress. So, O obdurate one! Pick a hundred eminent philo -Almss and let them strive for a hundred years and see if they can do one hundredth of what Muhammad the Arabian (UWBP) did in his time. Andnded hey cannot, and they will not be able to, you should beware of what happens to the obdurate! For his achievement was indeed extraordinary and was only one of his [m formeiracles (Upon whom be blessings and peace).

You should understand too that a person who wants to succeed has to [act] in accordance with the divine laws ('âdât Allâh),>be knowledgeable of the natural laws, and conform adth oial relations, otherwise the innate disposition of things (al-fitra)>will respond to him by denying him success and will confound him. Also, a person who follows a [particular] way in society should not oppose the general current Qur'arwise it will work against him rather than for him. Consequently, if a person is aided by success within the general current, as was Muhammad (Upon whom be peace), it is proved that he adhered to the truth.

ctual you have understood this, consider the truths of the Shari'a: you will

— 187 —

see that despite all the momentous clashes and revolutions nce. Fhe long centuries, they have preserved the balance of the natural laws and social relations, which because of their minuteness are not apparent to people's minds (al-'uqûl)>although they are completely in conformity and harmon la-ka them. The more time passes, the more their interconnection becomes clear. It is plain from this that Islam is the natural religion for humankinde throhat it is truth (haqq).>For this reason it can never cease or diminish. Don't you see that the healing antidote for the fatal poison in society is the proscription of interest and usury (ribâ)>and the obligatoryated cnt of the purification tax (zakât)?>And these are only two of the thousands of matters of the Shari'a.

Now, if you have grasped the above fourimidats and three points that follow them, know too that although Muhammad al-Hashimi (UWBP) was unlettered and could neither read nor write, and had no outward power of th sovereignty, and neither did his forefathers, and although he had no desire for domination and rule, with all his heart and confidence and assurance in a position of the gravest danger and importance, he undertook a matteerse, upreme gravity and conquered minds and became the beloved of spirits, and dominated dispositions, and uprooted from the depths of their hearts their many habitual entrenched familiar savage practices ant was oms. He then planted in their place with the utmost firmness, as though fusing with their very flesh and blood, elevated morals and fine customs. He replaced the hard-heartedness of a pssitatdegenerated in the far-flung corners of barbarity, with fine sensitivities and he disclosed the jewel of their humanity. He took them out of their barbarity and raised them to the peak of cithem. tion and made them teachers of the world of their time. For them he founded a state that swallowed up [other] states like Moses' staff. It appeared like a brilliant flaming #102

that burnt up the [social] ties of tyranny and corruption, and in a short time established the seat of that state [which extended over] East and West. Doesn't this situation prove that his way was truth and reality, and that he wahe Prohful in what he was claiming?

The Sixth Matter

This is about the page of the future, and especially the question of the Shari'a. Four points have to be considered in this matter:

The First:>Even if he is exceptionthe pee person can become expert and proficient in only four or five sciences.

— 188 —

The Second Point:>The same speech differs according to who says it, so just as it may point to the superficiality and ignorance of one person, io eachindicate the skill and proficiency of another - although the words are the same. For one of them looks to the source and conclusion of what he says, and its context and what precedes it; he thinof verit in relation to its brothers [the other things said] and places it appropriately. He employs it most aptly and seeks out fertile ground in which to sow it. It is clear from this that he is a singular [speaker] and has masterphrase subject about which he is speaking. All the concluding phrases of Qur'anic verses related to the sciences and what they have gleaned, areocosm,e above sort.

The Third Point:>Due to the perfecting of ways and means, many things that are now commonplace and even toys for children, two centuries ago were considered m throu. So whatever preserves its youth, freshness, and novelty over these long centuries must surely be extraordinary and unique.

The Fourth Point:>Guidance is beion] wal only when commensurate with the intellectual capacity of the majority of the people. And the great majority are common people, and the common people are not capable of contemplating the sheer truth; they are accustoming to seeing itnty lied only in the dress of their familiar imaginings. Because of this, the Qur'an depicts such truths in allegorical form (mutashâbihât),>with metaphors (isti Him wand similes (tashbîh),>and it protects the mass of people, who have not advanced, from falling into the abyss of error. Thus, it is vague and obscure in matters that they necessarily believe to be co, in t to actuality due to their superficial emotional view (bi'l-hiss al-zâhirî),>yet it still makes allusion to and indicates the truth.

If you have graawâ">ihese points, now consider this: the Islamic religion and Shari'a are founded on rational proof, and are the sum and substance of the branches of knowledge that comprise the vital essence of all the basic sciencesous thscience of refining the spirit, and of training the heart, and of educating the conscience, and the science of physical training, and domestic science, and the science of local government, and that of international relations, ich ise legal sciences, and the science of human relations, and that of social behaviour, and so on and so forth. Moreover, the Shari'a explains and eicate tes where is necessary or needed, and is concise where this is not necessary or [people's] minds are not ready or the times do not allow, and lays down principles that can be elf in ted, deduced, and expanded through consultation and the exercise of reason.

At the present time, all these sciences or even a third of them after one

— 189 —

not bend three hundred years - having grown through the meeting of minds and the expansion of their results - could not be found in a single person even in civilized places and among clever people. So whoeve befors out his conscience with fairness will confirm that the Shari'a is always beyond human power, and was particularly so at that time. And he will endorse the statement "you is, ['t been able to do it and you won't be able to."

Virtue is that which is acknowledged even by enemies. For the American philosopher Cariyle {[*]: The famous historian and philosopher Thomas Carlyle (1795-1881) was acr thin Scottish. He was born in Scotland and died in London. The two passages cited here are taken from his work On Heroes, Hero-Worship and the Heroic in History (London: 1841), the chapter entitled: The Hero as Prophet. Mahomehat itam. It is not known what Nursi's source was, for the first is rather a loose translation (See, pp. 74-5). Cariyle was actually praising that ral discipline and direction that Islam, and its Prophet, gives its adherents while at the same time not denying the pleasant things of life. It is not clear which to ales are his and which are Goethe's. The second (pp. 64-5), is closer to the original, though there it is Islam that swallowed up the existing religions, not the Qur'an.} quoted the famous German littive pfigure, Goethe, who asked after close study of the truths of the Qur'an: "Could the civilized world be further advanced within the bounds of Islam?" And he told him etern"Yes, indeed! For in one respect scholars now benefit from it." Cariyle said too that Islam appeared like a flaming light and devoured the religions of the time.of patt had the right to do so,s for it contained nothing of the "vain janglings" of some of the Christian sects or the "rumours... and idle wiredrawings" of the Jews. He confirmed the meaning of the verse: "Then produce a Sus trute thereunto... But if you cannot... then fear the Fire...">(2:23-24)

If you were to ask:>The Qur'an, and likewise its expounder - I mean Hadiths - have only taken summaries frowell fthe sciences, but isn't it possible for a single individual to comprehend numerous summaries?

You would be told:>Through their apt positioning and fitting use in fertile ground, in matters that are only hpunishat - as we indicated in the second point above - such summaries reveal like glass a full cognizance of the science [in question] and complete proficiency in it. So the summary bhe was like the science and it would not be possible for such a person [as you mention to comprehend it].

Now understand that the conclusion of the above arguments is thstaclestly you should bear in mind the following rules: one person cannot be a specialist in a plethora of sciences; the same speech or words differ [when uttered by] two [different] peos desiwhen uttered by] one they will be gold, and [when spoken by] the other they will be coal; the sciences result from

— 190 —

the meeting of minds and are perfected with the passage of time; many matters that were theoretical in the pasnd whinow commonplace; to compare the past and present is a false comparison [the difference between them is too great]; due to their simplicity and candour, drward dwellers cannot hide trickery and deception, as they may be concealed beneath the veil of civilization; many of the sciences result only from instilling customs in human nature and teaching it eventbe thecircumstances, when the time and environment are favourable; the light of man's vision cannot penetrate the future and he cannot perceive its particular circumstances; just as human life it tonatural span which will come to an end, so too laws have a natural lifespan which comes to an end, of course; in terms of both time and place, the environment is meani influential on people's circumstances; very many wonders of the past have become commonplace through the perfecting of means; human intelligence, even if exceptional, is not capable of creating a science and perfeg whosall at once; the science is rather like a child; [its development] is gradual.

Now that you have settled these matters in your head and can picture them, fd the urself from the fancies of the present and the delusions of its environment, and plunge into the sea of time from the shore of this century. Then pass under the sea till you emerge at the Age of Bliss and behold the Arabian Peninsula. Raisessistshead and dress yourself with the ideas that that time sews for you, and take a look at the boundless desert. What appears to you first is a single person who although without helper or power is challenging the whole world on his owntion].s disputing everyone. He is bearing on his shoulders a truth more glorious than the globe. He is holding in his hand a Shari'a that guarantees the happiness of all men. This Shari'a of his is as univeh the sum and substance of all the divine sciences and the sciences of reality. It is living like a skin rather than like clothes, and expands as the human potentialities unfold, producing the fruits of happiness in this world and the nels].

# orders the affairs of humankind as if all men were the members of a single gathering. If its laws were to be asked from where they had come and where they were headed, they would replyndamengh the tongue of their miraculousness: "We come from pre-eternal [divine] speech and we shall accompany human thought through all eternity. When the world ends we shall apparentlythat tfrom men in respect of the religious obligations, but we shall always accompany them through the mystery of our meanings and shall nourish their spirits and assist and guide them."

— 191 —

So now, doesn't whau havehave witnessed up to here recite to you the verse with its taunting command: "... then produce a Sura like thereunto... But if you cannot, and of a surety you cannot..."?

Nthe stsider this: the verse "And if you are in doubt as to what We have revealed">indicates that because some people are heedless of what the Lawgiver (al-Shâri ')>intends in guiding the mass of people and are ignorant of the necessityr whatfering guidance commensurate with their mental capacity, they fall into doubt, the source of which is three matters:

The First:>Theyan all"The existence of allegorical verses and obscurities in the Qur'an is contrary to it miraculousness, which is based on eloquence (al-balâgha),>and eloquence is based on clarity of expression.

The Second:>They say: "The Qur'ae commague and general concerning the truths of creation and the physical sciences (funûn al-kâ'inât),>but this is contrary to its way and method (maslak),>which is to teach and guide.

The Third:>They snting]ome of the Qur'an's literal meanings tend to be contrary to rational proof so may be opposed to reality, and this is contrary to its veve-mensness.

The Answer:>Success is from Allâh alone. O you doubters, listen to this! What you suppose to be causes of defect, in reality are truthfulndeed,sses to the mystery of the Qur'an's miraculousness.

~Answer to the first doubt,>which is the existence of allegories and obscurities:

The Qur'an's guidance is for all people, and most of them are common people.ْۙ قَاatters] of guidance, the minority follows the majority, for when the common people are addressed, the educated classes can benefit from it and receive their share. But if the reverse is true, th, {[*]on people are deprived [of their share]. The mass of people cannot free their minds from what they are accustomed to and imaginary things, and are therefore unable to apprehend sheer truths and abstract ideas except through the of hecope of their imaginations and by depicting things familiar to them. However, [when doing this] they should not fix their attention on the apparent forms [of those things] lest it necessitates eels aing impossible like their embodiment or having 'sides;' they should look beyond [the form] to the truths [behind them].

For example, the masses can conceive ofurned eality of divine disposal over the universe in the form of a king seated on the throne of his power holding sway over his dominions. It is for this reason that [thes narrn] chooses [to use] a metonymy in the verse: "the Most Gracious, established on the throne of His almightiness.">(20:5)

— 192 —

Since the feelings of the mass of people are thus, it is imperative accoresponso eloquence and guidance that their understanding is taken into account, and their feelings are respected, and their intellects are deferred to, and allowance is sposalor their ideas. Like someone who speaks with a child has to come down to his level so that he can get the child to understand in a friendly manner. The literary devices and styles of the Qur'an (al-asâlîb al-Qur'âniyya)>in such places, thatpersalregard for the mass of people are called "divine condescension to human minds (al-tanazzulât al-ilâhiyya ilâ 'uqûl al-bashar).">It is to put [people's] minds at ease. For this reason it sets the f upbradepicted by] the allegorical verses before the people's eyes like telescopes. Haven't you seen how most of the eloquent literati use figures of speech (al-isti'ârât)>to depict subtle meanings 21:46)portray disparate ideas. Thus, the allegorical verses are figures of speech of an abstruse (ghâmid)>kind for they depict abstruse truths.

As for there being obscure (mushkil)>expressions, this is due either to the subtlety and prheir] ty of what they signify, and the conciseness and loftiness of the style, and the obscurities of the Qur'an are of this sort; or to the ambiguity of the For [and tangled expressions, which is contrary to eloquence and the Qur'an is exempt from this. So now, you sceptic! Isn't it pure eloquence to so easily bring close to of themmon people's understanding these profound truths which are so distant from everyone? For eloquence is to speak conformably to any given situation. Dwell on this!

~The Answer to the Second Doof "bihich is the Qur'an's vagueness concerning the shaping of creation, although the modern sciences are explicit.

Understand that included in the tree of the world repeae desire to be perfected (mayl al-istikmâl),>out of which branches the inclination to progress found in man. The inclination to progress resembles a seed that sprouts and grows as a result of numerous nificaences, and takes form and expands through the meeting of minds [and exchange of ideas] and produces the fruits of successive sciences, whereby the fomporarg can arise only after the previous one has come into being, and the previous one can only be preliminary to the subsequent one after it has been universally accepted. Consequently, if tn of eturies ago a person wanted to teach science - remembering that sciences are born only as the result of numerous experiments - and call people to it, all he would have done woulstaine been to confuse their minds and caused them to fall into error. For instance, if the Qur'an had

— 193 —

said: "O people! Behold the stationary sun {(*): One time when I was ill,Qur'anstate between sleeping and waking, [the following] occurred to me about "And the sun runs it course to a place appointed." (36:38) That is, [it turns] "in" its appointed place so that its [the solar] system can be upheld. That is, Era ofating it generates the force of attraction [gravity] which holds the solar system in its order. Otherwise, it would fall apart. (This sleepy footnote is subtle an - thningful) - Said Nursi

In his work Lemeât (1921) (See, The Words, 732.) Said Nursi expressed this idea in "semiverse:"

The sun is a fruitaway fng tree; it shakes itself so that the planets fall not, its fruits.

If it rested motionless the attraction would cease, and they would weep through space, its ecstatics.} and rotating earth and the swarming millions of e of t beings in creation, then conceive of the Maker's grandeur!", it would have driven the people either to denial, or to deceive themselves or to competewas a it. For because of their superficial view, rather their false view, they look on the earth as self-evidently flat and the sun as rotating. So indeed, to confuse people's minds, especially over the pe (min f a thousand years just to satisfy a few people of our times would have been contrary to wise guidance and opposed to the spirit of eloquence.

Friend! Don't assume that you can draw an analogy between theoretical future matter such the conditions of the hereafter. [That is, don't suppose that the matters of the hereafter and its conditions, which are unknown to us, are similar to theoretical matters that will be discovered in the future.] For since the external es in cannot perceive any aspect of [the matters of the hereafter], they remain within the bounds of the possible and may be believed in confidently. What they clearly require is to bite. Uidated. However, when it comes to our subject [the discoveries of science], since in the view [of the people of those times] they were outside the bounds of possibility and probability, and due to their erroneous perceptionsrical they thought to be true] was self-evident, what was required in the view of eloquence was for those discoveries [to be mentioned] in vague and general [terms] out of respect for the people's feelings and so as not to con told:heir minds. Nevertheless, the Qur'an indicates, hints at, and makes allusion to the truth, and opens the door to minds and bids them enter by planting signs and assoound o meanings (qarâ'in).>Friend! If you are fairminded, reflect on the rule "Speak to people in accordance with their level of understanding," {[*]: See, al-Suyûtî, Kanz aVerilyâl, x, 307; al-Firdaws, v, 359.} and understand that since the times and environment of those people had not equipped them mentally they would have bflowinable to support or sustain such matters [as the discoveries of science],

— 194 —

which were [later] born of the meeting of minds and conjunction of ideas, and concede that the Qur'an's choosing to be vagues is weneral is pure eloquence and evidence of its miraculousness.

~The Answer to the Third Doubt,>which is some of the literal meanings of verses tending to be contrary to rational evidences and the findings of sciencewa mâ onsider this: the Qur'an's main aim is to instruct the mass of people (al-jumhûr)>about its four basic principles, which are proof of the Single Maker, prophethood, the resurrection of the dead, and justice. Thus, its mention of the univ'the bs secondary and digressive, for purposes of deduction (al-istidlâl),>for it was not revealed to teach geography or cosmography (astronn the It mentions the universe in order to conclude from the divine art in it and its unique order [the existence of] the True Orderer (May His glory be exalted). It is a fact that traces ofthe thpurpose, and order are to be seen in all things, but however they were formed does not concern us since it is unconnected with the main aim. For seeing that the Qur'an speaks of beings for purposes of dedsitate, and seeing that their existence has to be known before the proposition, and seeing that the evidence has to be clear, how could guidance and eloquence not make it imperative that [the Qur'an] should incline wir to ae of its apparent or literal meanings (zawâhir al-nusûs)>towards their emotional views and literary knowledge, making concessions to them? Such literal meanings are not for affirming or indicating their knowledge, but are allusive (minperfec al-kinâyât)>or associative expressions (mustatba'ât al-tarâkîb).>In any event, [the Qur'an] includes signs and indications for investigators of the truth (ahl al-tahqîq)>that point to the truth.

For example, suppose when presenting its art that (fi maqâm alistidlâl)>the Qur'an had said: "O people! Ponder over the sun's being stationary although it apparently moves, and the earth's daily and annual rotations although itâ nahuparently stationary. Reflect on the extraordinary gravity holding the stars [in place]. Behold the marvels of electricity, and the infinite combinations of the seventy elements, and the massing tocree t of uncountable organisms in a droplet of water, and know that Allâh is powerful over all things!" Had it spoken thus, the evidence would have been obscurer and ngels:ss clear than what was being claimed, and that is opposed to the rules of deduction.

Moreover, since [the literal meanings of verses that apparently tend to contradict sciencows th allusive, their meanings are not either true or false

— 195 —

[that is, their meanings should not be taken literally]. Don't you see that the alif in the word "qâla">denotes lightness, so it makes no difference whether its root wsness or wâw, qâf>or kâf.

In Short:>Since the Qur'an was revealed for all people of all times, these three points [which are thought to raise doubts] are evidence of its miraculousness. I swear [by Allâits ut taught the miraculous Qur'an, that the view of the Bringer of Good News and Warner and his critical insight were too fine, brilliant and penetrating to confuse truth and illusi not bd his way of truth was too elevated, pure and exalted to deceive people or mislead them.

The Seventh Matter

The books of [the Prophet's] biography and works of history have described numerous of his percee glob miracles (mu'jizât mahsûsa),>and the famous wonders he performed in the presence of the people, and these have been commented on by authoritative ome inrs. To teach what is already known would be superfluous, so we refer detailed discussion to their books and here we shall summarize [the miracles] by mentioning [only] their categories.

@

{(*): This strized bhape did not appear by chance in the middle of this discussion of strange things, for just as I was writing out a [fair] copy in Diyarbekir in Cevdet Bey's house on 19th subat [3 March 1916] on the night [before] Frich a ditlis fell and the author (Bediuzzaman) was taken captive. The strange shape [of spilt ink] on this page on that night was a sign -but Allâh knows best- of the spilt blood of those of Bediuzzaman's students who were with him andreasin being taken prisoner that night in Bitlis. (Abdûlmecid)

Moreover, [this spilt ink] took the shape of a serpent whose tail encircled the author and whose head had bo Allâvered. This [signified] the Russians. It also depicts the water conduit into which the author fell wounded, where he remained for thirty hours awaiting death every moment.

(Hamza)}

— 196 —

Concerning [the Prophet's]f you est wonders: although each of them has been transmitted from only one source (âhâdîyan)>and there is no consensus concerning them (ghair mutawâtir),>as a type and there being many in these categories they may be co theired as being unanimously reported in respect of their meanings (mutawâtir bi'1-ma'nâ).>They consist of three categories:

The First:>[The variousspect ormal events that took place before the prophetic mission but which were related to it, called] "irhâsat.">[These included] the Zoroastrians' fire being extinguished, the drying up of Lake Sava, the breaking ieventho of Chrosroes' portico, and the prognostications of hidden voices. A person might even fancy that the century in which the Messenger (Upon whom be blessings and peace) was born was a highly sensitive wonderworkerd glorhad premonitions of his coming.

The Second Category:>The many predictions of the future, including the conquest of the treasuries of the Persian and Byzantine rulers, te]:~"Weat of the Byzantines, the conquest of Mecca, and so on. As if [the Messenger's] ethereal, winged spirit rent the bonds of fixed time and space, roamed in the climes of the future, then told us wir con had witnessed.

The Third Category:>Wonders that could be perceived by the physical senses and were performed during [the period of] his challenging [the existing order] and calling [to Islam]. [These included] stpulatepeaking, trees moving, the splitting of the moon, and water flowing [from his fingers], alZamakhsharî stated that there were as many as a thousand [miracles] of this category. Some of these have been reported unanim phrasbut not literally (mutawâtir bi'1-ma'nâ).>In fact, even those who denied the Qur'an could not tamper with the verse "And the moon is split.">(54:6)

-If you were to ask:>Something like the splitting dence moon should have become world famous and known by everyone?

You would be told:>[Factors like] differences in the time of its rising, and the existence of cloud, and there being little observation of the skies at that time, anthoughoccurrence at an hour [people are] inattentive, during the night, and its occurring instantaneously, all meant that it was not seen by everyone or moindeedple. Nevertheless, it has been established in narrations that it was witnessed by many caravans for which the moon's position was similar to that [of Mecca].

However, the chief of these miracles is the Perspicuous Qur'an whose proveones sculousness in seven aspects is indicated by this verse. (2:23)

Friend! If you have understood these matters listen now to what you will

— 197 —

be told about the three aspects of the verses't [theioning and word-order: the verse's positioning in relation to what preceded it; the positioning [and relationships] of some of its phrases; the positioning [and relationships] of the parts of the phrases.

widelyrning the first: there are two aspects to the relationship of this verse and the preceding ones:

The First:>According to Ibn 'Abbas' commentary, (allan order to prove divine unity [the Qur'an] says: "O you people! (Yâ ayyuhâ an-nâs),">it also proves the prophethood of Muhammad (Upon w of ob blessings and peace), who was the clearest proof of divine unity. Now, prophethood is proven by miracles. And the greatest of miracles is the Qur'an. And the most subtle facet of the Qur'an's miraculousness lies in dissemoquence of its word-order (nazm).

Muslims agree that the Qur'an is miraculous and inimitable. The authoritative scholars however differ as to the ways in which this is so. Nevertheless, these ways do not the eict, for some prefer one aspect [and others another aspect]. Some say that its miraculousness lies its predicting the future; according to others, it is its bringing together [all] truths and sciences; others assert it is its freedom from mentidictions and defects; according to others, it is the originality of its styles and the singularity of the beginnings and ends of its verses and suras; others say ifact, its appearance from someone illiterate who could neither read nor write; according to others it was its being so extraordinarily eloquent as to be beyond human power; and so on and so forth. Detailed knowled diffethis [latter] sort of miraculousness may be obtained by studying Qur'anic commentaries such as the present work, or it may be learnt summarily in [the followinthat tee ways, as it was ascertained by 'Abd al-Qâhir al-Jurjânî, the Master of Eloquence (al-Shaikh al-Balâgha),>and al-Zamakhsharî, and al-Sakkâkî, and al-Jâhiz:

The First Way:

The Arab people were illiterate nomads [who lived] in and busual environment that suited them. They were awaked by the mighty revolutions [occurring] in the world. Their [only] books (dîwânuhum)>[of their proud expglad tconsisted of] poetry and their [only] science was rhetoric (al-balâgha),>and [the source] of their pride and vainglory was eloquent spehe conl-fasâha)>in such fairs as 'Ukâz. They were the cleverest of peoples and therefore the most needy for mental exercise and activity, and mentally they were experiencing upon iod of burgeoning youth. Then the Holy Qur'an rose upon them with its majesterial eloquence and outshone their eloquence, represented unning Seven Hanging Odes (al-mu'allaqât al-sab'a),

— 198 —

inscribed in gold [hanging] on the walls of the Ka'ba. Despite their being eloquent orators - lattemmanders of rhetoric and eloquence and rulers of correct Arabic - they could not dispute the Qur'an nor utter a single word in argument, despite the severe taunts of the Messenger (UWBP) and his rebuking and some ng them, and discrediting their intelligence, and provoking them over a long period, and his humiliating them although some of their orators' heads touched the skies in their pride and others reached the st the ho if they had not wanted to dispute [the Qur'an] and put it to the test and if they had not been aware of their impotence, they surely would not have remained silent. Their total inability [to ditinuanthe Qur'an] was therefore proof of its miraculousness and inimitability.

The Second Way:

Punctillious scholars and critics with knowledge of all the parts of "

~" and their properties and fine points, have studied the Qur'an sura by sura, passage by passage, verse by verse, and word by word, and they have testified that it brings are iher truths, qualities, and subtleties not found all together in human speech. There are thousands of such [scholars]. Evidence for the veracity of their testimony are the momentous changes that the Qur'an wrought in the world of humanity, anr overwidespread religion it founded, and its perpetuating down the ages what it contains of the sciences, and its growing younger as time grows older, and its becwould sweeter the more it is repeated. Hence "It is only revelation inspired.">(53:4)

The Third Way:

As is pointed out by al-Jâhiz, despite the intense need of the masters of oratory and rhetoric to invalidate and frustrate the Meon havr's (Upon whom be peace) cause, and in spite of their hatred of him and obduracy, they gave up disputing him verbally, which was the safest, easiest, and most direct way, and they took up arms against him, despite this رَ اللthe most difficult and lengthy way, beset with dangers and of uncertain end. Moreover, their political acumen was such that the differences between these two ways could not have escaped them. So the person who avoided the first way alon. Bu it was possible [to attempt it] and would have been more effective at thwarting the [Messenger's] cause, and took the way that threw his property and life into peril, must l meaneen either stupid - and this could not be ascribed to those who ruled the world after they were rightly-guided - or he felt powerless to take the former way and was compellethem wake the latter.

-If you were to ask:>It was possible to dispute [the Qur'an], but perhaps for some reason or other it was not attempted?

— 199 —

You would be is c:>If it had been possible some people would have striven to do so since the provocations were [severe] and the need was intense. And if they had disputed it, it would have been known, for it was much sought aty, annd there were many reasons for its being known. And if it had become known, there would have been many who supported [such an attempt to dispute it], and to defend it, and they would have said that it had been disputed, particularly at th latere. And had there been opposers and defenders, even if only out of bigotry, it would have become famous, for it was a matter of great import. And if it had been famous, it woultector been reported in the chronicles, just as they reported the ravings of Musaylima [the Liar] when he said [in imitation of the Qur'an]: "An elephant, what is an ele as Q? How can you recognize an elephant? It has a short tail and long trunk."

- If you were to ask:>Musaylima was an eloquent orator, so how is it that his words have been so mocked and scorned by people?

You would be told:>Because hdicate[his words were] compared with something far higher than himself. Haven't you noticed that if someone is compared with Yûsuf (Joseph) (Upon whoss froeace), he appears ugly even though he may be good looking? It is therefore not possible to dispute the Qur'an, so it must be miraculous.

-If you were to ask:>The sceptics have voiced many objections and doubts och is matical grounds about the Qur'an's phrases and words, such as, "in hâdhân - these two,">(20:62) "al-sâbi'ûna - Sabeans,>(5:69) and "alladhi istawqada naran - who kindle a fire">(2: 17)?

You woue eluctold:>You should consult the conclusion of al-Sakkâkî's al-Miftâh,>for he effectively silences [such objectors] saying: "Don't they understand tht are erson whose eloquently correct speech is unanimously acknowledged would know whether or not what he had repeatedly stated over a long period of time contained the errors noticed it by unthinking people like them?"

The second a to thof the verse's positioning [and relationship with the previous verses]:

When the previous verse commands worship, the listener asks in hisspute "How should we worship?" And it as though answers: "As the Qur'an teaches you!" So then the person asks: "How can we know that it's the word of Allâh the Most High?" And it replies saying: "And if you are in doubt as to what We havd out aled, step by step, to Our servant...">(2:23)

— 200 —
The positioning of the verse's phrases:

The sentence~"And if you are in doubt all difhat We have revealed, step by step, to Our servant">has fallen into place most aptly, for when the Qur'an commands worship, it is as though it ises, nd: "How can we know that it's Allâh's command, that we have to comply with it?" And it replies: "If you doubt it, try [to produce something similar] yourself; then you'll be certain that ie proplâh's command."

Another aspect of the verse's positioning is this: the Qur'an, having praised itself with the sentence "That is the Book concerning which An exdoubt, guidance sure for those who fear Allâh,">(2:2) and followed this with praise of the believers, and having gone on from this to censure the disbelievers and dissemblers and then prokness

to command worship and the affirmation of divine unity, it now returns to the beginning and directs attention to "concerning which is no doubt.">That is, no doubts can be levelled at the Qur'an; if you have dou, and hey arise from your diseased hearts and sickly characters.

One denied the sunlight due to disease of the eyes;

And felt disgust at to deaste of water due to sickness.

The positioning of the phrase:~"then produce a Sura like thereunto:">this is the apodosis [of the protasis (condition) "if you are in doubt"],>and the apodosis fespan be the consequence of the conditional verb. And since the command ["then produce a Sura..."]>is provocative (ta'jîzî),>it necessitates the implied command "make the attempt to! (tashabbathû).">And since th themmand expresses something new (inshâ'),>and this cannot be a consequence, the consequence of the command has to be something other than the acting s. And this is the necessity that is one of the basic meanings of the command. Now, the necessity of attempting also does not appear to be the consequence of their doubting, so this requires implied sentences concealed beneath the verse. Ts glorlied sentences are these: "If you doubt that this is Allâh's word, you should study its miraculous nature, for something miraculous cannot be human and Muhammad (Upon wi'l-ma blessings and peace) is human. If you want its miraculousness to be evident, try yourself [to produce something similar] and that you're incapable will become clear. That means you are obliged to attempt to produce a sura similSecondit."

How excellent is Allâh's Revelation! How concise! How miraculous!

Now for the positioning of~"and call your witnesses [and helpers if

— 201 —

there are any] besides Allâh (wa'd'û shuhadâ'akum ommandn Allâh),">it has three aspects:

The First:>They say: "Just because we are incapable [of producing its like] it does not prove that all mankind is incapable." So it dumbfounds them with the y conf "and call your witnesses [and helpers if there are any] besides Allâh;">that is, your elders and leaders.

The Second:>They declare: "If we dispute [the Qur'an], who would support u], 218defend us?" So it silences them saying: "Whatever the outlook, it has its adherents. Were you to dispute it, supporters would emerge to defend you."

The Thirdource s as though the Qur'an is saying: "The Messenger (Upon whom be peace) calls on Allâh the Most High as witness, and Allâh testifies to his truthfulness by placinheir hstamp of miraculousness on his cause. So if your gods and witnesses are any use to you at all, call on them!" In this way, [the Qur'an] pours scorn on them.

The positioning and relationship of~"But if you cannot (Fa-in lam n on tû)">is clear. For it implies the following phrases: "So attempt it, but look! [You can't!] And if you can't, it's clear you're incapable of doing it!"

The positionithings"and of a surety you cannot (wa lan taf'alû):">it is as if when it says "and of a surety you cannot,">one of them says in reply: "Just because we haven't been able to do it, it doesn't mean mankind w throu incapable of doing it in the future." So it replies: "of a surety you cannot (lit. will not).">This signifies its miraculousness in threees thects:

The First:>Its foretelling the future, and as it predicted so it was. As you know, millions of Arabic books have attempted to imitate the style of revelation, as well as numerous obdurate [deniers], yet none of them has been successfulstand ou will see if you scrutinize them. It is as though it is the single one of its kind. So it is either inferior to all of them, and this is unanimously agreed to be aking ible, or it is superior.

The Second Respect:>Its silencing and snubbing them, and censuring them for not doing it, and provoking them, while [the Messenger] was in that precarious situatioollectthering] his great cause. This is a sure sign that he was reliable, trustworthy, and confident in his message.

The Third Respect:>It is as though the Qur'an is saying: "You're the leaders in eloquent speech and the ones most needy [to this.ce the like of the Qur'an], yet you haven't been able to, so no one else will!" Moreover, it infers that just as the past could not produce anyts silvimilar to Islam, the result of the Qur'an, so will the future will incapable of producing anything similar.

— 202 —

Now the positioning of~"then fear the Fir Arab e fuel is men and stones (fa-'ttaqû al-nâr allatî waqûduhâ an-nâs wa al-hijâra):">consider this: "and if you cannot">being followed by "then fear">necessitates acco, it pto the tastes of eloquence the following implied sentences: "Since you haven't been able to do it and you won't be able to, it's obvious it's miraculous, so it [must be] Allâh's word. Hence it re copumbent on you to believe in it and comply with its commands. And one of its commands is 'O you people! Worship!,'>that you may fear Hell-fire, so fear the Fire!" See how concise it is, how miracul wretc The positioning of~"whose fuel is men and stones (allati waqûduha alnâs wa al-hijâra):">the purpose of "then fear (fa-'ttaqû)">is to frighten, and [here, being followed by "the Fire"]>it has a strengthened, intensified come,ng, in order to terrify them with "whose fuel is men.">For a fire fuelled by human beings is more appalling and horrifying. Then it further intensifies it by adding stones. For [the fireept it burns stones is even fiercer. It also infers that it is restraining them from idolatry. That is, if you don't comply with Allâh's command and you worship stone idols, you willertake the Fire that consumes both worshippers and their objects of worship.

The positioning of~"prepared for those who reject faith (u'iddat li'lkâfirin):">this elucid becaund establishes the consequence (luzûm)>between the conditional verb "if you cannot">[the protasis] and its apodosis "then fear.">That is, this calamity is not like storm and tempest and other [natural] disasters which do not strik more gdoers alone but encompass the righteous and elect; it is particular to offenders and caused by disbelief, and the only means of salvation from it is to comply with the Qur'an.

Moreover, "prepared (u'iddat)">if sciees that Hell is created and existent at the present moment, contrarily to what the Mu'tazilites asserted. The following will show you, and allow you to surmise, that Hell is eternal: if you reflect on the worthe pem the point of view of wisdom (al-hikma),>you will see fire to be a vast creature, prevailing and overwhelming, a primordial element of the lofty and lower worlds. Awa mâ will understand that it consists of a huge head and strange fruits that hang over into eternity. Don't you see that someone who espies a long stalk trailinlite, g [the ground] will understand there to be a melon at the end of it; similarly whoever sees the creatures of fire will understand that at their extremity are the bitter fll forof Hell. Likewise, whoever sees bounties and good things and pleasures will surmise that their extracts and the place they are poured out and their garden is Paradise.

— 203 —

-If you were to ask:>If Hell exists now, wherewithou located?

You would be told:>We Sunnis believe that it exists now, but we cannot specify where.

-And if you were to ask:>The literal meanings of some Hadiths indicate that it is under the earthent no: al-'Ajlûnî, Kashf al-Khafa, i, 281; see, al-Hâkim, al-Mustadrak, iv, 568.} and in one it says that its fire is two hundred times fiercer and hotter than worldly fire, {[*]: See, al-Bukhârî, Bad' al-haba b 10; Muslim, Janna, 30; al-Tirmidhi, Jahannam, 7.} and that the sun also will enter Hell?

You would be told:>The expression "under the earth" means its core, for the centre is under the globe. It has been established by scientific theories rativehe heat (lit. fire) at the [earth's] centre reaches two hundred thousand degrees. For every thirty-three commercial cubits (dhirâ al-tujjâr)he bouigs down into the earth, the temperature increases one degree, and at the centre it is approximately two hundred thousand degrees. This theory is in conformity with the Hadith to obseys that it is two hundred times hotter than worldly fire.

Moreover, in another Hadith it says that a part of this fire [of Hell] is freezing (zamharîr)>{[*]: al-Bukhâ its dwaqit, 9; Muslim, Masâjid, 32; al-Tirmidhi Jahannam, 9; lbn Mâja, Zuhd, 38.} and that it burns with its coldness. This corresponds to the theory, for the fire at the centre - [from the centre] tmindedsurface comprises all degrees of fire [heat]. And it has been established by natural science [al-hikmat al-tabî'iyya]>that there is a degree of heat (lit. fire) the parantaneously attracts surrounding heat and burns it with its coldness and freezes water.

-If you were to ask:>The fire inside the earth, that it contains, is very smalls of fow will it encompass Hell, which will encompass the heavens and earth?

You would be told:>Even if in respect of this manifest world (al-mulk)>and [Hell] being 'rolled up' (al-matwîyya),>it is contained by the earth, but in resnd atof the hereafter, it will become so vast it will encompass thousands [of globes] similar to the earth. Yes, the Manifest World (âlam al-shhearin>is like a screen preventing contact between this [present] fire and its branches. Also, its being under the earth does not necessitate its being conjoined with it, for the branches of the tree of creation have producedially fruits as the sun, the moon, and the stars, and our earth, and other earths. So what lies beneath the fruits includes the area between the

— 204 —

branches where it is fich arThe dominions (mulk)>of Allâh the Most High are indeed wide and the tree of creation is spread [throughout them], so wherever Hell travels it cannot be repulsed.

It says in a Hadith: "Hell is folded up." This possibly means that Hell is an.

Tf the bird of our flying earth, and when the veil of the Manifest World is rent, [the earth] will lay its egg and [Hell] will emerge, baring its anded at the people of rebellion. It is also possible that it was this [question of Hell] being 'folded up' that caused the Mu'tazilites to fall into the error [ofarn foving] that Hell is not now existent, and to cling onto it.

Now for the positioning [and relationships of] the parts of the phrases:

The [conjunction]~"and (al-wâw)">in "And if you are in doubt as to whaman crave revealed, step by step, to Our servant (Wa in kuntum fi raybin mimmâ nazzalnâ 'alâ 'abdina),">is [so placed] because of the relationship between [this verse and "O you people! Worship...",>bofundisuch relationship is apparent. It becomes apparent only through two implied questions and their answers: firstly is the implied answer to the question arising from the first verse: "How should we worshnstancthat is,] "as the Qur'an has taught you." [In reply to the second implied question: "How can we know the Qur'an is Allâh's word?", it says: "And if you are in doubt..."]>{[*]: Nursi, İsârâtû' 1-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 203-4}

and ee of~"if (in),">which expresses hesitation, instead of "idhâ," which infers certainty and resolve, [although it is certain that they are in a state of doubt,] indicgreat,hat because means had arisen to dispel their doubts, their very existence should be doubtful or impossible even; they could only be hypotheticalt>(litlso, the doubt expressed by "if (in)">looks to the [literary] style and not to the Speaker (May He be exalted).

The substitution of~"you are in doubt (kuntum fi raybin)">for [the verbal other 'you doubt' although the latter is more concise, indicates that the source of their doubt is their sick natures and characters.

And the doubt encompathe an(zarfiyya)>them although it is contained (mazrûf)>by their hearts hints that the darkness of doubt has spread from their hearts and overwhelmed their whole physical beings, enveloping in darkness all ways [of possible illumina see t

The use of the indefinite for "doubt (rayb)">is to make it general. That is, whichever of the sorts of doubt you feel, the answer is the same, and that

— 205 —

is: [the Qur'an] is miracika)">and true! Thus, your accusing [the Qur'an] of error due to your superficial view is an error and it is not necessary to answer every doubt specifically. You can surely ight pat a person who [happens upon] a spring and tastes its pure, sweet water does not need to taste all its subsidiary streams and branches.

The [partitive] "min">in "minimâ nazzalnâ>-~as to (lit. a part of) ey shoe have revealed">infers the implied words 'about a part of what of We have revealed' (fi shay'in minimâ).

The word(s) "we have revealed (nazzalnâ)">indicates that the source of their doubt is [the Qur'an's] revele He p(lit. descent). And the decisive reply proves its revelation.

The choice of [the Ilnd form] "nazzalnâ,">which denotes gradual revelation, instead of [the IVth form] 'anzalnâ,'>which suggests thed manwas sudden, alludes to the excuses they advanced saying: "Why isn't it revealed to him all at once?" Indeed, the Qur'an was revealed gradually as events required, according to circumstances, verse by verse, sura by sura.

The choice of (41:46rd~"servant [or bondsman] ('abd)">rather than 'the Messenger' or 'Muhammad' indicates exaltation of the Messenger, and hints at the elevated nature of worship, and corroborates the command "Worship!">andenerats the repulsion of delusions, for the Messenger (Upon whom be peace) performed more worship than anyone and recited more of the Qur'an. So reflect on this!

The phrase~"then produce a sura like thereunto (fa-'tû bi-sûratin min mithlihi)."> each urpose of] the command "then produce">is to display their impotence, and it comprises a challenge, and censure, and calls on them to try to dispute it, making clear their inability to do this.

While the word "a sura">ihe Moses [the Qur'an's] silencing and dumbfounding them utterly, as follows:

The First Level of Challenge:>It says: "Produce the like of the whole Qur'an together with its truths, sciench theyedictions, and elevated wordorder, all from someone illiterate.

The Second Level:>It says: "If you can't do that, fabricate something, but with similarly eloquent word-orderng of~he Third Level:>It says: "If you can't do that either, produce around ten suras.

The Fourth Level:>If you're not capable of doing that either, just produce [the e corroent of] a long sura.

The Fifth Level:>If that's too difficult for you as well, just bring one sura

— 206 —

even if it's very short like "Behold We have bestowed upon thee (Innâ a'tainâk of al08:1) and from someone illiterate like him.

The Sixth Level:>If it isn't possible for you to have it produced by someone illiterate, get an adept scholar or skilful writer to do it.

The Ssee th Level:>If that's too hard for you too, a number of you cooperate to produce it.

The Eighth Level:>And if you can't do that, seek the help of all men and jinn, and the assistance of all the results of their shared kation.ge from the time of Adam till the end of the world, as well as those ideas found in the books available to you about the Arabic language and its styles, written with the desire to imitate [the Qur'an] or out,">(sestinacy by those wanting to dispute it. To say nothing of authoritative scholars, if a person of scant intelligence or an ignorant oneer senwere to study them, he would declare that none of them was similar to [the Qur'an], So it is either inferior to all of them, and this is impossible as is una dominly agreed, or it is superior to all. And this is what was wanted, as was mentioned above. Indeed, it has not been [successfully] disputed in thirteen centuries. And as that was true in the past, so it will be ithingsfuture, till the end of time.

The Ninth Level:>It says: Don't remonstrate saying you don't have any witnesses and we don't testify for you either. Go and call your witnesses and your partisans and let them consulthe Dis consciences; will they be so bold as to uphold what you claim disputing [the Qur'an]?

If you have understood these levels, consider now how the Qur'an is miraculous in its conciseness, indicating these leveleness encing them effectively and loosening their bridles [giving them the opportunity to reply].

Understand too that human incapability to disput all b the shortest sura is a clear argument from effect to cause (inniyatuhu badîhîyya).>As for its being argued from cause to effect (limmîyyatuhu),>it is said "Allâh the se of igh prevented men from disputing it." The most correct school in the latter question [the argument from cause to effect] is that followed by 'Abd al-Qâhir al-Jurjânî, al-Zamakhsharî, and al-Sakkâkî. This states that "i. He ieyond human power [to compose the Qur'an's] elevated word-order." Moreover, al-Sakkâkî preferred [the view] that its miraculousness can only be sensed (dhawqî)>and cannot be expressed or eSecondted. It can only be experienced." But the author of Dalail al-I'jâz>[al-Jurjânî], preferred [the view] that it is possible to express it [in words], and we subscribe to his school in this question.

The choice of "sûra">rather than such wordthem anajm, tâ'ifa, or nawba"

— 207 —

indicates [the Qur'an's] silencing them [by answering] the source of their doubts, namely, "Why wasn't it revealed to him all at once?" That is, [the Qur'an told them:] "You produce som at lelet's see it, even if only a single short piece!"

The choice of the word "sûra">signifies too that there are numerous benefits in the Qur'an being divided into suras, as has been elucidated by alZby rothari, and that this unusual method contains many subtle points.

The phrase "like thereunto (min mithlihi)">signifies two [possible] things: that is, [the suffixed pronoun "hi">refers] eitll nat the thing revealed (al-munzal)>[the Qur'an - that is, "produce a sura like one of the Qur'an's"], or to the one to whom it was revealed (al-munzal 'alayhi)>[the Messenger - that is, "get somen of tlettered like him to produce it"]. If it is the former, it should be phrased "mithli sûratin minhu,">but it is expressed as "min mithlihi,">indicating that the second possibility is taken g all ccount. That is, "You can invalidate his case with your disputing only if someone unlettered like him [the Messenger] does it." It indicates too many the Qur'an's] miraculousness could be invalidated only if disputed by a collection [a literary work, majmû'a>- that is, if the sura produced was part of a complete work] like [the Qur'an],

The phrase also allusively directoods dntion to the other scriptures that were revealed like the Qur'an, so that the listener may weigh them up in his mind and understand the Qur'an's elevated naturs thr The sentence~"and call your witnesses [and helpers if there are any] besides Allâh (wa'd'û shuhadâ'akum min dûn Allâh):">the choice of "call (ud'û)">instead of 'seek the help or assistance of' indicates that those who might respond toum."]>and defend them are not non-existent but are there [with them] and do not need to be called.

The word "witnesses (shuhadâ')">comprisubtletee meanings: your authorities on the Arabic language, those who observe [witness] you, and your gods.

In respect of the first>it silences them by rebutting their argument that their own inability does not prove that their liter Worldaders lack the power [to the imitate the Qur'an],

In respect of the second>it dumbfounds them by cutting short their excuse that they had no witnesses, for every outlook and way has defendeir cod witnesses.

In respect of the third>it rebukes and derides them, asking why their gods which they look to for benefits and to repel harm, do not help them in this matter that is troubling them.

— 208 —

The genitivthe cotruction of "witnesses">and the pronominal suffix "your (- kum)">denotes particularity and strengthens the first meaning [above]: "Your great ones are present with you and there are special [bonds] between you; if they had been capable[It exlping you, surely [they would have done]." It expresses the second meaning like this: "We accept the testimony of those who support you and are your partisans, for they won't ven this o testify for something whose invalidity is self-evident." And it takes the third meaning by the arm and mocks it, saying: "Why don't the gods you worship help you?"

With respect to the first, the phrase "besides Allâhs his dûn Allâh)">indicates generality; that is, [call] all the eloquent masters of language in the world other than Allâh the Most High. It indicates too that [the Qur'an's] miraculousness is onation raculousness] because it is from Allâh.

With respect to the second, it indicates their impotence and confusion when they say: "Allâh is our witness. Allâh knows that we can do it." For it isZayd iabit of those defeated in argument and reduced to impotence to swear by Allâh and call on Him to witness what they are incapable of proving.

And with respect to the third it indicates that their disputing the Mnowleder (Upon whom be blessings and peace) was exactly the response of associating partners with Allâh (shirk)>to divine unity (tawhîd),>and of lifeless, unconscious beings to the Creator of the heavens and the earth.

The phrase~"if what to they is true (in kuntum sâdiqîn)">alludes to their saying: "If we wanted, we could say something similar." It also insinuates: "You aren't truthful. Your truthfu groupis only hypothetical; indeed, you only utter sophistries. And you haven't fallen into doubt because you were seeking the truth, but beal. Foyou were seeking the false, and you fell into it. Furthermore, the consequence (apodosis) [of the conditional verb "if what you ray"]>is the sum and substance of the previous phrases; that is, "do it!" That is, "If what you sace. Forue, then try to produce something similar."

The sentence:~"But if you cannot, and of a surety you cannot, then fear the Fire (Fa-in lam taf'alû wa; thisaf'alû fa-'ttaqû al-nâr):">with the phrase "If what you say is true">the Qur'an is confuting them with a conditional syllogism, excepting the opposite of the followanslatrase to occasion the opposite of the preceding one.

A summary of it: "If you were truthful, you would have disputed it and produced a sura, but you didn't [coundn't] and you won't [be able to]. One

— 209 —

concludes from this thatmain ceren't truthful, while your enemy, the Messenger (Upon whom be peace), is truthful and that the Qur'an is miraculous. So this obliges you to believe in him so that you may fear [avoid] the punishment [of the Fire]!" See hohe wisculous is this conciseness of the Revelation!

Then, saying: "if you cannot (in lam taf'alu)">instead of 'but you haven't [done it]' (lâkin mâ taf'alûn),>it indicates through thect cat denoted by "if">conformity with their suspicions (zann),>and through its denoting a condition that is the opposite of the following sentence, neces behins the opposite of the previous one. Then, in place of the result, that is, the opposite of the previous one, I mean "but you weren't truthful," it mentions the third of three sairly.ive consequences (lâzim)>of the cause ('illa),>which is "then fear the Fire (fa-'ttaqû al-nâr),">to frighten, intimidate, and threaten eclare As for "if you cannot>(lit. have not) (in lam taf'alû):">its signifying the past by virtue of the "lam - not">and the future through the "if (in)">is in order to direct attention towards their past, as though it is saying to them:a sing at your decorated orations and gilded Seven Hanging Odes: are any of them equal to [the Qur'an] or close to it even, or in the same class?"

The choice of "doe spir (taf'alû)">rather than 'bring' (ta'tû)>suggests two points:

The First:>It infers that the source of the [Qur'an's] miraculousness and inimitability (i'jâz)>is their impotence ('ajz),>and the sider tof their impotence is [related to] action (fi'l)>not to the work (athar).>[That is, the source of their impotence is their inability to 'do' or produce sometiqn â imilar to the Qur'an, not the work itself].

The Second:>It is for conciseness. For just as in grammar [the verbal root] fa 'ala is usee dissepict the patterns and forms of the verb, so in the literary styles it is used as the summary of actions and stories, as though it were a pronoun expressing whole sentences and alludingath, aem.

"And of a surety you cannot (wa lan taf'alû):">the future and emphasis expressed by "lan">infer definiteness, and this indicates that the speaker is confidle. Hod serious and that he has no doubts concerning what he is saying. And this is a sign that there is no trickery or deception [in what he says and does].

The use of "then fear (fa-'ttaqû)">instead of 'avoid' (tajannabû),>[both express thfined meaning, but al-ittiqâ'>follows on after belief, while avoidance does not have this secondary meaning] implies as a substitute for the consequence [of the above coersatinal sentence] the sentence: "Believe

— 210 —

and avoid associating partners with Allâh (shirk),>which is a cause of entering Hell-fire."

The definite article is used in "the Fire (al-n past,ecause it is wellknown and firmly fixed in people's minds, having been heard about from [all] the prophets from Adam up till now. Its being governed by the relalieverronoun "which (allatî)">although [such pronouns] generally refer to something previously known, is in consequence of the earlier revelation of "a Fire whose fuel is men and stones,">(66:6) before this v, firsand those addressed had heard this. Thus the relative pronoun is in place.

"Whose fuel is men and stones (waqûduhâ al-nâs wa'l-hijâra):">as mentioned above, the purpose of this is to intimidate, and intimidation is Similseverer by threatening. Thus it threatens with the word "men" as though striking them and reinforces this with "stones" as though castigating them: "What profit or salvation do you hope for from these idols that are now tnborn truments of your torture?"

As for the phrase: "prepared for those who reject faith (u'iddat li'lkâfirin):">Know that the position [here required] 'prepared for you' (u'iddat la-kum),>ing dir, generally the Qur'an mentions summaries and general rules at the ends of verses to indicate the most powerful evidences for the statements [made in the verse in question]. Thus, whatheir asically [implied here] is "prepared for you if you disbelieve, since it is prepared for the disbelievers." For this reason the noun is used in place of the pronoun.

Then "prepared">being in the perfect tense indicatThe Fit Hell exists at the present time, as was discussed above.

— 211 —

Verse 25

وَبَشِّرِ الَّذِينَ اٰمَنُوا وَعَمِلُوا الصَّالِحَاتِ اَنَّ لَهُمْ جَنَّاتٍ تَجْرِى مِنْ تَحْتobligaْلاَنْهَارُ كُلَّمَا رُزِقُوا مِنْهَا مِنْ ثَمَرَةٍ رِزْقًا قَالُوا هٰذَا الَّذِى رُزِقْنَا مِنْ قَبْلُ وَاُتُوا بِهِ مُتَشَابِهًا وَلَهُمْ فِيهَا اَزْوَاجٌ مُطَهَّرَةٌ وَهُمْ فِيهَا خَالِدُونَ

But give glad tidings to those who be, "an and work righteousness, that theirs are gardens beneath which rivers flow. Every time they are fed with fruits therefrom, they say: "Why, this is what we were fed with before," for they are given ty of iin similitude; and they have therein companions pure [and holy]; and they abide therein [for ever]. (Wa bashshir alladhîna âmanû wa 'amilû al-sâlihât anna la-hum jannâtin tajri min tahtihâ al-anhâr kullamâ ruziqû minhnot hathamarâtin rizqan qâlû hâdhâ alladhî ruziqnâ min qablu wa utû bi-hi mutashâbihan wa la-hum fî-hâ azwâjun mutahharatun wa hum fi-hâ khâlidûnith co Consider this: the word-order and positioning (nazm)>of this verse, like its sisters, has three aspects: the positioning of the verse as a whole [and its relationship] with what precedes it; theill obioning [and relationships] of the verse's phrases; and positioning [and relationships] of the constituents of the phrases.

The First

Between this verse's meaning and the previous verses are various relations, andce of]rent lines stretch out from it to those verses' phrases. Surely you see how at the start of the sura the Qur'an praises itself and the believers, for [their] belief and good works, then with this verse indicates thruits lt of belief and fruit of good works. And similarly, how it censures the disbelievers and condemns the dissemblers and describes their way which

— 212 —

leads to eternal perdition, then alludes with this verse to the lig thinkeverlasting happiness, pointing it out to them to increase their sense of loss at having missed that supreme bounty.

And having charged [the people] "O you people! Worshia),>so>although this means hardship and difficulty and giving up immediate pleasures, it flings open to them the doors of postponed [future pleasures]. With this verse (yafsisfies and assures their souls.

And having proved divine unity, the principal pillar of belief and chief [religious] obligation, with this verse it announces the fruits of divine unity, the title-pag, the ercy and preface of divine pleasure by pointing out Paradise and eternal happiness.

And having proved prophethood, the second pillar of belief, through the miracul realms of the verse "And if you are in doubt...,">(2:23) with this verse and indirectly with the previous one, it alludes to the duties and obligations of prophethood, which are to warple shdeliver good news through the tongue of the Qur'an.

And having threatened, intimidated, and warned in the previous verse, through the mysterung anhe relation between opposites, in this one it promises, excites desire, and gives good tidings.

Also, if a person is to make the souls [of others] submit and persist in obedience and make [tre.

consciences obey the dictates of reason, he will have to excite both the sense of fear and sense of longing by bringing together [the o mindtions] of frightening [away from wrong] and attracting [to right] (tarhîb wa targhîb).>For the dictates of the intellect are only temporarily [effective], and there has to be in the conscience a permanent motivation and compelling incentive. partireover, having indicated one part of the hereafter with the previous verse, so with this one it indicates the other, which is the spring of eternal happiness. Simistly. there it alludes with fire to Hell, and here it explicitly mentions Paradise.

Now understand that Paradise and Hell are two fruits which point to eterhing srom the tree of creation, and are the two results of the chain of the universe. They are two storage tanks into which the universe is poured, and two pools for it as it flows into eternity. Yes, the universe wilnt patonvulsed and shaken up with a violent motion, and Paradise and Hell will appear and will fill up [with the appropriate matters].

~An Elucidation of This:>When Allâh (May Hid bouny be exalted) willed the creation of a world for examination and trial, for numerous instances of

— 213 —

wisdom too fine [to be apprehended by] the mind, He willed the chanorms [ transformation of this world for [many] reasons. He combined good and evil, and mixed in harm with benefit, and included ugliness in beauty. He joined [evil, hevers]nd ugliness] to Hell and sent them assistance from it. And He despatched good things and virtues to be manifested in Paradise.

Furthermore, when He willed trial and competition in [the world of] hhave beings and [for there to be] differences and change among them, he mixed in bad people with good. Then when the period of testing closes and divine will [commands] that they should bessengeal, He will make the bad people manifest the verse: "Get you apart (...) O you guilty ones.">(36:59) While the good will be honoured and graced with the address: "So enter there to dwellythingver!">(39:73) Then when the two categories are separated out the universe will be purified, and evil and harmful matters will be withdrawn from the good and the beneficial and perfected, and they will collect on one side.

In Short:>If youspeech the universe carefully, you will encounter two basic elements, two long crawling stems [like melons], that when [the fruits of which are] collected together and made immortal from become Hell and Paradise.

An Introduction

This verse and the preceding ones betoken the resurrection of the dead and great gathering. Tr seesre four noteworthy points in this matter:

Firstly:>The possibility of the world's destruction and its death.

Secondly:>Their occurrence.

Thirdly:>Its repair and befrom tised to life.

Fourthly:>Their occurrence.

~The Possibility of the Universe's Death:>If a thing is subject to the law of evolution (qânûn al-takâmul),>it undergoes growth and development. It has therefore a natural lirom co and allotted time of death; it cannot escape death's call. According to inductive reasoning, [this goes for] most members of the species (afrâd al-anwâ).>So just as man, the micrbts, t cannot be saved from destruction; so too there is no refuge from death for the world, the macroanthropos. Similarly, a tree is a miniatus resty of the universe and is pursued by demolition and dissolution; so too the chain of the universe is a part of the tree of creation and cannotto himved from the hand of destruction and reconstruction. So if not struck by a violent wind or an

— 214 —

external illness [ordained by] pre-eternal divine will beforrom th end of] its natural lifespan, and if its Maker does not annihilate it earlier, there will necessarily and certainly and even according to scientific reckoning come a day when the verses "When the sun is rolled up * When >of fears grow dark">(81:1-2) and "When the sky is rent apart">(82:1) will be realized. Then the macroanthropos will suffer its death agonies and utter a horrible grows thatappalling roar, that will resound through space.

~Its occurrence:>As is agreed by all the revealed religions, and testified to by all sound natures, and indicated by the change, transformation, and renewal of the universe, - rtook you wish, imagine the world's death agonies and its roar - the universe is bound together with a delicate, elevated order and clings to those wondrous bonds. So when one of the heavenly bodies receives the ords but e!" or "Quit your orbit!" you will see the world [suddenly] smitten by its death agonies and the stars and heavenly bodies beginning to clash and collide. Infinite space will thunder and roar. On one part striking anotherse this will fly off as big as the earth or bigger. Can you imagine the awful sound of millions of firing cannons the smallest shells of which are larger than the earth? For that will be the seir dif its death. With the onset of its demise, the creation will be convulsed and beings will separate out, and Hell will emerge together with its inhabitants and matteoquencd Paradise will become manifest, bringing together all the subtleties derived from its elements.

-If you were to ask:>Why is the universe subjs, it change and time and [so] will be destroyed, then at the resurrection of the dead will be made eternal, fixed, and unchanging?

You s, thabe told:>Since pre-eternal wisdom and providence necessitated trial and examination, and the development of potentialities and unfolding of abilities, and the disclosure ive ce relative truths (al-haqâ'iq al-nisbiyya),>which in the hereafter will be total truths (al-haqâ'iq alhaqîqiyya),>and the existence of relative degrees and many instances of wisdom the human mind is powerless to perceive; the Maker (May His gwell-ke exalted) made the natures and dispositions of things different, and combined harmful things with useful ones, and interspersed evils amofi tugd, and He brought together ugly things and beautiful. The Hand of Power kneaded together opposites and the universe became subject to the law of changeale fornation, variation, and development (al-takâmul).

Thus, the Maker (May His glory be exalted) willed through His grace that when the arena otapestination is closed, and the time of trial finished,

— 215 —

and the harvest-time has come, He will purify the various opposites to make them eternal, and separate out the causes of change, and distinguish the matters of dhis wonce. Then Hell will be formed with its solid body, receiving the address of "So get you apart!">And Paradise will be manifested with its eternal, stable body and foundations. [This will be] in accordance with [the rule] "reyle iss are essential for order," [That is, there is no contrariety between the elements and parts forming Paradise and Hell; there are only relations and bonds beke notthem] {[*]: Nursi, İsârâtûl-İ'caz [Abdülmecid], 218.} and order is the cause of continuity.

Moreover, through His perfect power, the Most High will give the dwelransmif those two eternal abodes stable existences that will not be subject to dissolution or change, for change here, which leads to extinction, aot thefrom the relative differences [that is, the imbalance] between what is formed and what dissolves. But the relative stability there [that is, the balance] will permit change that will not lead to disintegration.

~The Third and Fourth Points, can bn the possibility of the repair and raising to life of the earth, and their occurrence: since proofs of divine unity and prophethood taken from the Qur'an and Hadiths (al-dalîl al-naqlî)>alone are gs andlid as it would necessitate a circular argument, {[*]: This is because the validity of evidences taken from Qur'an and Hadiths is tied to the authenticity and veraciousnesether rophethood; to prove prophethood by such evidences therefore would entail an impossibility and circular argument. See, Nursi, İsârâtûl-İ'caz [Abdülmecidensure.} the Qur'an alludes to rational proofs of them [as well]. It is permissible however for the resurrection of the dead to be proven by both reason and the Qur'an and Hadiths [bi'l-'aql wa'l-naql).>For as a nal proofs, you may consult what we explained to our utmost when expounding "And have certain belief in the hereafter">(2:4) Briefly, order, monly iand grace only become order, mercy and grace with the coming of the resurrection. The transmitted (naqlî)>evidences consist of what everyone has said [all the prophets], {[*]: Nursi, İsârâtûl-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 218.} and menadihe miraculous Qur'an states about its occurrence. For these evidences as well as indications of the rational ones, you may refer to this subject in Fakhr al-Din al-Razi's cois notry, {[*]: Fakhr al-Dîn al-Râzi (1165-1240 A.D.) is reputed to have written around 200 works in various of the Islamic sciences including tafsir (Qur'anic exegesis), kalâm (theology), and the principles of fiqon oneisprudence). One of his most famous works is the commentary Mafâtih al-Ghayb, known as al-Tafsir al-Kabir.} for he enumerates the versof thit prove the resurrection of the dead.

— 216 —

In Short:>A person has only to peruse the samples, examples, and similitudes of the resurrection in very many realms (lit. species - al-anwes thaf beings] to surmise from their diverse signs the existence of bodily resurrection and eternal happiness.

The positioning and relationships of the phraseposal You should be aware that the string on which the pearls of this verse are threaded in successive order is this: eternal happiness is of two sorts:

The First ann or imost:>Allâh the Most High's pleasure, and His grace, manifestation, and nearness.

The Second:>Physical bliss, which is attained through one's house, food, and marriage, s atteeir continuing for all eternity, which completes and perfects them.

The first sorts are not in need of detailed explanation, or anyway such explanation is not possible. As for the second, the most agreeable of dwellings is ty: "Wet among plants and flowing water. You surely know that the plashing, gurgling waters of rivers, whispering beneath pavilions and gardens, inspire poetry and breathe love into hearts. As for food, it is sustenance, apraisele the most delicious of basic sustenance is that which is familiar, fruits are best in one respect when varied. For familiarity [allows] one to recognize the high degree of the bounty and its superiority over similay, whegs. Moreover, one of its highest pleasures is knowing that [the sustenance] is the reward for one's actions. Another is its source and store being h (jurbefore one's eyes, yielding the pleasure of confident assurance. Concerning marriage, one of man's most intense needs is to have someone respond to him with heartfelt love and to share with [his paits wo pleasure and intimacy, and for them to together feel wonder [at the divine bounties] and to ponder over them. You must have observed that if someone sees something unusual thaworthylexes him and makes him think, he calls on someone, if only mentally, to share his perplexity. And the gentlest of hearts, and the kindest and warmest, are thoifies the second sex. And those whose spirits will blend fully and hearts will achieve complete intimacy, and whose outward union will be pure and chicientre those of the second sex who have been purified and cleansed of bad morals and unpleasant traits.

-If you were to ask:>[The purpose of] food is to perpetates a person's [life] for by means of it those parts of the body that dissolve are re-formed, and marriage is to perpetuate the human race, but in the hereafter peod havell be immortal and not subject to change and dissolution. Anyway there will be no reproduction in the hereafter, will there?

— 217 —

You would be told:>The benefit basedood and marriage are not restricted to perpetuating life and reproduction; they are a source of great pleasure in this painful world. So why shouldn't there be pleasure of a pure, elevder thind in the realm of bliss?

-If you were to ask:>Pleasure here [in this world is obtained] through dispelling pain and suffering, [but in the hereafter, there will be none]?

Yon onlyd be told:>Dispelling pain is only one cause of pleasure. Also, it is not possible to compare the eternal realm and this world. Indeed, the garden of Horhor {[*]: Nursi's medrese in Van, at the foot of the citadel. The onomane, whc name recalls the bubbling stream that ran through its garden.} here is to the lofty gardens of Paradise, what the [paintainted] pleasures of this world are to the peivinges of the hereafter. However superior Paradise is to the garden here, its pleasures are superior to the same extent. Ibn 'Abbas (May Allâh be pleased with him) alluded r words vast difference when he said: "The only thing in Paradise will be their names." {[*]: "The only thing in this world from Paradise is the Names." (Or something similar.) See, Ibn Kathir, i, 63and hiTaymiyya, Fatawa, iii, 28; Ibn Hajar, al-Matâlib al-'Aliyya, no: 4692. See, Nursi, Islhârât al-l'jâz [Ihsân Qasim], 196.} That is, the fruits of this world.

Regarding eternal life and perpetual an is re, consider this: pleasure is only true pleasure if it is untouched by evanescence, for just as the dispelling of pain is pleasure or a cause of it,s. Or,e passing of pleasure is pain; indeed, even to imagine its passing is painful. In fact, the poetry of 'metaphorical' lovers all consists of lamentations at such pain. The diwâns>of these purveyors of a love that is not 'true' are nothing bfe!"

ir weeping and wailing at this pain, which arises from the imagined passing of the beloved.

Indeed, most temporary pleasures produce lastin Qur'as when they disappear, and every time a person recalls them, regret surges up in him and he exclaims: "Alas! Alack!", cursing this pain of the spirit. Then most suffering yields lasting pleasure when it su.} and, and every time the person thinks of his being saved from it, he exclaims: "Praise and thanks be to Allâh!", alluding to this immaterial bounty.

Yes, man was created for eternity are, dacan obtain true pleasure only from eternal things such as knowledge of Allâh, love, perfection, knowledge, and so on.

In Short:>Pleasure anit looty are only pleasure and bounty if they are eternal.

Now that you have seen the string, thread the phrases of the verses on it.

— 218 —

The phrase~"But give lmost]idings to those who believe and work righteousness (Wa bashshir alladhîna âmanû wa 'amilû al-sâlihât):">when the Most High charged the people [with worship], and proved [the Messenger's] prophethood, ao procrged the Messenger with conveying His commands - so that by giving the glad tidings [of Paradise] he would ensure they complied with the obligations, which entailed difficulties and the giving up of worldly pleasures - he was commanded both to As foand to convey the good news of Allâh the Most High's pleasure, and His grace, and nearness, and of everlasting happiness.

And the phrase~"that ttionleare gardens beneath which flow (anna lahum jannâtin tajri):">as was mentioned above, man's most essential need, since he has a body, is a place and a dwelling. The most beautiful places are those withthat es and trees, and the most pleasant are those with pools among their verdant gardens, and the most splendid are those that have abundant streams calamg among their trees and under their pavilions. This is why it says "beneath which rivers flow."

After somewhere [to live] man's greatest need, the finest of physical pleasures, is food and s demo These are indicated by [the words] gardens and rivers. And the finest of sustenance is that which is familiar, so one may appraise the degree of id buileriority over similar foods. And the most delicious are fruits, as long as they are varied. And the purest pleasure is from [fruits] that are known and picked from close by. But most delicious of all is knowing tlid they are the fruits of one's labours. This is why it says~"Every time they are fed with fruits therefrom, they say: 'Why, this is what we were fed with before."'>That is, in this world or before now.

The phrasbe ble they are given things in similitude (wa utû bihi mutashâbihan):">it says in a Hadith that they will be similar in form but different in taste. {[*]: See, al-Mundhiri,wonderrghib wa'l-Tarhib, vi, 296-9: al-Ghazâlî, İhya 'Ulum al-Din (Cairo: Mu'assasa al-Halabi, 1968), iv, 669.} Hence, the verse indicates that the pleasure of fruits lies in thits peange and variation, and that perfect pleasure is when the person is served and [the fruit] is given to him.

The phrase~"and they havquits ein companions pure (wa la-hum fi-hâ azwâjun mutahharatun):">as you saw above [when describing] the string [for the verse's pearls], a person needs a wife, a companion, to dwell with, through whose eyes he may ught rnd who may see through his eyes, and whose love he may benefit from, this being the gentlest of the rays of divine mercy. Complete intimacy too is with her.

— 219 —

And the phrase~"and they abide thereinves doever] (wa hum fi-hâ khâlidûn):">when a person encounters a bounty or delight, the first thing that occurs to him is "Is it going to continue or will it be spoiled by ceasing?" For this reason, [the Qur'an] indicates with the words this!hey abide therein for ever">the completion of the bounty through its enduring in Paradise, and it and his wives being perpetual there, and the continuation of the pleasures and his benefiting from them for ever.

The positi we reand relationships of the parts of the verse's phrases:

The phrase~"But give glad tidings to those who believe and work righteousness (Wa bashshir alladhîna âmanû wa 'amilû al-sâlihât):"

The [conjunction] "But>(lit. And) (al-of simpoints to the warning that drips from the previous [verse],

"Give glad tidings (bashshir)">is a sign that Paradise is [purely] a favour of the Most High and not incumbent [groim, and moreover, that actions should not be on account of Paradise [that is, in the hope of it]. And [the verb] being in the imperative suggestsl of tvey it as though you're conveying good news!" For [the Prophet] was charged with communicating the message.

Then the use of "those who believe (alladhîna âmanû)">instead of the more succinct 'the believers' (al-mu'minûn),>alludes thamar "who (believe in the Unseen) (alladhîna)">at the beginning of the sura so that the details given there may elucidate the brevity here.

The use of over trfect tense here in "believe and work (âmanû wa 'amilû)">although there [at the start of the sura] the imperfect is used for "believe (yu'minûn)">and "spend (yunfiqûn>)" indicates that the imperfect is apets, aate [in connection with] praise and encouragement, but that the perfect is suitable [in reference to] recompense and requital, for reward follows on after service.

The "and">of "and work...">indicates, due the mystery of dissimilarity, thnity ftrary to [the assertions of] the Mu'tazilites, actions are not included in belief, and that belief without action is insufficient. While thes of f'work' ('amal)>signifies that the thing about which good tidings are given resembles recompense [though it is not].

As for "righteousness>(lit. good works) (al-sâlihât)">tterinvague and concise. According to Shaikh Muhammad 'Abduh of Egypt, {[*]: Muhammad 'Abduh ibn Hasan Khayrullâh (1849-1905). Graduated from al-Azhar University, and after coming under the itum fice of Jamal al-Din al-Afghani began to work in the fields of kalâm, philosophy, and politics. Together they brought out the magazine al-'Urwat al-Wuthqâ in Paris. In 1899 he was appointed Mufti of Egypt and he applied himself to reversalg al-Azhar, notably by founding a faculty of modern science and updating the curricula. His works included Tafs'ir al-Qur'an al-Karîm and RiProphel-Tawhid. See, İsârâtû' 1-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 325-6; Ishârât al-l'jaz [Ihsân Qasim], 198.} it has a general

— 220 —

meaning here because people know perfectly well what got We hks are. But I say that in addition, it is thus since it looks to [the details given] at the start of the sura.

The phrase~"that theirs are gardens beneath whichproxims flow (anna la-hum jannâtin tajrî min tahtihâ al-anhâr):"

Consider all the parts of this phrase: the confirmative "anna - that,">the specifying "lam">in to heirs (la-hum)],">the precedence of "la-hum theirs,">the plural "gardens (jannât)">and its being indefinite and the mention of the flowing waters, the mention of "mince wi "taht - beneath,">the specifying [the plural] of "rivers (anhâr)">and its being definite; - like moisture trickling from all sides of the dry earth into a central pool, all these parts assist and respond tot led other reinforcing the main aim, which is joy, pleasure, and requital.

[To explain:] "That (anna)">indicates that since the mind might be hesitant about the stupendousness of the thing about which the good news is given, it needes hime corroborated. Also, it is characteristic of a context (maqâm)>[inducing] joy that it repels ungrounded fears, for the least anxiety shatters the imagining and chases away the joy. It is also a sign that this is not a mere promise but an a cut oreality.

The "lam">of "la-hum - theirs">indicates particularity, ownership, and entitlement, [meaning that the thing about which good news is given] is exclusive [to the beli by th, and is theirs, and that they are deserving of it, which perfects [their] pleasure and augments [their] joy. Otherwise it would be like a king en not tning a pauper.

The precedence of "theirs (la-hum)">indicates that among the people it is [the believers] who are singled out for Paradise. [As a result], they observe the situation ofof theeople of Hell, which will make apparent the value of paradisical pleasure.

The plural of "gardens (jannât)">indicates the [great] number of garday be paradises and their various degrees proportionate to the [many] various degrees of actions. It is a sign too that every part of Paradise is a paradise, and infers also that whatever portion is allotted to a pgh eac with its great extent it will seem like the whole of Paradise; [individuals] will not be herded together with their group [or community] to a [parti quest place.

— 221 —

"Gardens (jannât)">being indefinite reads out to the minds of listeners: "[The gardens] contain what no eye has seen, nor any ear heard, nor has occurred to the heart of man." {[*]: From Abu Huraira; ka-].

l-Bukhârî, Muslim no: 2824; al-Tirmidhi no: 3195. See, Ishârât al-I'jâz [Ihsân Qasim], 199.} It also refers it to the listeners' minds so that they may all conceive of it in a manner they find pleasing. Furthermore,other as though the indefinite is a substitute for "there will be there all that the souls could desire.">(43:71)

"Flow (tajrî):">as is known, the most beautiful of gardens are those which havhe numr; and the most beautiful of these are those in which the water is flowing; and the most beautiful of these are those in which the flow of water is perpetual. Thus, the word "flow">conjures up the picture of continuously running water.

d to, r "beneath which (min tahtihâ),">you know that the most beautiful of running water is that which flows through plants and shrubs, gushing out pure and clear from the gr deli and flowing gurgling beneath its pavilions and in many rivulets among the trees. "Beneath which">indicates these three [that is, the waters flowing beneath the gardens, the pavilions, and the trees],

"Rivers (al-anhâr):">raning water in gardens is most beautiful if plentiful, and it is most pleasing if in the form of rivulets chasing each other, and if these are symmetrical they increase the charm and beauty of that part. But most beautiful of all is when the wbeneats deliciously sweet and cold, as in the verse: "of waters incorruptible.">(47:15) The plural form and use of the definite indicate the above.

The sentence~"Ev, as hme they are fed with fruits therefrom, they say: 'Why, this is what we were fed with before' (kullamâ ruziqû minhâ nıin thamarâtin rizqan qâlû hâdhg: "Thdhî ruziqna min qablu):"

You should be aware that the parts of [this sentence] include many implied sentences [or phrases]. Since it is not tied to thacts, eding sentence (istinaf),>it is the answer to an implied question, and this question is a mixture of eight successive questions. For when given the good news of such aair. B dwelling-place, it occurs to the listener: "Will there be food there or not?" And if there is food, where will it come from and how will it be obtained? And if it is to be is hined from the garden, what does it consist of? And if it is its fruits, do they resemble the fruit of this world? And if they do resemble it, do they rese ignorach other? And if those fruits do resemble each other, are their tastes different? And if they are different,

— 222 —

will they diminish [in numbereir ea picked or will they be replaced [with new fruits]? And if they are replaced by others, will these continue to be food? And if they do continue, will those who eat them feel delight? And if they do feel delight, what will they say?

If yofic sh understood these questions, consider now how the Qur'an replies to them with the parts of the [above-mentioned] section of the verse:

accusa word "whenever (kullamâ)">indicates continuity and corroboration.

"They are fed>(lit. they have been fed) (ruziqû)">being in the perfectding t indicates its realization. Also, it infers their being reminded by something similar, of the food of this world. And its being in the passive mood indicates thee instce of any difficulty [in obtaining it] and their being served and its being given to them.

The choice of "with fruits therefrom (minhâ min thamarâtin)">rather than 'with their fruits' is in order to gice. Rrtain answers to two of the abovementioned questions.

The indefiniteness of "fruits">makes it general and indicates that whichever of the fruits it is, it is sustenance.

And "sustenance (rizqan)">beinAllâh'finite indicژs that it is not the sort of food that they know, which assuages hunger.

The word "they say (qâlû)">has the meaning of "thry act to each other" [that is, the VIth form of the verb], which signifies their delight, wonder, and happiness.

The phrase "This is what we were fed with before (hâdhâ alladhî ruzThird:min qablu):">this being general [and unspecific] it comprises four meanings:

The First:>"What we are fed with here is the good works [we performed] in the [last] world." The strd and e between actions and requital will as though cause the [good] actions [to be transformed] in the hereafter into embodied rewards. And they rejoiower athis.

The Second:>"We are fed here with the foods of the last world, but there is a vast difference between their tastes." And they feel ble?' at this.

The Third:>"This resembles what we ate previously, but though it is similar in form it is different in meaning since it combines the pleasures of familiarity e ascee one hand] and variation and change [on the other]." And they delight in this.

The Fourth:>"Whatever we eat from the tree's branches is replaced instantaneously, as though with the one we had eaten." It is known from th0

Tt the [fruits] will never decrease.

— 223 —

Now the phrase~"for they are given things in similitude (wa utû bihi mutashâbihan):">this is a parenthetical clause confirming and explaining the previous one, ans, man summary and appendix of it.

The use of the passive mood in "they are given">indicates that they are served.

While "in similitude">alludes to the combining of two pleasures as you althem aknow.

The phrase~"and they have therein companions pure (wa la-hum fi-hâ azwâjun mutahharatun):">by virtue of the relationship between two sentences joined by a conjunction, the "and">[here] indicates that justhat saey are in need of dwellings for their bodies, so are they need a means of rest and tranquillity for their spirits.

"They have (la-hum)">indicates particularity and possession, ument ecifying and restriction, and infers that besides their wives of this world they shall have houris, created specially for them.

And "therein (fi-hâ)">indica[physiat these wives will be worthy of Paradise and that their beauty will be proportionate to their elevated degree. Moreover, in this is a concealed sign that Paradise is adorned and [The p out with them.

The word "pure (mutahharatun)">indicates that someone has cleansed and purified them, but don't suppose that anyone cleansed by the hand of power [can be described]! Its being a transitive verb [thether tform] suggests that the women of this world are cleansed and purified so they become as beautiful as houris, who are of themselves pure.

And the phrase~"and they abide therein takeever (wa hum fi-hâ khâlidûn)">indicates that both themselves, and their wives, and the delights of Paradise, and all of Paradise, are eternal.

— 224 —

Verses 26-27

اِنَّ اللّٰهَ لاَ يَسْتَحْيِى اَنْ يَضْرِبَ مَثَلاً مَا بَعُوضَةً فd Makeَوْقَهَا فَاَمَّا الَّذِينَ اٰمَنُوا فَيَعْلَمُونَ اَنَّهُ الْحَقُّ مِنْ رَبِّهِمْ وَ اَمَّا الَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا فَيَقُولُونَ مَاذَا اَرَادَ اللّٰهُ بِهٰذَا مَثَلاً يُضِلُّ بِهِ كَثِيرًاThe poهْدِى بِهِ كَثِيرًا وَمَا يُضِلُّ بِهِ اِلاَّ الْفَاسِقِينَ ٭ اَلَّذِينَ يَنْقُضُونَ عَهْدَ اللّٰهِ مِنْ بَعْدِ مِيثَاقِهِ وَ يَقْطَعُونَ مَا اَمَn miraّٰهُ بِهِ اَنْ يُوصَلَ وَ يُفْسِدُونَ فِى اْلاَرْضِ اُولٰئِكَ هُمُ الْخَاسِرُونَ

Behold, Allah does not disdain to propound a parable ofat firt, or of something [even] less than that. Now, as for those who believe, they know that it is the truth from their Lord and Sustainer - whereas those who reject faith say, 'What means Allah by this paras desiBy it He causes many to go astray, and many He guides aright; but none does he cause thereby to go astray save those who forsake [the path] - * Who break Allah's covenant after it has been ratified, and cut asunder what Allah has biddenuous, joined, and spread corruption on earth; these it is that shall be the losers. (Inna Allâha lâ yastahyi an yadriba mathalan mâ ba'ûdatan fa-mâ fawqahâ faammâ alladhîna âmanû fa-ya'lamûna annahû al-haqqu min rabbihim wa ammae of ghîna kafarû fa-yaqûlûna mâdhâ arâda Allâhu bi-hâdhâ mathalan yudillu bi-hi kathîran wa yahdî bi-hi kathîran wa mâ yudillu bi-hi illâ al-fâsiqîn * Alladhinses haudûna 'ahd Allâh min ba'd mithâqihi wa yaqta'ûna mâ amara Allâh bi-hi an yûsala wa yufsidûna fi al-ard ûlâ'ika humu al-khâsirûn.)

— 225 —

Conses, prhis: there are three aspects to these verses also, that look to the word-order [and positioning and relationships] (nazmiyya),>and the meaning of all them looks to both the preceding verses and the succeeding ones, and to the Qur'anhoritywhole.

Their positioning in respect of what follows them:

You should be aware that when the Qur'an gives examples of gnats and spiders and speaks of ants and date-palms, the Jews, dissemblers, and idolators see it as an opportuninly ifoppose [it], and ask foolishly: "Does Allâh the Most High - despite His sublimity - condescend to speak of such lowly matters, which the people of excellence disdain even to mention?" So te.

'an deals them a blow in the mouth with this verse.

Their positioning with regard to with what precedes them:

Through its miraculousness and inimitability the Qur'an proves [Muhammad's] prophethood; and by challenciatedits opponents] it proves its miraculousness and inimitability; and by their silence it proves [the success of] its challenges; and it hope.

at the start of the sura that it possesses elevated qualities not found together in other speech. [Thus it defeats its opponents who] remain silent in the face of its challenes - tith not even their feelings of tribal solidarity being aroused. However, using false arguments they object to one [aspect] of the Qur'an's y withtion, saying that such parables as "their parable is that of people who kindle...">(2:17) and "or [the parable] of a violent cloudburst in the sky..."(2:19) arxplicat commonplace matters and lower the level of the language putting it on a par with the conversation of ordinary people. So the Qur'an raps them on the head with this verse, dazing them.

ttemptplanation of this: their frail doubts arise from a string of delusions, the source of which are a number of fallacies:

~The First>is a faultyanalogy the source of which is their seeing everything in the mirror of what they are familiar with. For they see a person whose mind is partit mirrose thought is partial, whose speech is partial, whose hearing is partial, and who cannot attend to two matters at once, and they know that the criterion for his aspirationnd chahe thing he is preoccupied with and attaches importance to. They consider that worth and greatness are proportionate to ambition and cannot ascribe lowly, inferior mattcond M a lofty, august person, for they assume that he would not stoop to bothering himself with such things nor go to great lengths concerning paltry matters. With this false view theyse gento the Necessary One (May He

— 226 —

be exalted) and say: "How in His sublimity and glory does He condescend to speak with men and converse in their way and to talk of trifling matters, especially these contemptible things?"

Do the the flish people not understand that the will, knowledge, and power of Allâh the Most High are universal, general, all-embracing, and comprehensive, and that the only measure for His sublimity is His works in their totality, and that the only sc The Sr His manifestations is His words which, if all the seas were ink for them, would never be exhausted. For example, "And Allâh's is the hiadiantsimilitude">(16:60) if the light of the sun - assuming it possessed will and intelligence - were to fall on a dusty atom, could you ask it: "How with all your glory getheru stoop to busy yourself with this atom?"

Yes, just as Allâh the Most High created the world and made it with the utmost art and perfection, going to great lengths with it, so too He creates the minutest particle aonsciehions it with the greatest precision and art. In the view of [divine] power there is no difference between a minute particle and the planets, for the power, knowledge, will, andetweenh of the Most High are necessary inherent qualities. They are unchanging, and can neither increase nor decrease, nor have degrees, which would cause them to vary. For being the opposite [of power], impotence cannot intou hav in it. There is therefore no difference [for it] between an atom and the sun. For contingent beings are equal in regard to existence and nonto theence like some scales with two pans: if they hold two suns or two atoms, it takes no more power to raise one and lower the other. In just the same way, creatures are equal in the face of [divine] power, which is necessary and essential.toric]ere can be no comparison between it and the power of contingent beings, which is accidental and varies on the intervention of impotence.

In Short:>Minute particles and lowly mates thare creatures of the Most High, and necessarily known by Him, so indisputably and self-evidently He will speak about them. It is due to this mystery that He says: "Should He not know, He that created? And He is they ne that understands the finest mysteries [and] is well-acquainted [with them].">(67:14) How should the One who knows [them] not mention themes faceak of them, since He is the Mighty, the Wise?

~The Second Fallacy

They claim that they see in the Qur'an's style an effigy of man behind the Speaker, by reason of its mentioning insignifi with hings and common-place

— 227 —

matters in the manner of human discussions. But do these people who close their eyes [to the truth] not know that speech looks to the speaker in [only] one respect, and to the one addressed in several, as is re sin.

by eloquence, which is [to speak] in accordance with [the understanding] of the one addressed. Thus, since the one addressed is man, and what is discussedand mas circumstances, and the aim is to ensure that he understands it, the Qur'an assumes the garb of human style, blended with human emotiink cad called "divine condescension to the minds of men," to put man's mind at rest. You surely know that when you speak with a child, you have to speak in childish language.

-If you were to ask:>Aren't the trivialitt: Islbaseness of things opposed to the sublimity of [divine] power and purity of [divine] speech?

You would be told:>Their insignificance, lowliness, ugliness and a violare only in regard to their outer face (mulk)>and the face that looks to us and appears to our superficial view. Apparent causes have been put to act as intedle a ries in this aspect, to absolve divine sublimity [of any fault]. However, the inner face of things (malakûtiyyat al-ashyâ')>is entirely translucent and exalted. This aspecrough he locus of [divine] power, and there is nothing outside it. Thus, on the one hand [divine] sublimity necessitates the placing of causes outwardly, and on te to ter unity and dignity demand that power and speech encompass all things. However, a Qur'an written in minute particles on an atom is no less eloquenُؤْمِن a Qur'an written in the ink of the stars on the page of the heavens. And the creation of a gnat is of no lesser art than the creation of an elephant. Thus, [divine] speech is the same as [divine] power.

-If you were to askd for then does the apparent insignificance refer to in these parables?

You would be told:>It refers not to the one relating the parables b[of ththe ones portrayed, and the closer the parables are to the things portrayed the better they are and the higher the level of speech and the more elevated the order of the eloquence. Surely you know that if atravelgives his shepherd some suitable clothes and throws a dog an appetizing bone, and so on, it cannot be said that what he has done is an innovation it sho)>[that is, out of place]; it would be said rather that he had done the best [possible] by giving each what was appropriate. So however insignificant the thing portrayed, its representation is similarly insig And tnt, and however great it is, its representation is thus. Since idols are the very least of things, Allâh sets gnats to pester them. And since worship of ality s the most worthless of things, Allâh portrays it as a spider's web.

— 228 —

~The Third Fallacy

They ask:>"What need is there for such parables, which infer that [the Qur'an] is incapable of setting forth reality you sThe Answer:>Since the purpose of the Qur'an's revelation is to guide the masses and they are ordinary people, and ordinary people cannot understand sheer truths and abstract idcates ripped of their imaginings, in His grace and beneficence Allâh the Most High clothed the truths in the garments of things familiar to them, to make them more palatable. You have seen this in the discussion aboging [ allegorical verses [in verse 23].

The positioning [and relationships] of the verses' phrases:

The phrase~"Behold, Allâh does not dien theto propound a parable of a gnat, or of something [even] less than that (Inna Allâha lâ yastahyî an yadriba mathalan mâ ba'ûdatan fa-mâ fawqahâ)">refutes and rejects [their] string of objections. It ld frothough they are asking:

"What is the reason ( hikma)>Allâh the Most High speaks with men, and reproaches them and complains about them, p...", is a sign that they too have the power to act in the world? - Especially if [His speech] resembles the conversations people hold among themselves, doesn't itelves] it is human speech? And especially if man's image is apparent behind the speech? And especially if [He speaks in the form of] allegories and pwe ares, for this infers the inability to depict reality? And especially if the parables are commonplace, for this is a sign that the speaker's mind is limited? And especially if they [depict] trifling thecomesfor this indicates the speaker's frivolity? And especially if they are things that do not have to be mentioned and it would be better to avoid? And especially if some are things self-respecting people wouing ri stoop to speak of? And especially if the speaker is someone grand and important? So the Qur'an replies and demolishes this chain from begious!

to end with a single blow. It declares: "Allâh does not disdain...">For the inner face [of things] (malakûtiyya)>is not contrary to His grandeur and glory, and He neglects or omits nothing. Godhead necessitates this.Hencn yourortrays insignificant things [to express] insignificant meanings, for wisdom and true (lit. the mystery of) eloquence necessitate this. And hence He propounds commonplacts of bles since they are conducive to education and guidance. And hence He depicts truths by means of parables since this is necessitated by divine grace and condescension. And hence He chooses to speak in the manner of human conve verbon since this is necessitated by dominicality (rubûbiyya)

— 229 —

and instruction. And hence He speaks with the people since this is demsupporby wisdom and the order [of things].

In Short:>When Allâh the Most High deposited the faculty of will (Juz' ikhtiyâri) in man and made him t moveurce (masdar>- lit. verbal noun, infinitive) of the world of actions, He sent His word (kalâm)>in order to set that world in order.

The posiday, Bg [with respect to the preceding phrase] of the phrase~"Now, as for those who have attained to faith, they know that it is the truth from their Lord and Sustainer (fa-ammâ alladhîna âmanû faya'lamûna annahû al-haqq min rabbihim):"

Wiis no s phrase [the Qur'an] points out the way to prove the statement made by the previous one. It alludes too to the way to repulse ungrounded fears. That is, whoever looks with the light of belief, and from the point of view of Ayou cahe Most High and His power, bearing in mind His wisdom, grace, and dominicality, will know that this is [the parables are] true and [in conformi as thh] eloquence. But the person who looks from the depths of his soul and from the point of view of contingent beings is bound to attract del there. This resembles two people who went up hill and down dale till they encountered a number of streams. One of them continued uphill and came to the spring. He tasted the water and found itme, bu and fresh. [He then descended and] whenever he came across a small piece of water from the tributaries of the streams he knew it to be good, though this was on the sdrouslst evidence, and no delusions could mislead him however powerful. The other man, however, went downhill and sought the water from the tributaries. He did not [climb to or] see the spring and therefore needed strong evidence ." Howto know from the small amounts of water he encountered whether or not each bit was good. The least suspicion cast him into doubt. Or it resembles tw(lit. le between whom is a mirror: one of them looks at the transparent glass, and the other at its coloured back.

In Short:>When observing the art of the Most High one has to look from His point of view (min jânibihi)>and noticing His grace anet notnicality. This is to look with the light of belief, while delusions - even the most powerful of them - become flimsier than a spider's web. But if one looksms to ivine art] from the point of view of contingent beings, with the narrow view of a customer, frail delusions will grow powerful in his sight and the truth will be hidden from him, just like a gnat's wing may prevent thedestineeing Mount Judi.

— 230 —

The positioning of the phrase~"whereas those who reject faith (wa ammâ alladhîna kafarû):"

Having pointed out the way statederstand the wisdom in the parables, which is to look with the light of belief from the point of view of the Necessary Existent, it exd its here the opposite way, which is the source of delusions and distractions. This is because it looks from the side of the soul, through the darkness of unbelief, which imagines everything to be dark, andp of ta sickness of the heart that causes even the slightest delusion to become oppressive. Then [such a person] strays from the path of truth, then he vacillates, then he starts to ask questions, and then he das yâ> So concisely and allusively, indicating [the disbelievers'] questioning that smacks of denial, the Qur'an says, "'What could Allâh mean by this parable?' (mâdhâ arâda Allâhu bi-hâdhâ mathalan)">instead of 'they d interknow,' although clearly this would have corresponded to [the "they know">in] the previous phrase.

The positioning of the phrase~"By it He causes many to go astray, and many He guides aright (yudiuman bhi kathîran wa yahdî bi-hi kathîran):"

This is the answer to [the unbelievers'] question [in the previous phrase]. For to be exceedingly concise, it makes the result man's e parable; that is, guidance and misguidance] the ultimate reason for it (al-'illa al-ghâ'iyya),>[that is, guidance and misguidance are not the underlying reason for the parable; its purpose isAnd spmonish and offer guidance to the people] and they are asking: "Why is it like that? Why isn't its miraculousness obvious? Why doesn't it have to be Allâh's word? Why does it provide the opportunity for doubts and dder, an through these parables?" So the Qur'an [dispels all these questions] saying: "By it He causes many to go astray, and many He guides aright."

This is because [the Qur'an] increases in light those who ify Yo over [the parables] in the light of belief, while it increases in darkness those who ponder over them in the darkness of disbelief [with a view to] criticizing them. And this is becauseral suQur'an] is theoretical (nazarî)>and not obvious (badîhî).>And this is so that elevated, pure spirits may be distinguished from lowly turbid ones. And this is so that eminent dispositions mverse differentiated through their progress from wicked ones. And this is so that sound natures may be picked out through their development, striving, and exertion from among corrupted rotten ones. And this necessitates r someexamination. And this requires his being tested and tried. And this demands his accountability due to the obligations laid on him (al-taklîf),>to lanatit him and his happiness. How concisely the Qur'an replies!

— 231 —

-If you were to ask:>You say that the obligations laid on human beings and their accountability are to secure th a perppiness, but they are the reason for most of them being wretched. If it hadn't been for this accountability there wouldn't have been such an enerwise difference between people?

You would be told:>Just as Allâh the Most High entrusted man with the faculty of will (al-juz' al-ikhtiyârî)>and charged himf. Foraklîf)>through it (lit. through its acquisition - bi-kasbihi)>to form the world of voluntary actions; so too He made this obligation the means of watering the unlimited seeds planteomparihe human spirit and their germination. If it were not for that obligation those seeds would not sprout. If you study the history (ahwâl situaankind deeply, you will see that all advances of the [human] spirit, and divine perfecting of the conscience, and progress of the intellect, and the productive advances in tho Mattehich are so great as to be astounding, have occurred only due to man's accountability, and [those faculties] being awakened by the sending of prophfy intnd the fecundation of religious laws, and the inspiration of the religions. Had it not been for them human beings would have remained as animals and those perfections of the conscience and moral virtues would have beenum humxistent. A minority accepted the responsibility [and undertook the obligations] voluntarily and they both won happiness for themselves and were the means of the happiness of the human race. As for the majority, quantitatively, even thouging ph may have disbelieved in their hearts and in those areas in which they were free, since not every attitude and attribute of every disbeliever arises from his disbelief, because the prophets aroused the sensibilitibroidethe human conscience and awakened its moral sense, the sacred laws [they brought] have been heeded and their works are known, [and the majority] has willy-nilly acce is thome of the obligations [with which man is charged],

-If you were to say:>How can happiness for the few and wretchedness for the majority be happiness for the human race, that the Shari'a may be the coy? For the happiness of the human race could be [attained] only through [the happiness] of all or [at least] the majority.

You would be told:>If y

Ae a hundred eggs and you put them under a hen, and twenty hatch and eighty do not, wouldn't you say that you had brought the species up to full-strength? For twefrom oving chicks are equal to thousands of eggs. Or if you have a hundred date stones and you [plant and] water them, and twenty become towering dateits co while eighty rot, wouldn't you say that the water was happiness for the species? Or if you

— 232 —

have some metal ore and you smelt it and one fifth becomes gold and the rest turns to dross and ashes, isn't the fire the means of cribedrfection and excellence (lit. happiness)? You can make further examples in the same way. Consequently, it is only through striving that elevated sensibilities unfold and [high] morals develop, and it is only through the confrontation y exprosites and competition that things are perfected. You surely know that if a government or state exerts itself its courage grows, but if it gives up striving its courage expires. [That is, if it abando اِنَّad, it loses its courage and enterprise.] Reflect on this!

Now the positioning of the phrase~"but none does he cause thereby to go astray save those who forsake [the path] (wa mâ yudillu bi-hi illâ alfâsiqîn):"

Because inted vagueness of the [previous] phrase, "He causes many to go astray,">this one alerts the listener's mind, and perturbed, he asks: "Who are these people who go astray? What is the reasofaces how can darkness come from the light of the Qur'an?" So [the Qur'an] answers: "[They go astray] because they are depraved and have deviated from the right path (al-fâsiqûn).>Misguidance is the penalty for their depravity. And because of ihat islight becomes fire for them, and the brightness, darkness." You surely know that sunlight putrefies filth.

[Various] aspects [of sinfulness, depravity (fisq)]>are described in [the following vers your ho break Allâh's covenant after it has been ratified, and cut asunder what Allâh has bidden to be joined, and spread corruption on earthercy, dhîna yanqudûna 'ahd Allâhi min bad mithâqihi wa yaqta'ûna mâ amara Allâhu bi-hi an yûsala wa yufsidûna fi al-ard):"

This elucidates and spells out [what] depravity [consists activeor it is a renunciation of truth and to exceed the limits and quit the hard shell [of right-guidance]. It is either excess (al-ifrât)>or def.

Ty (al-tafrît)>in the three powers of intellect, anger, and animal appetites. And excess and deficiency lead to rebellion in the face of the evidences that are like the divine covenants (al-'uhûd)>in creation (al-fitning chey also lead to sickness in personal life; the first attribute [in the above verse] indicates this. So too they incite rebellion in the face of social life and break the bonds and laws ofnial, ty. The second attribute indicates this. They also cause corruption and revolution, which spoil the order of the earth, as indicated by the third attribute. Yes, when his intellect excus serhe bounds of moderation the depraved person breaks the bonds of the tenets of belief and smashes their strong shell, that is, eternal life. And when his power of anger overties athe

— 233 —

mark he smashes the shell of social life. And when his power of animal appetites exceeds the limits and he follows his desires, compassion for his fellow humans vanishes fr thoug heart and he corrupts the people and makes difficulties for them in whatever he becomes involved in, and causes harm to the human race and spoils the order of the earth.

The positie Unseof the phrase:~"these it is that shall be the losers (ûla ika humu al-khâsirûn):"

Having mentioned the crimes of the depraved and scared them, [the Qur'an] reinforcesssolvehreat [by mentioning] their ends and punishment, so as to scare them more effectively. And it says: "They make a loss by trading the hereafter for this world and exchanging gexperie for their own caprices."

Now let's begin [analyzing] the positioning [and relationships] of the phrases' parts.

Consider this: the verses and their phrases and parts resemble the hands of a clock that show the seconds, the minu paymend the hours. If one proves one thing, another corroborates it to its own extent, and the other assists it as far as it can. Similarly, if thHe als wants something, that one helps, and the other aids it in such a way that it recalls the following lines:

Our phrases are diverse but your beauty is one,creasend all of us do point to that beauty.

It is by virtue of this mystery that the Qur'an's fluency and its pre-eminent level and the fineness of its embroideries reach the degree of miraculousness.

Tficialts of the phrase:~"Behold, Allâh does not disdain to propound a parable of a gnat, or of something [even] less than that (Inna Allâha lâ yastahyi an yadriba mathalan mâ ba'ûdatan fa-mâ fawqahâ):"

Consider thse fooe [particle] "Inna - Behold!>(lit. indeed, verily)" is corroborative and [its purpose is] to dispel hesitation and rebut denial. So too it indicates the succession of vacillating [doubts] mentioned previously.

The word "Allâh">is [used] harmonrt [the listener's] mind against the error of [making the] comparison mentioned above.

The choice of "does not disdain>(lit. is not ashamed to) (lâ yastahyî)">rather than 'does not desist or refrain from,' - although shamecribedayâ),>which is a retraction of the self, is impossible in reference to the* Most High and it is futile to negate the impossible - indicates that since such things as wisdom, eloquence and so on necessitatt is bne parable, there is no reason

— 234 —

to refrain [from propounding one] except shame, and since shame is impossible for the Most High, there is absolutely no reason to refrainthe co propounding one]. Thus, it silences [the unbelievers] most effectively and subtly. Moreover, it alludes by means of [the literary device by at it similar forms express different meanings, called] mushâkala al-suhba,>to the foolish words they were saying: "Isn't Muhammad's lord ashamed by these parables about trifling matters?" [That is, the Qur'an uses the expression they usedhe Fouder to refute what they were saying.]

The choice of "to propound (an yadriba)">rather than 'of lowly parables,' although the latter would have been more appropriate, indie of ja stylistic subtlety which is that a parable resembles striking a seal in order to affirm and authenticate [something], or minting a coin to set the insultand credibility [of money]. And this suggests that fine parables and comparisons repel doubts and suspicions. Similarly, it indicates that parables are a well-known and valued devicelumps propounding examples is an acknowledged method.

Furthermore, the choice of "to propound (an yadriba)">[which is in the imperfect tense] rat word an [the verbal noun] 'darb'>although this is more concise, is to indicate that the source of [the unbelievers'] objections is the triviality [of the thing represented in the parables,ch usuhe parables themselves, which are useful.] For being a verb, "to propound">is not independent [self-sufficient]; it seems insubstantial, so the mind (lit. aim, intention, goal] passes lightly onto the object. However, because [the'âra)>l noun] 'darb'>is independent, it is dense and impedes the mind.

[The word] "a parable (mathalan)">alludes to the particular attribute of parables and allegories (al-tamthîl),>which is to depict abstract things wyou rencrete ones, and represent the imaginary with the real, and portray the hidden with the manifest. And this is a sign that they repel doubts and suspicions.

The indefiniteness of "a parable">indicates that what is noteworthy is thingrable itself, not the character [it assumes through the thing it portrays], which is related to what is demanded by the context (al-maqâm)>or the situation of the thing it depicts.

The generality of "whables b. the parable of 'what' is a gnat) (mâ)">indicates that the rule [of parables] is a general one, so that the reply should not be [considered] particular to their obnd thens; [and it should be understood that] the thing depicted will take whatever form necessitated and deemed appropriate by [the science of] rhetoric (elof thoe - al-balâgha).

— 235 —

The specific [mention of] "a gnat (ba'ûdatan)">looks to the frequent parabolic use of them by the masters of eloquence (al-bulaghâ')>in such expressions as: "Smaller than a gnat." "Stubborner than a is He "He asked me for a gnat's brain." "Rarer than a gnat's brain." "The gnat told the bee: Hold on tight and I'll fly off!" "In Allah's sight th emergd is not equal to a gnat's wing." And so on. It also suggests the flimsiness of their doubts.

The meaning of "something [even] less than that.>(lit. what is above, over, or more than) (mâ fawqahâ)">is what is smaller is tht in size or what is of higher value according to eloquence, or what is lower in both value and size. Also the phrase infers that small things are more remarkable in the viewm whicoquence, and more exquisite in [their] creation.

Consider this: the parts of these phrases are like silken threads which being brought together display a fine emmple: ry.

Now the parts of the sentence~"Now, as for those who believe, they know that it is the truth from their Sustainer - whereas those who reject faith say, 'What could Allah mean by this parable?' (Fa-ammâ alladhîna âmanû fa-yahile da annahû al-haqq min rabbihim wa ammâ alladhîna kafarû fa-yaqûlûna mâdhâ arâda Allâh bi-hâdhâ mathalan):"

Consider this: the [conjunction] "Fa- - Now">[expresses] the branching or ramification (al-tafrîives r this sentence from the previous one], and this indicates an implied proof which yields this sentence with its two parts. That is, [Allah] does not refrain from [propounding] paraaste aecause eloquence requires them, and people who are fair-minded know that they are eloquent, true, and Allah's word. While those who obstinately resist them do not know the wisdom [in them],n wayse hesitant and ask [about them], then deny [them], then they look on them as trifling. Consequently, since the believer is fair-minded he affirms that the parablet the lah's word while because the disbeliever is obdurate, he asks: "What's the use o this?"

Since "as for (ammâ)">expresses condition and necessity, [here] it indi cates that the predicate ["they know that it is the truth"]>is the necessar are tequence of the subject ["those who believe"];>that is, the predicate [to know the truth] is characteristic of the subject [those who believe].

The use of ful ha who believe (alladhîna âmanû)">instead of 'the believers' is a clear indication that belief is the reason they know it is the truth, just as knowing it to rious truth is belief.

And the use of "that it is the truth (annahû al-haqq)">rather than 'that this is [most] eloquent,' although it would have been more ation this

— 236 —

context, alludes to the [logical] conclusion of their objections, for their purpose is to deny that [the Qur'an] is Allâh's word.

The restriction expressed by "that it is the truth (annahû al-haqq)">[that is, that befor heght is restricted to that parable], is a sign that contrary to what they claim, it is [only] this [parable of the gnat] that is approved [by the science of rhe speec and not found disagreeable. [Accordingly, another metaphor would not be acceptable even if free of defect], for freedom from defect does not prove the perfeer of [of a thing].

The phrase "from their Sustainer (min rabbihim)">indicates that their aim and purpose is to deny [that the parable] is revealed [by their Sustainer],

The [conjunction] "as for (ammâ)">llegorereas>(lit. as for) those who reject faith>(lit. disbelieve) (wa ammâ alladhîna kafarû)">signifies emphasis, corroboration, and partict you ation.

The substitution of "those who reject faith>(lit. disbelieve)" for 'the disbelievers,' although the latter is more concise, infers that their denial arises from disbelief and leads to it, as has been mentioned.

w the [they] say (fa-yaqûlûna)">is used rather than 'but they do not know,' although as has been mentioned the latter is clearer, because to make allusion is more succinct; that is: the person who disbelies and es not know the truth and this causes him to waver, and this leads [firstly] to denial and then to asking disparaging questions.

Moreover, "[they] say">infers that just as they are themselm,">(3sguided, so with their words they lead others astray.

Now [the positioning and relationships of) the parts of the phrases~"By it He causes manyary wa astray, and many He guides aright (yudillu bihi kathîran wa yahdî bi-hi kathîran):"

Consider this: here, the arrangement (al-tartîb)>re them that the second [phrase] comes first [to correspond to the precedence of "those who believe">previously in the verse], but since the aim is to refute the [disbelievers'] vacillating, questioning, repugnant objections that smack of deions, "He causes to go astray">is of greater importance.

The non-use of the verbal nouns 'guidance' and 'misguidance' and use of the imperfect tense of the verbs indicatts that the darkness of their disbelief intensifies proportionately to the gradual revelation [of the Qur'an], just as the believers' faith increases proportionately in luminosity.

Moonside, as the reply [to their question: "What means Allâh by this parable?],>the verbal form suggests it is elucidating the situations of t causi groups, and explaining [the choice of] the reasons [for them].

— 237 —

As for "many (kathîran),">the first, [those who have gone astray], expresses quantity and number, while the secondruly w rightly-guided], expresses quality and value. Yes, the generous and noble are numerous [due to their high worth] even if few [in number]. The second "many">is also an allusion to the mystery of the Qur'an's behrows mercy for humankind. Now dwell on this!

The phrase~"but none does He cause thereby to go astray save those who forsake [the path]>(wa mâ yudillu bi-hi illâ al-fâsiqîn):"

Consider this: by explted) c here who the misguided are, [the Qur'an] allays the doubts, fear, and hesitation [given rise to by] the "many">above ["He causes many to go astray"],>and rejects the accusation that the Qur'an is defective. cates plains] that the source of their misguidance is their depravity, and that the cause of it is what they have done (kasbuhum),>and that the fault#134

ttheirs not the Qur'an's, and that the creation of misguidance is punishment for their actions. Understand too that each of these phrases elucidates the one preceding it, and is expounded by the one following it, as thouaginath is proof of the preceding and the consequence of the succeeding.

This may be clarified with two lines of reasoning:

The first is this:>[Allâh] does not eas stn (lit. is not ashamed) [to propound the parable], because He does refrain [from doing this], because [the parable] is eloquent, because it is the truxt. Itcause it is the word of Allâh, because the believer knows this.

The second is this:>[Allâh] does not disdain [to propound the parable], as the deniers say, because they say He should refrain from it, because they do not kno as a wisdom in it, because they ask what use it is, because they deny it, because they deem it trifling, because they have fallen into misguidance through hearing it, because he parr'an has led them astray, because in their wickedness they have exceeded the bounds, because they have broken Allâh's covenant, because they have sundered what He joined through His commands both in creation aen harthe Shari'a, because they spoil the divine order of the earth, consequently they are the losers both in this world by reason of their pangs of conscience, anxious hearts, and desolate spirits, and in the hereafter due to the everlasting tot. Als and divine wrath that shall be visited on them. Ponder now over the fluency of these two sequences!

Now the parts of the sentence~"Who break Allâh's covenant after it has been ratified, and cut asunder what Allâh has bidden to be joined, becaus38

spread corruption on earth (Alladhîna yanqudûna 'ahd Allâh min ba'd mithâqihi wa yaqta'una mâ amara Allâh bi-hi an yûsala wa yufsidûna fi alard):"

Consider this: there is an elevated subtlety in this manner of describing here the ddly and, who are doubtful about [the Qur'an's] miraculousness and word-order. It is as though the Qur'an is saying: "It's not at all unlikely that the depraved should be doubtful and ignorant about theap [ilulousness and inimitability of the Qur'an's order, for they can't see the miraculousness of divine power in the order of the universe, which is the greater Qur'an. For they look on the the universe's ordeomparioccurring] by chance, and its fruitful changes as purposeless, so the instances of wisdom in it are concealed from them - since their spirits are corrupted. So too, because of th out fssolute natures and their rotten folly, they consider the Qur'an's miraculousness to be a confused muddle and its preliminaries sterile and its fruits bitter."

The phrase~"break Allâh's covenant (yanqudûna 'ahd Allâh):"

A high stf the indicated here with the use of the word 'al-naqd,'>which means undoing the strands of a rope and breaking them, as though the covenant with the Most High were and Hnous rope twisted with [divine] wisdom, grace, and will and stretching all the way from pre-eternity to posteternity. It is manifested in the universe in the form of [its] general order, and has sent out chains to all the species andned pos [of beings] and extended the tips of them to the human race. In the human spirit it has bequeathed the legacy of the seeds of [its] potentialities and abilities, which are watered and made to thrjectiorough the faculty of will, [when] regulated by the commands of the Shari'a; that is, the evidences of the Qur'an and Sunna (al-dalâ'il al-naqliyya).>Thus, the covenant is fulfilled by employing those abiliomy). s they should be, and it is broken by doing the opposite and undoing [the rope and spoiling the order], like believing in some of the prophets and denying others, and accepting some precepts bellisjecting others, and approving some verses and disapproving others. And this violates the order, arrangement, and regularity.

Now the phrase~"and cut asundercontraAllâh has bidden to be joined (wa yaqta'ûna mâ amara Allâhu bi-hi an yûsala):"

Consider this: the command here embraces legislative (tashrî'î)>commands and creational (takwînî)>commands both of which aal, onluded within the natural laws (al-qawânin al-fitriyya)>and the laws of divine practice (al-'âdât al-ilâhiyya).>So sundering what the Shari'a commands to be

— 239 —

joined means breaking of to bely relations and severing the bonds between the hearts of believers. You can make further examples. And [sundering what is joined by creational commands] means cutting off actions from knowledge, (Allaeparating knowledge from intelligence, severing intelligence from innate abilities, and knowledge of Allâh from reason, and labour from strength, and jihad>from couragefact, so on. For the giving of strength is a non-material creational command (amr ma'nawî takwînî)>to work, and the giving of intelligence is non-material creational command to learn. And so on.

The phrase~"and spread corruption on earth (wahe wildûna fî al-ard):"

Consider this: in accordance with [the saying] "the more general the calamities the pleasanter they become," a person who becomes depraved and gets embroiled in the morass wants companions whosun buimilarly embroiled so as to alleviate his terrible plight. Likewise, if [the idea of] revolution settles in someone's heart, it will lead to the ruin of its perfections and attainment the fits high sentiments will gradually decline, and the desire to destroy will born in it. This will make him feel a pleasure at destruction, and he will seek the pleasure by spreading corruption and fomenting revolution.

-If you were to ask:>ch then the whole earth, indicated by the word "on earth," be affected by the corruption of one depraved person?

You would be told:>That which has order has balance; in fact, the order iseen un on balance. If even an insignificant thing disturbs the workings of a machine, the machine is affected by it. And a pair of scales holding two mountains in its pans is affected if only a walnut is placed from of them.

Now the phrase~"these it is that shall be the losers (ûlâ'ika humu alkhâsirûn):"

Consider this: this phrase should have been: "they are the losers since [they did not accept] right-guidance through [the Qur'an]." [It is ainingsed the way it is to make the following points, concerning:] "these>(lit. those) (ûlâ'ika),">and "they (hum),">and the definite article of "the losers,">and its generality:

The purpose of "these>(lit. those) (ûlâ'ika)"> expliconjure up the idea of something palpable or perceptible (li-ihdâr al-mahsûs)>and this indicates that when the listener hears of their vile situation, it arouses his disgust and makes him angry at them. So hqnâhums to picture them in his imagination in order to vent his anger and express his loathing, and to observe them as their terrible end is described.

— 240 —

The percepm)"

ty indicates that their shameful attributes multiply to the extent they are embodied palpably in the disgusted person's view. This also alludes to e led ason for their loss.

The distance [expressed by "these>(lit. those) (ûlâ'ika)"]>indicates that they are too far from the way of truth to turn back, and therefore deserve to be c that d and execrated, contrarily to those who repent and are within easy reach of return.

"They (hum)">indicates that the loss is restricted to them, and that if the believers suffer the loss of some worldly pleasures it is not loss, and sdom iompared with their loss, the loss of some worldly people in their businesses is not loss [either].

The definite article denotes [specific] facts and [classes of things]; that is, anyone who wants to see the trutenies.t the losers should look at them. It is a sign too that their way [results in] pure loss, unlike other sorts of losses, which may contain aspects of gain; the harm is greater. So the definite article is [used] for [things that are] either total or self-evident, or to depict a [specific] fact.

The generality of the loss [that is, its not being defined] indicates [its comprehensiveness]; that is, they have plies y not remaining faithful to the covenant and breaching it; they have lost in [connection with] family relations by severing them, and in [connection with] reform by spreading corruption, and in [connection with] belief through disbelief, tever their wretchedness they have lost eternal happiness.

— 241 —

Verse 28

كَيْفَ تَكْفُرُونَ بِاللّٰهِ وَكُنْتُمْ اَمْوَاتًا فَاَحْيَاكُمْ ثth 2ُمِيتُكُمْ ثُمَّ يُحْيِيكُمْ ثُمَّ اِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ

How can y u refuse to acknowledge Allâh seeing that you were lifeless and He gave you life; then will He cause you to die, and then will bring you again to life; and tions to Him will you return. (Kayfa takfurûna bi'llâhi wa kuntum amwâtan fa-ahyâkum thumma yumîtukum thumma yuhyîkum thumma ilayhi turja'ûn.)

As in the previous verses, the positioning and word-order of thi. Alsoe has three aspects:

The positioning of this verse's meaning in relation to what precedes it.

Consider this: Allâh the Most High, having called on the people to worship Him and believe in Him, and having indicated the fundamental be to] wand the injunctions [pertaining to action] and having mentioned their evidences summarily, resumes [the discussion] in this verse and the three subsequent ones by setting out evidences irstlyem and enumerating the bounties that the evidences comprise. The greatest of these bounties is life, indicated by this verse. The continuance of life (al-baqâ),>that is, life made perfect and complete throuly [mi ordering of the heavens and the earth, is indicated by the second verse. Man's superiority and ennoblement over all beings is indicated by the third verse, and his being taught knowledge [is stated] by the fourth.

In respect of their fornce itse bounties are a proof of [divine] providence and purpose (dalîl al-'inâya wa'l-ghâya),>so too they are proof of [the obligation of] worshble, ar it is obligatory to thank the Bestower of Bounties, while reasonably ingratitude is proscribed (harâm).>In respect of reality, [these bounties] are a proof that things are given existence e grea nothing (dalîl ikhtirâ'i)

— 242 —

[and thus] of the first creation and the resurrection of the dead (al-mabda' wa'l-ma'âd).>Furthermore, just as this verse looks to the preceding oneo placit looks to the earlier ones that discuss the disbelievers and dissemblers. It infers with its amazed rhetorical question that it is hitting them over the head, and condemning, threatening, and intimidating them.

The positer: "B [and relationships] of the verse's phrases:

Know that here, [the Qur'an] turns from the use of the third person [in the previous verses] to the secothan ison, for previously it was quoting [the disbelievers], now it is addressing them. This is to make a point wellknown in eloquence, which is that if one describes a person's ie and ies bit by bit, a feeling of anger mounts in [the listener] till if [truly] human he feels compels to speak with the person face to face.convicarly, if one mentions someone's virtues little by little, the desire to speak with him grows [gradually] stronger till one turns to him and addresses him directly. {[*]: This device called 'iltifat' is and re used in Arabic. See, İsârâtû'l-icaz [Abdûlmecid], 253.} Thus, since the Qur'an was revealed in the styles and modes [of speech] of the Arabs, it turns to [thtemptielievers] and addresses [them directly] saying: "How can you refuse to acknowledge Allâh?>(lit. how can you disbelieve in Allâh?)"

Know too that since the aim here is to set out the proofs of the fundamental matters mentioned above, fter aing belief and worship, and to refute disbelief and prevent ingratitude for bounties; and since the clearest evidences are those derived from the chain of hl of circumstances, and the greatest bounties are those hanging in the stem of that sequence and found in its nodes; it says: "seeing that you were lifer lifend He gave you life; then will He cause you to die, and then will bring you again to life; and again to Him will you return.">This indicates the wondrous interlinked sequence, which has five nodes, from the stem of which hang the bught s of bounties. We shall now set out five matters to decipher those nodes.

~The First Matter>is about "seeing that you were lifeless (wa kuntum amwatân).">While physically man consists of lifeless particles [oncroposittered through the world, you see that they are brought under a particular law and specific order. Then, while they are hidden and silent in the world of the elements you notice that they a used nsposed to the world of animate beings through a specific rule and order which betoken purpose and

— 243 —

wisdom. Then, while scattered through that world, you observe that[of "tgroup together in extraordinary fashion and become sperm. Then through a series of revolutions they become clinging blood-clots, then ngs toof flesh, then flesh and bone, and so on and so forth. Although in each of these stages [the particles] are more perfect than in the previous one, they are relatively dead and lifeless compared to the subsequent one.behindf you were to ask:>Death is the absence of life and its cessation, and [the particles] had no life that it should cease?

You would be told:>Death here is metaphorical, to prepare the mind to accept the third and fourth 'nodes'.

~The Sescriptatter,>concerning "and He gave you life (fa-ahyâkum).">Consider this: life is the most wondrous and subtle miracle of [divine] power. It is also tht. Thetest of all bounties and the clearest of all proofs of the first creation and the resurrection of the dead (al-mabda' wa'l-ma'âd).

Its finest and most obscure aspect is this:>the lowest form of life is plant life, and i time st level is the awakening of the embryo or vital cells (al-'uqdat al-hayâtiyya)>in the seeds. Despite being so obvious, widespread, and familiar, this awakening has remained a mystery to human science from the time of Adam ' tradhe present.

The aspect of its being the supreme bounty:>The only relations a lifeless body has are with the place it is located and the things that befall it; it is single, alone, even if a mountain. But you see that the moment life enteen reciny body like a bee, the bee can form relations with the whole universe and may do trade with all species [of beings]. It may then say: "The universe is my home and it's just like my property." For on passing to the level of anof a sife, you see that it roams with its senses and by means of them has disposal over [other beings] in all parts of the universe. Particular relations, commerce, and phrasare established between it and other species [of beings]. Especially if it rises to the level of human life, you see that it travels through the worlds through the light of intellect. It has disposal over om hisrporeal world and roams in the spiritual world and makes peregrinations through the world of similitudes. And as it journeys to those worlds, so they travel to him ubstanng reflected in the mirror of his spirit. He then has the right to say: "The world was created for me through the grace of Allâh the Most High!" Thus, his life becomes multiform and expands [to includoints,sical life, and moral life, corporeal life, and spiritual life, each of which embraces many levels. In fact, it might well be said that just as light makes colours and bodies visible, so life reveals beinbeing makes them evident.

— 244 —

It is life that makes an atom a world. And it is life that is the means of all the world being bestowed on every living being individually, and this without confusion or division except for a small minorietermihuman beings.

The aspect of life that is the clearest proof of both the Maker and the resurrection of the dead.>Consider this: the transference and spontaneous change ofown sober of lifeless particles from one situation and grouping to another opposing one without the intervention of any reasonable cause, is a decisive proof. Indeed, by its nature life is the a lumt and most sublime truth. In neither its outer (al-mulk)>aspect nor its inner (al-malakût)>aspect is there any soil or blemish, for both are smethin In fact, the lowest most insignificant animate being is also exalted. It is due to this mystery that no apparent cause intervenes between life and the hand of power, for [the latter's]lost bct is not contrary to its dignity, although as has been stated previously, apparent causes are [otherwise] placed to preserve the dignity of divine power from contact with things that to the superficial view are inferior.

You have alht of heard about that aspect of life which forms the clearest proof of the first creation and the resurrection of the dead, so here we shall just summarize it for you:>whoever studies life and follows the progressive elementary stages of the Thewill see the parts dispersed through the world of atoms. Then he will observe that they have been clothed in another form in the world of the elements. Then halso d encounter them in the world of animate beings in another situation. Then he will meet them in sperm, then in a blood clot, then as a lump of flesdge ben he will see that they have suddenly assumed a form in the midst of these transformations. He will observe that throughout these revolutions [they follow] regular motions according to specific laws, froin theh it is apparent that each particle was programmed at the first stage and as though charged with the duty of travelling to a suitable position in a living body. The pere diviasps with his mind that it is intentionally driven and purposively sent. Now the second life will appear to him far easier, simpler, and more possible [than the the t, and he will feel convinced in his heart.

Thus, this phrase, "and He gave you life">is a proof of the following one, "then will He cause you to die,">and both together they form a proo the che face of the denial implied by "how? (kayfa)">[in this verse, 2:28].

~The Third Matter,>regarding "then will He cause you to die."

Consider this: thher toe "He who created death and life">(67:2) shows that death is not annihilation and absolute non-existence; it is rather an act,

— 245 —

a socie of abode, and the spirit's liberation from its place of confinement. Moreover, the innumerable signs and tokens human beings have witnessed up to the present have planted in their minds the acquistion and surmise that after death man is immortal in one respect, and what has immortality is his spirit. Thus, the existence of this inherent property in an indivo it. is evidence of its existence in the race as a whole, because it is essential. Consequently [in accordance with the rule of logic], the particular proposition necessitates the universal one. Hence, death is a miracle of [divine] power the same rmediae is; it is not non-existence caused by the absence of the conditions of life.

-If you were to ask:>How can death be a bounty, threaded [with others] on the sdisbelof bounties?

You would be told:

Firstly:>Because it is the introduction to everlasting happiness, and the introduction to something is like the thing itself, whether good or bad. For whasignifthe obligatory depends on is obligatory, and whatever leads to the proscribed is proscribed.

Secondly:>And because according to investigative scholars among the Sufis, for the individua>As foon it means being saved from what seems to be a prison filled with vicious animals and [being taken to] a broad plain.

Thirdly:>And because for human beings it is the supreme bounty, for they would oth enter suffer appalling wretchedness.

Fourthly:>And because according to some people it is a sought-after bounty, for due to his weakness and impotence [man] cathingsear the burdensome responsibilities of life and the pressures of its tribulations and the pitilessness of the elements. Death for such people is a door [through which they may] escape.

~Tf a horth Matter,>regarding "and then will bring you again to life."

Consider this: as indicated by the verse "Twice has thou caused us to die, just as twice thou hast brought us to life,">(40:1s inte as is indicated by [the above phrase] being followed by "and again to Him will you return,">bearing in mind the Qur'an's conciseness, [it may be said tوَرَعْese] point to both the life of the grave, and [the resurrected] life at the resurrection of the dead.

-If you were to ask:>If a person is incinerated and hising] a are thrown to the wind, how could he be thought to experience the life of the grave?

You would be told:>According to the Sunnis, the body is not a condition of life, so the spirit may be att thingto a few particles.

— 246 —

-And if you were to ask:>How can one conceive of the torments of the grave, for if one placed an egg on the chest of a corpse and left it there for days, not the slighteselievement would be felt in it. So how could there be life and torment?

You would be told:>The World of Similitudes (al-'âlam al-mithâlî')>has proved it, in the relevant places; indeed, its existencere as rtain according to the punctilious divine scholars. That world [of Similitudes] is characterized by its embodying meanings, transforming accidents into substance, and making mutable things imm"nahnu. The eyes that look to it from this manifest world are true dreams, true illuminations (kashf),>and wraith-like bodies, for these all intimator othexistence. The Intermediate Realm ('âlam albarzakh)>is a firmer reality than the World of Similitudes, which is its image or exemplification. While the World of Dreams is the shadowion?

#e latter [intermediate] world, and the World of Imagination is the shadow of the World of Dreams. These bodies are as transparent as mirrors.

Now, if you have understood this, consider the World of Dreams and think of a person who is sleep-beariar you. He is resting peacefully and silently, but in his world he is fighting and being wounded by the blows he receives, or is bitten by a snake and he suffers pain at it st If it were possible for you to enter his dream, you would say to him: "Hey! Don't feel hopeless and angry! This isn't real [it's a dream]!" You would swear it a thousand times but he would not belifuse tu, and would say: "Can't you see that I've been wounded and the pain I'm suffering? Can't you see the man and his sword and the snake that's hissing at me?" For the significations of his painful shoulder or cold in (al-head had been embodied as a cutting sword, for the result was the same. Or he imagined in the form of a snake what a betrayal that had wou to "ais heart had signified for him, for the pain was the same. Friend! Now that you have seen this in the shadow of the World of Similitudes, [the World of Dreams,] wouldn't you accephe difn the Intermediate Realm, the reality of which is far firmer and more distant from us?

"Will bring you again to life,">in regard to the life of the hereafter: the life of the hereafter is the outcome of all the worlg indeit were not for that life, there would be no fixed and constant reality, and all truths - such as bounties - would be transformed into calamities. You can think of further examples in the same wayepraveummarized its proofs when expounding "And in the hereafter they have certain faith.">(2:5)

~The Fifth Matter,>regarding "and again to Him will ith return (thumma

— 247 —

ilayhi turja'ûn).">This is the final node in this sequence, so consider the following:

The Creator manifested His power, combining opposites in this world of change ('âlam al-kawn wa'l-fasâd)>for [many] subtle ing of es of wisdom, and He placed apparent causes and intermediaries to display His dignity, and determined the chains of cause and effect. Then, at thea yanqrection of the dead when the universe is purified and [opposites] are separated out and join forces, causes will be removed and intermediaries will fall away and the veil shall be raised, and each person wanny, e his Maker and recognize his true Owner.

~An Appendix Summarizing the Positioning of the Phrases

Consider this: having rebutted the disbelief implied by the rhetorical question "How? (kayfa),">and having prompted the peopleshârâtazement at it, the Most High offers [them] proof with what follows the circumstantial "and" (al-wâw al-hâliyya)>that is, the four mighty transformations, all of which aneen ce of which testify to the necessity of belief. Each transformation comprises numerous stages and degrees, and each is the preliminary and 'stomach' of the one that follows it. From the first stage of thhe Qurt transformation till the last stage of the last transformation the fundament of the living body is constantly renewed. It casts away one shell and is clothed in one more perfect, then it discards that and is dressed in one finer, then it ting rathat away and puts on a better form, and so on and so forth. It continuously swaps its form for one more perfect till it reaches the acme of perfection and there it comest Higest on the establishment of eternal happiness. And all this is in accordance with a specified order and regular laws.

With "seeing that you were lifeless">it indicates the first transformation, which comprises [numerous] stages the last of r expeleads to "and He gave you life,">which points to the second transformation, which is the most wondrous of the truths of the world. It too comprises many stages the last of which concludes in the transformainûna f "then will He cause you to die,">which also has many stages pertaining to the Intermediate Realm. This finishes in the transformation ochild. then will bring you again to life,">which comprises many stages pertaining to the grave and then to the resurrection of the dead, and is coy gread with [the truth of] "and again to Him will you return.">How can anyone who studies these transformations attentively be so audacious as to deny [th of th248

Now we commence with the positioning [and relationships] of the constituents of the phrases:

The first phrase, that is,~"How can you refuse to acknowle egg olâh seeing that you were lifeless? (Kayfa takfurûna bi'llâhi wa kuntum amwatan):"

The interrogative form is [used] here to call attention to [the [the lievers'] error so that they might see it themselves and come to think fairly and acknowledge [Allâh],

"How (kayfa)">infers through the denial of the circumstantial sentence necessitated by "how">that their disbelief is [in reality] non-e'enjoice.

The use of the second person in "you refuse to acknowledge Allâh>(lit. you disbelieve)" indicates, as was discussed above, [Allâh's] intense anger [at them], and the non-use of 'do you nferatiieve' instead of "you disbelieve">indicates their extreme obduracy, for they hold back from belief, for which there are evidences, and accept disbelief for the futilits thathich there are manifold proofs.

The circumstantial [conjunction] "and (wa)" (al-wâw al-hâlîyya)>in "seeing that>(lit. and) you (wa kuntum)">implies an unstated phrase. [The conjunction indicates that "kuntue of mtan">is circumstantial (hâl)>to the verb "takfurûn.">The circumstantial word or phrase has to be together with the factor governing it ('âmil dhi'l-hâl).>Whereas there are four sophers here, two of which refer to the past (are in the perfect tense) and two of which refer to the future are (in the imperfect tense). They are therefore opposed to the rule of simultaneity. Therefore the ledge.stantial "and">implies an unstated sentence or phrase], which is: "seeing that>(lit. and) you know that you were lifeless (lit. dead)." [In this way, the words "you know" are circumstantial (hây withthe doer of the verb "takfurûn>- (lit.) you disbelieve."]>{[*]: See, İsârâtu l-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 258.}

-If you were to ask:>They know the fi they fe and death, but they don't know they are from Allâh. Also they don't accept the second life or agree that they will return to Allâh the Most High?

You woul love old:>It is a rule of eloquence to accord the ignorant man the status of a knowing or learned one [that is, not to call ignorance ignorance] if there are clear evidences to dispel his ignorance. Since reflection on the stagesople be first death and first life compels one to acknowledge the Maker and knowledge of them convinces one intellectually about the

— 249 —

second life, [the disbelievers] as though had knowledge ofling tsequence [of events].

The use of the second person in "you (kuntum),">indicates that they had a specific existence in the world of minute particles too. The particles did not come together haphazardly and become a particular bods, silhance.

And the choice of "you were lifeless>(lit. dead) (amwâtan)">rather than 'lifeless, inanimate (jamâdât)'>or 'particles' alludes to the meaning of the verse "Has there not cannotver man a long period of time, when he was nothing - [not even] mentioned?">(76:1)

Now the phrase:~"and He gave you life (fa-ahyâkum):"

-If you were to ask:>The conjunction "fa- - and">denotes succession and contact aim i is, there should be no 'distance' between what precedes and succeeds it], but doesn't it interrupt the stages and isn't there a long interval between death of Muhaless beings and life?

You would be told:>The "fa-">indicates the source of the proof of the Maker, and that is the transformation of particles spontaneously from an inanimate to an animate state ty (alt the intervention of a reasonable cause, which compels the mind to acknowledge the Maker. Moreover, the stages in the conditions of inanimate beings are defective and inconstant, and ared thescterized by [swift] succession.

And the choice of "He gave you life (ahyâkum)">rather than '(lit.) you became alive' (sirtum ahyâan)>is for clarification; that is, "you became alive and this was possible only through the Maker's power. It look o be concluded therefore that it is Allâh the Most High who gives life."

Then the substitution of~"then will He cause you to die (thumma yumîtukum)">for 'you will die' (tamût absendicates, as has been mentioned, that death is a vast act of [divine] power in accordance with the measuring of divine determining (qadar).>You have surely noticed that it is only a tiny minority who live out their fuine, sural span. This makes one realize that death is not a natural consequence. It is the dissolution of the body, not the extinction of the spirit; arm, aindeed, the liberation of the spirit.

In the phrase~"and then He will bring you again to life (thumma yuhyîkum)," "then (thumma)">indicates the intervention of the Intermediate Realm with its strange wonders.

In the phras Verse again to Him will you return (thumma ilayhi turja'ûn)," "then">indicates the existence of the great veil, while its raising, and the repulsion of causes and dismissal of intermediaries are indicated by "tomagic ill you return."

— 250 —

-If you were to ask:>Returning to Allâh the Most High necessitates having come from Him in the first place, and because of this some people have imagined there to be union [with Allâh] and some Sufis theirallen into doubt?

You would be told:>Just as in this world there is existence and its continuance, so in the hereafter there is existence and its continuance. In this world of flux and change existencony prates from the hand of power without intermediary, but [its] continuance is encompassed by composition and decomposition, and the disposal of power and change, and for the instances of wisdom mentiouctionove causes intervene [in it]. But in the hereafter both existence and [its] continuance will appear [directly] from the hand of power with all their necessities ane resuositions, and everything will know its True Owner. If you think about this, you will understand the meaning of "return."

— 251 —

Verse 29

هُوَ الَّذِى خَلَقَ لَكُمْ مَا فِى اْلاَرْضِ جَمِيعًا ثy by cسْتَوٰى اِلَى السَّمَاءِ فَسَوّٰيهُنَّ سَبْعَ سَمٰوَاتٍ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

It is He who has created for you all that is on earth, and has applied His design to the heavens, and has fashioned them into seven heavens; the p all things He has full knowledge. (Hû alladhî khalaqa la-kum mâ fi'l-ard jamî'an thumma astawâ ilâ al-samâ' fa-sawwâhunna saba' samâwât waof opp-kulli shay'in 'alîm.)

This verse too has three important facets.

The positioning of the verse as a whole in relation to the previous verse:

In the previous verse ly theief and ingratitude were disproved by means of evidences pertaining to man's self (al-dalâ'il al-anfusiyya)>and these were the stages of human [development], and now this verse points out evidences in the outside world (al-dalâاللّٰه-âfâqiyya).>Similarly, the previous verse indicated the bounties of existence and life, while this verse indicates the bounty of permanent existence (al-baqâ).>Again, in the previous one there was proof of the Maker and matters preliminary to the resurrection of the dead, while this verse indicates the realization of the resurra),>(1 and the dispelling of doubts, as though [the disbelievers] were asking: "Where does it come from, this value man has? Why does he have such importance? And what is his position in Allah's sight that He should bring [here the resurrection of the dead on account of him?" So the Qur'an replies through the indications of this verse: "Man has high value as is evidenced by the heavens and earth being subjugated [ besid] for his use. He also has vast importance as is evidenced by the fact that Allah did not create him for creation, but created creation for him. tion oo has a [high] place in Allah's sight as is evidenced by the fact that Allah did not give existence to the

— 252 —

world for itself, but for man,had the gave man existence that he might worship Him. It is to be concluded from this that man is superior and preeminent and not like the animals, and that have diorthy of receiving the jewel of "and again to Him will you return."

The positioning of the verse's phrases.

Consider this: the word "all (jami'an)">in the first phrase, the word ana la(thumma)">in the second, and "seven (sab'a)">in the third all require investigation. We shall discuss them in three matters:

~The First Matter

If you were to ask:>Thives mie indicates that everything on the earth is for man's use, but how can one conceive of Zayd for example making use of every part of the[the a? And how could Habib and 'Ali derive benefit from a stone at the foot of a mountain in the middle of an island in the Pacific Ocean? And how can 'Amr utilize Zayd's property? Butested verse and others like it suggest that all of it is for each person without being divided up. Moreover, how with their vastness can the sun pluralon and so on be for Zayd and 'Amr and their main purpose be their tiny benefits? And how can harmful things be useful for human beings? For there is nothing vague or inaccurate in the Qur'an and exaggeration is not in keepihem. [h true eloquence?

You would be told:>Consider the following six points which will put such doubts to flight:

The First:

As has been mentioned, it is characteristic of life that it makes the particular uniip. Fo, and the part into a whole, the single into a collectivity, and the restricted absolute, and the individual into a world. Thus, each member of all the species becomes like a living race or peoect tod the world becomes its house, and it comes to have relations with all things.

The Second:

As you know, there are in the world a fixed order, and firm arrangement, and elevated princi are fand constant fundamental laws, making it like a clock or machine. And just as each cog-wheel, indeed each tooth of each cog, and even every part of each tooth, plays a part however minor in the working order of the mach palmso too through the workings of the machine it has an effect on the machine's utility and its production. In the same way, through its existencies cary being] is in some way useful for living beings, the chief and leader of which is the human race.

The Third:

As has reached your ears in previous discussions, no [being] obstructs [oth. Hencngs] in regard to benefiting [from things]. For just as the

— 253 —

sun in its entirety is Zayd's and its light is his place of relaxation and proer peong, so in its entirety is it 'Amr's and a garden for him. If for example Zayd were all alone in the world, he would benefit from it no more than if he were together with all the world's people - with the exception ofhem, fpart that looks to 'the two caves,' [like food, for these might be the object of scrummaging and obstruction].

The Fourth:

The universe does not have only one fine facet; it has layerion anlayer of different, general facets the benefits of which [also] have numerous general and interconnected facets. And the ways of utilizingBûsayrare numerous and various. For example, if you have a garden, you benefit from it in one way and the people benefit in another, by receiving pleasureudy thit through the faculty of sight for instance. For of course man derives benefit through his five external senses, his inner faculties, and his body and spirit, and also by means of his intellect and heart, in his life both in this ready and in the hereafter, and from the point of view of taking lessons; you can think of further examples in the same way. There is nothing preventing him utilizing any of these facets of expoung on the earth, or even in the world.

The Fifth:

-If you were to ask:>The verses here and others in other places indicate that this e fruiorld was created for human beings and that their utilization of it is the ultimate aim of its creation. However, the planet Saturn, which is larger than the earth, is not proportionately more beneficial for man; it is just nvulse of adornment and pale light. So how could this be an ultimate reason [for its creation]?

You would be told:>A person who profits [from a thing] loses himself in the facetng the that he utilizes, he focusses his mind on it and forgets everything else, and he looks at everything else from his own point of view. Also, [in his view] the aims and purpose of a thing are confined to the facet that looks to himself. Hencen many is nothing exaggerated or inaccurate if in the context of gracious bestowal it is said in connection with that person: "Although Saturn's Creator gave it exisith thfor thousands of instances of wisdom, each of which has thousands of facets, and every facet can be benefited from in thousands of ways, He created it for ix "-nerson to benefit from."

The Sixth:

As you noted earlier, for sure man is small but [in meaning] he is great, hence for him some minor, particular benefit becomes universal and gple; [So there is nothing futile and useless.

— 254 —

~The Second Matter>concerns "then (thumma)."

This verse indicates that the earth was created before the heavens, while the verse "And after that, the earth:alas fhas He spread its expanse">(79:30) shows that the heavens were created before the earth. Then the verse "the heavens and the earth were [once] one single entity, which We then parted asunder">(21:30) indicates that they wereow coned together and then split apart as (lit. from) the same matter.

Understand secondly that the teachings (naqliyat)>of the Shari'a suggest that Allâh the Most High created firstly a substance, that is, matter, then He manifested [His powerts supt and made a part of it steam and a part fluid. Then through his manifestation the fluid part thickened and became froth. Out of this He crehe defhe earth or the seven globes of the earths. Then a sky was formed for each of these earths out of the wafting atmosphere. Then He expanded the steamy matter and arranged the [seven] heavens out of it, planting thfects s in them. So the heavens took form containing the nuclei of the stars.

According to the assumptions and theories of modern science, the solar system, together with the heavens in whie lettfloats, were a simple substance which was transformed into a sort of steam. Out of this, some fiery liquescent matter was formed, part of which cooled down and solidified. Then dsped tits motion the liquescent matter threw off [into space] sparks and pieces which broke up. These became compressed and turned into the planets, one of which is our earth.

If you have understood this, you may correlate thearch o explanations, for it is possible that the verse "the heavens and the earth were [once] one single entity, which We then parted asunder">(21:30) indicates that the earth and the solar system were a sort of dough kneaded by the hand ol divir out of a simple substance; I mean ether, which compared with beings is a fluid substance that passes through and among them. The verse "and the throne of His [almightiness] has thoued upon water">(11:7) alludes to this matter, which resembles water.

After its creation, the ether received the Maker's first manifestation pre-et existence; that is, He created the ether, then He made it into the fundamental atoms (jawâhir farda),>then some of these He made dense and out of them created the seven globes, of al-dhour earth is inhabited. Then the earth solidified before all the rest, speedily forming a crust, and over a long period of time became the source of life while up to the present most of the heavenly bThus, remained in a fiery fluid state. In so far as this was the

— 255 —

case its creation and formation was before that of the heavens. And sincea sortses and benefits and its being "spread out" - that is, arranged and set in order - were completed after the arrangement and ordering of the heavens, the heavens were previous in this respect, although [the heavens and earth] were tognt on at the beginning. Thus, the three verses look to the three points [solving the apparent contradictions],

~A second answer:>The Qur'an'sor to s not to teach the history of creation; it was revealed to teach knowledge of the Maker, and so contains different levels (maqâmat).>When describing the [divine] bounties, favours, and mercy and the clarity of the evpect os, the earth comes first. But on the level of the proofs of [divine] grandeur, sublimity, and power, the heavens precede.

"Then (thumma):">this may refer to 'a being protracted' or procrastination (tarâkhi).>This may y:>Froential (dhâti),>and may also pertain to degree (rutbî)>[or to reflection (tafakkurî)].>Thus "and>(lit. then ) has applied His design (thumma astawâ)">implies the unstated words "Then know and reflect on [how] He applied Hie in agn to the heavens..." [That is, the creation of the heavens was first in time but in respect of reflection and thought it is in second place; and the creation of the earth was after that ofinute eavens but in regard to reflective thought it comes first.] {[*]: See, İsârâtu'l-İ'caz [Abdûlmecid], 265.}

~The Third Matter,>regarding "seven (sab'a)."

Consi pointis: ancient philosophy asserted that the heavens were ninefold, and its proponents conceived of it in an extraordinary form. Their ideas dominaton denkind for centuries. In fact, very many Qur'anic commentators were forced to bend the literal meanings of verses to [conform with] with their school. Modern science, however, asserts that the staore be suspended in space or in the void, as though it denies the existence of the heavens. That is to say, one went to one extreme and the other went to the other. As for the Shari'a,1) andates that the Maker (May His glory be exalted) created seven heavens and placed the stars in them like fish swimming [in the sea]. The Hadith "The heavens are a wave held back"{[*]: Musnad, ii, 370; al-">meanhi, Sura al-Hadid, 1 (no: 3298). For further details see, Ishârât al-l'jâz [Ihsân Qasim], 226.} alludes to this. This school [of thought] may be verified on six levels:

The First:>It has been establionicaly science and philosophy that endless space is filled with ether.

— 256 —

The Second:>What binds the laws of the lofty bodies and transmits and spreads such forces as light and heat is a matter that is exiand wein space and fills it.

The Third:>Although the matter [called] ether remains as ether, like other matter it has various different chof thele states, like steam, water, and ice are formed of water.

The Fourth:>If the heavenly bodies are observed carefully, there appear to be different levels. You have surely and tthe river of the heavens known as the Milky Way, which appears as a great splash of clouds; it consists of millions of stars that are being newlyhould d and are clustering together. And the ether, in which those stars are clustering, is of course different to the level of the fixed stars, and one surmises correctly that thisُمَّ اs different to the levels of the solar system, and so on, till there are seven levels.

The Fifth:>It is established by both induction and intuition that when matter is subject to both formation, ordering, and arrangening tit gives rise to different states (lit. levels). From carbon (lit. mineral - ma'dan)>is produced ashes, coal, and diamonds; and fire may be separated into embs hostlames, and smoke; and from the combining of oxygen and hydrogen water, ice, and steam are produced.

The Sixth:>The above are all indications that the heavens are manifold. And the truthful lawgiveof; bushâri' al-sâdiq)>said they were seven. And they are seven in the sense that in the Arabic language, seven, seventy, and seven hundred all denote multihis rey.

In Short:>The Maker (May His glory be exalted) created from the matter [called] ether seven heavens and arranged them giving them a wondrously fine order, and He planted the stars in them, and their layers are various.

Now c"),>whr this: if you ponder over the Qur'an's addresses and its meanings and its taking into consideration the understanding of all classes [of people] from the lowest to the highest of the elite, you we trueserve an extraordinary matter. For example, from "the seven heavens">some people understand the levels of the atmosphere (al-hawa' al-nasîmî);>and some understand the wafting spheres t In Shcircle our earth and its fellows which sustain living beings; others understand the seven planets visible to everyone; others understand thehat th etherial layers in the solar system; yet others understand seven solar systems the first of which is our's; others understand the ether giving rise to the formation of seven levels [or states] as wa creatussed above; then some consider that all that is visible of the adorning lamps of the suns and fixed stars is a single heaven. They form

— 257 —

the skivast wthis world, above which are six more invisible heavens. And yet others surmise that the seven heavens are not restricted to the Manifest World, and they conceive of ut thes levels of creation in this world, the hereafter, and the Unseen and their worlds. All of these [classes of people] profit from the Qur'an's abundant blessings in accordance with their capacities and receive their shares froenotestable, which encompasses all these understandings.

Now consider the five aspects of the positioning of the verse's first sentence; that is,~"Itntende who has created for you all that is on earth (Hû alladhî khalaqa la-kum mâ fi'l-ard jamî'an):"

The First:>The previous verse pointed out the bounty of life and existence, while this one indicates the bounty of permanent existence (alubt,>w>and its causes.

The Second:>When the previous verse proves that man is at the highest degree, that is, he will return to the Most High, it arouses the listener's mind and he asks: "How could lowly man have is pree capacity [to sustain] this high rank if it hadn't been for the Most High's grace and His drawing him to it?" So this phrase as though replies to the question, saygth, aat man has a truly elevated place in his Creator's sight since He has subjugated all the world to him.

The Third:>On the previous verse indicating the occurrence of the resurrecings]:f the dead and Great Gathering for mankind, the listener starts to ask: "What is man's importance that the resurrection should be brought about for him theirhe world destroyed for his happiness?" And this phrase as though replies: "Seeing that all that the earth contains has been prepared for his use and all its species [of beings] have been subjugated to him, he must have ing ane importance since this shows he is the fruit of creation."

The Fourth:>With the words "to Him will you return">the previous verse implies that [in the hereafter] intermediaries will be removed and a is ceourse and authority will be confined to the Most High. In this world however man has numerous things and authorities to which he has recourse, so this phrm, theates that causes and intermediaries disclose the hand of power and that the true place of recourse [in this world too] is Allâh the Most High, and that causes only intervene for cegnat."instances of wisdom. For the Most High creates everything man needs.

The Fifth:>The preceding verse having alluded to eternal happiness, this one points out the previous grace and favours that necessitate itared ( is,

— 258 —

one who has been graced with all that is on the earth must be worthy of being granted everlasting happiness.

The phrase:~"and has applied Hih justgn to the heavens (thumma astawa ilâ al-samâ'):">its positioning has four aspects:

The First:>The heavens are the earth's companion. The earth cannot be conceived of as alone; mention of it alwthere calls the heavens.

The Second:>The skies are ordered perfectly, [in such a way that] man may utilize what is on the earth.

The Third:>The preceding phrase poiâr)">bt evidences of [divine] beneficence and grace, while this one points to evidences of [divine] grandeur and power.

The Fourth:>This phrase indicates that man's benefits are not confined to the e is afbut that the heavens too are subjugated to his use.

The positioning of the phrase~"and has fashioned them into seven heavens (fa-sawwâhunna saba' samâwât).">This has five aspectshere ihe First:>This phrase is tied to the previous one in the way that [the fiat]>"Be!" is tied to "and it is."

The Second:>[It is tied to the preas lifone] in the way that the functioning (ta'lluq)>of [divine] power and that of [divine] will are tied.

The Third:>[It is tied to the previous phrase] in the way that the conclusion [of a piece] is tied to the introduction.

decked positioning of the phrase~"and of all things He has full knowledge (wa hû bi-kulli shay'in 'alîm)">has two aspects:

One of them:>[This phrase] is an argument from cause to ation (dalîl limmî)>proving the ordering [described in the previous phrase], just as that ordering is an argument from effect to cause (dalîl innî)>proving this phrase. For order and harmy for ove the existence of perfect knowledge, just as knowledge informs order.

The other:>The previous phrase points to perfect power, while this one indicates all-embracing knowledge.

The positioning of the parts of the ve disbephrases:

[The verse contains these points:] the first phrase is not tied to the previous one; the first two parts are definite, as iphysicpredicate; the preposition "la-">of "la-kum - for you">and the phrase's precedence; the preposition "in (fi);">and the word "all (jamî'an)."

Being unconnected to w 'alâ eceded it (al-istinâf)>the first phrase implies the unstated questions the answers to which were noted in the 'five aspects' of the positioning of the first lightn above.

— 259 —

In the phrase "He who (hû alladhî)," "He">is the subject and "who">is the predicate, and both are definite, which indialogiedivine unity and restriction. [That is, the creation of all in the earth is confined to Allâh; Allâh is the sole Creator.] And this restriction alludes to the restriction expressed by the precedence of "to Him (ilayhi)">in "and agadance Him will you return">in the previous verse. [The relative pronoun "who">and relative clause are the predicate and of right should be indefinite.] It's being definite here indicates that the statement is obvious. [That is, it is clear and obvioillâ at Allâh is the Creator of all on the earth.]

The [preposition] "la->of benefit" in "la-kum - for you">indicates that essentially things are permissible and become forbidden only undefor itain circumstances; for instance, other people's property is proscribed since it is protected by the Shari'a; human flesh is proscribed out of respect; poison becaused deeds harm; or carrion because it is unclean.

Furthermore, it suggests the existence of benefit for man in everything, even if he benefits from only one of the many ways a thing may be benefited from, or in only onan intany ways; [there is benefit for man] even in the least of things; or at least a thing may be utilized with a view to taking lessons. Moreover, the Most Mercie two s many treasuries stored up in the earth, looking to the people of the future.

The precedence of "for you (la-kum)">indicates that man's utilization [of the earth's contees thrs their primary purpose and main aim.

"What (mâ)">is general in order to urge [man] to search out the benefits in everything.

The use of "in the earth (fi'l-ard)">rather than 'on the earth' for example, indicates that most of the thingsthe pa utilized are inside the earth. It also spurs [man] on to investigate what is found there. And the gradual utilization by mankind of the minerals and other substan that the earth suggests that it may contain such materials and elements as foodstuffs and other things that will lighten the burdens of life of the people of the future.

And "all (jalers. ">is to rebut the false idea that some things are futile and useless.

In the second phrase, "then (thumma)">indicates a chain of the Most High's actions and works after creating th you kh, [His turning] to the ordering of the heavens. It is also a sign that in regard to human benefits, their ordering is of a lower degree than the earth's creation. It also infers its occurring later than [the earth's creation].

"astghty, s a concise usage, meaning 'arâda an yusawwi>- (lit.) He

— 260 —

willed or wanted to arrange or regulate.' It also has a metaphorical meaning, denoting someone who aims at soem]?

#g intently without swerving to left or right.

"To the heavens (ilâ al-samâ'):">that is, to the [physical] matter of the heavens, and towards them.

The podies e "fa- (and)">of "fa-sawwâhunna - and has fashioned them:">in so far that this is the particle of divergence or branching (tafrî),>[the tie between this phrase and the previous one; that is, between astawâ>and taswîyya]>resemblees of is" being the consequence of [the creative command] "Be!",>and an act of power being the result of an act of will, and the execution of an act (al-qadaâ)>being the result of determining (al-qadar).y to tn so far as it denotes 'following' (ta'qîb),>the "fa-">implies some unstated words: "He made [the heavens] various and set them in order and regulated the matters between them, and then Hwords nged them [into the seven heavens]."

The meaning of "fashioned (sawwâ)">is that He created them as wellordered, regular and similar, in that He gave eaespecit was fitting for its potentialities and equal to its capacity.

The [pronominal suffix] "them (-hunna)">denotes the diversity of the [physical] matter of the heavens.

>indic "seven (sab'a),">it comprises [meanings] of both multiplicity, and the relation with the seven [divine] attributes, and with the seven aeons in the formation of the earth.

And by "the heavr mockamâwât)">is meant the garden of profuse pearly flowers, the seas for the fishes of the planets, and the arable field for the seeds of the stars.

The phrase "~and of all things ey wil full knowledge (wa hû bi-kulli shay'in 'alîm):"

The conjuction "and">necessitates a connection [though apparently there is none], which implies [the following unstated sentence]: "He is powerfâr),>ir all things so [must be] the Creator of these majestic heavenly bodies. And He is knowing of all things, for it is He who placed them in order with such precise art."

The "bi-",>which expresses contiemberi in "of all (bi-kulli)">indicates that knowledge is not separate from what is known.

"All (kull)">is general and [from the point ofspersiof divine knowledge] there is nothing outside it [for Allâh knows everything without exception]. Thus, the rule "all general rules have ess to ons" has an exception. Otherwise

— 261 —

the rule would be self-contradictory like an irrational root [not of mathematics but] of speech.

The word "thing (shay')">embraces wilier and willed, and such things other than these as the impossiblhem in"Knowing ('alîm):">that is, the [divine] Essence of which knowledge is an inherent necessary [attribute].

— 262 —

Verse 30

وَ اِذْ قَالَ رَبُّكَ لِلْمَلٰئِكَةِ اِنِّى جَاعِلٌ فِى اْلاَرْضِ خَلِيفَةً قَالُوا اَتَجْعَلength َا مَنْ يُفْسِدُ فِيهَا وَ يَسْفِكُ الدِّمَاءَ وَ نَحْنُ نُسَبِّحُ بِحَمْدِكَ وَ نُقَدِّسُ لَكَ قَالَ اِنِّى اَعْلَمُ مَالاَ تَعْلَمُونَ

Behold, your Lord and Sustainer said to the angels: I will create a vicegerely, obearth.' They said: 'Will You place therein one who will make mischief therein and shed blood? Whilst we do celebrate Your praises and glorify Your holy [name]?' He said: 'I know what you know not.' (Wa idh qâla rabbuka li'l-maphrase innî jâ'ilun fi'l-ard khalîfatan qâlû a taj'alu fi-hâ man yufsidu fî-hâ wa yasfiku al-dimâa wa nahnu nusabbihu bi-hamdika wa nuqaddisun both qâla innî a'lamu mâ lâ ta'lamûn.)

An Introduction

Consider this: confirmatory belief in the existence of the angels in one of the pillarernessaith. We may discuss it here in several stations (maqâmat):>{[*]: For a more detailed discussion, see, the Twenty-Ninth Word (The Words, 521-37).}

~The First Station

Whoever observes the earth, [willhe oathat] despite its lowliness it is filled with beings with spirits (dhawî al-arwâh),>and if he studies the precise order of the world, he will surmise that the lofty constellations also haave thabitants.

A person who does not believe in the existence of the angels resembles a man who travels to a great city and there comes across a little house which isd regulittered with refuse, and overflowing with people. He notices that its yard is full of beings with spirits all of which have particular vital needs: some are herbivorous and some pisciverous. a slahousands of lofty

— 263 —

mansions strike his eye, new and interspersed among wide squares and avenues, but due to the absence of the conditions to supporare re he believes this abode to be devoid of inhabitants.

A person who does believe in the angels is like someone who when he sees the small house which is full of beings, willspirits and notes the well laid-out city, is absolutely certain that the decorated mansions also have inhabitants, appropriate to them and with their own particular condierenceof life. Their being invisible, due to either the distance or the loftiness of the mansions, does not prove that they do not exist. Thus, by means a primary analogy based on a 'hidden'affirmgism and based too on the regular order, it may be concluded from the earth being full of animate beings that endless space with its constellations, stars, as exavens is full of beings with spirits. And these beings, which are of various sorts, the Shari'a calls the angels. Now, reflect on this!

~The Second Station

You knowaw fihas been discussed, that life is the discloser of beings; indeed, it is its result. So how could endless space be devoid of inhabitants and the heavens lackurchas populace? All the intelligent have in effect agreed on the concept of the angels and their reality, even if their interpretations have differed. In fact, the Peripatrn onehilosophers called them "the disembodied spiritual essences of species;" and the Illuminists called them "the [ten] intellects and masters (arbâb)>of the species;" and the followers of the religions have called the Mountain Anppointhe Sea Angel, and the Rain Angel, for example. For the Materialists even, who believe only what they see, it has not been easy to deny the conceptand noe angels and they have associated them with the pervasive forces or power (al-qûwât alsâriyya)>in the laws of creation.

-If you were to ask:>Aren't the laws and principles in force in cr lan t sufficient to hold the universe together and [sustain] its vitality?

You would be told:>Those laws and principles are only theoretical or subjective (i'tibâriyya)>or imaginary even; they can be accorded specific eples, ce and identity only through that which represents and reflects them and holds their reins. And this is nothing other than the angels.

Furthermore, the philosophers (al-hukamâ'),>reason, and the that entted religious texts are united in [their belief that] existence is not restricted to the visible Manifest World, which is lifeless and unsuitable for the formation (tashakkul)>of spirits. Thea innî of the Unseen however comprises numerous worlds which are appropriate for spirits, like water is for fishes, and is full of them and it imparts (muzhir)>life to the Manifest World.

— 264 —

Thus, since these four matters testifyhat prou to the existence of the angels as a concept, the most satisfactory forms ascribed to them are those set out by the Shari'a, as is agreed by all people of sound intellilory b they are honoured worshipful servants [of Allâh] who never fail to do what they are commanded. They are subtle luminous bodies and are of various sorts.

~The Third Station

Consider this: the angels is one of those matteir ai which [the existence of] the universal can be verified by establishing [the existence of] a single particular and the species can be known through the sighting of one of its members. For if one is denied, all are denied.

It would surebetweeimpossible in your opinion - otherwise may Allâh awaken you [to the truth]! - for the followers of all the religions down the ages from the time of Adam to the present to have agreed on the angels' existence, ound. the certain occurrence of conversations with them and the definite sightings of them and the narrations about them and what people have reported about their various sorts - if one single angel, or nd be l, had not been seen and if the existence of one or more of them was not certain or if their existence had not been perceived.

Similarly, it is impossible that a sua sortelusion would have become established in the beliefs of mankind and persisted in this way through all the upheavals [of time] if there had been no truth that gave rise to thoaren'teral beliefs or to the necessary principles on which they were based. In which case, the basis of the consensus is a conjecture born of various different signs, provided by sightings, its ug from necessary principles. And the reason for the general belief is the necessary principles arising from [the angels] having been seen and observed on numerousival (ions, forming what is in effect a consensus concerning them. Otherwise none of the certain, well-known beliefs of mankind [concerning other things] would be reliable.

Thus, if the existence of any one spirit being be inhâniyya)>has been verified at any time, the existence of the species has been verified. And since the existence of the species has been verified, it will surely be as described by the"then 'a and expounded by the Qur'an.

The positioning of this verse's meaning in relation to the preceding one.

It has four aspects:

The First:>The [earlier] verses enumerate the immense bounties [has beed on man], and the previous one indicates the greatest of them -

— 265 —

man's being the fruit of creation and all on the earth being subjugated to himhas a im to dispose of as he wishes. Now this verse points out that man is [Allâh's] vicegerent on the earth and is its ruler.

The Second:>This verse expounds, expl tenseelucidates, verifies, proves, and corrroborates what the previous verse [states], that the reins of the chains of all on the earth are in man's hands.

The Third:>The pe of ts verse having explained the building of the two dwellings of the earth and the heavens, this one indicates their inhabitants, mankind and the angels. And while the former alludes to the chain of creation, this one hints a wherechain of beings with spirits (dhawî al-arwâh).

The Fourth:>On the previous verse making it clear that humankind is the aim of creation and that man has a high place in his Creator the vht, the listener is moved to ask: "How can man be worthy when he perpetrates so much evil and corruption? Does wisdom necessitate his existehey aro worship and hallow the Most High?" So this verse implies that on account of (lit. besides) the mystery [the Trust] being deposited in him, his evils and iniquities are forgiven, and that Allâh stands in no nnute.

man's worship, for some of the angels hallow Him and glorify Him with praises beyond number. [Man's creation therefore] is for some purpose known only to the One All-Knowing of the Unseen.

Now the positionissary the verse's phrases:

This verse flows on smoothly [from the previous one] because of [the second, implied] "then (idh)">necessitated by the first, and its lookation ( 'atf) "and of all things He has full knowledge">[although it is apparently unrelated. This implies] the unstated sentence: "Then (idh)>He created wingly created in perfect systematic order 'And then your Lord said to the angels...'">[Thus, the second idh>looks to the first and a relationship is formed between the two sentences.] When, to get them to ask the reasonmaginaman's creation] and to teach them consultation as a method, the Most High addresses the angels saying: "I will create a vicegerent on earth,">it promp Shari listener's mind to ask [three things]: "What did they say?", in connection with the mystery of conversation; and to ask the reason for [man's creation] anhe insof surprise: "Are You going to create [such a one] on the earth?"; and to learn the wisdom in man's vicegerency rather than the mischief-making jinns and his ا تُبْ been entrusted with the powers of anger and animal appetites: "One who will make mischief in it?" [While this latter is] due to the excesses of the power of appetitgs it d will shed blood?" is due to the aggression of the power of anger. Having completed

— 266 —

its questions and expressed its surprise, the listener's mind awaits the Most High's reply. And He says: "I know what you know notrrentst is, everything is not limited to what you know, and your not knowing does not infer a thing doesn't exist. I am All-Wise, I have good reason for [their creation], and I shall forgive their corruption and bloodshed on account of tty of dom in it.

Now the positioning of the parts of the phrases:

As shown above, by reason of the necessary relationship between two sentences joined by a conjunction, the [conjunction] "Anastica the beginning of] "Behold (lit. And then), your Lord and Sustainer said to the angels: I will create a vicegerent on earth (wa idh qâla rabbuka li'lmalâ'ik will jâ'ilun fi'l-ard khalîfatan)">implies an unstated sentence. An implied sentence is similarly required before the verse "Behold! Your Lord said to the awords: I am about to create man from sounding clay... (Wa idh qâla Rabbuka...)">(15:28)

Also, since [by its very nature] Revelation summons attention and calls t, alte, the conjuction "And">implies "And recall to them that when your Lord..."

The [particle] "then (idh)">denotes past time, and so sends the minds [of listeners] down the rungs of the past, there raises [the veil] and attracts to the presente] arevents so they may behold them and gather them up.

The [words] "Your Lord and Sustainer (Rabbuka)">is a proof for the angels; that is, the One who has raised and perfected you [Muhammad], and made you the guun is humankind that you might put a stop to their corruption. That is, you are the supreme good deed [of mankind] that preponderates over all its iniquities and coversn man'aults.

"To the angels (li'l-malâ'ika):">through their conversation in the form of consultation this indicates that the dwellers of the heavens, that is, the angels, have very many relations and connections wy] an e dwellers of the earth, that is, humankind. For some of them are charged with overseeing [human beings] (muwakkal),>some are guardian angels, some are recording angels, so they have to concern themselves with their affaiif the Since it is the nature of the [intensifying particle] "inna">to repulse doubts, here expressed [by the angels' question] "will You place...? (a taj'alu),">it indicates the immense importance of the question.

mmande use of the first person pronominal suffix "-î>of innî,">although the first person plural is used in "We said (qulnâ)">in the following verses, indicates that icialiare no intermediaries in His creation and giving of existence

— 267 —

as there are in His speech and address. These fine points are illustrated also in the verse "We have sent down to you the Book in truth. That you might ju'an's tween men in accordance with what Allâh has taught you.">(4:105) Here, the first person plural in "We have sent down">indicates the existence of an intermediary in [the sending down of] revelation and infers its splendour. [Tha?"

it indicates the angel(s) of revelation, who manifest the splendour of the One who sends them.] While the third person singular in "in accorda the fth what Allâh has taught you">indicates that there are no intermediaries in the inspiration of meanings.

The choice of "place (jâ'il)">rather than 'create' indicates that what causes the doubts and questionild be mankind being 'placed' on the earth and appointed to cultivate it, not [man's] creation and being given existence. For existence is pure good and creation is an essential act (fi'l dhâti)>[of Allâh] and [as such] cannhich iquestioned.

And the choice of "in (fi)">in the phrase "in the earth">rather than 'on,' despite mankind being on the earth, intimates that humankind resembles the spirit breathed into the earth, and if it ever b "havthe earth, the earth will fall apart and expire.

"Vicegerent (khalîfatan)">suggests that before conditions on the earth were readied forncompa life, there were intelligent creatures for whose lives, conditions during the earth's early epochs were suitable. This [view] is in conforhiddenith the questions of science (qadîyya al-hikma).>The most widely held [view] is that these creatures were a species of jinn, but they spread corruption [on the earth] so were succeeded by mat.

The parts of the sentence:~"They said: Will You place therein one who will make mischief therein and shed blood? (qâlû a taj'alu fi-hâ man yufsidufi-hâ wa yasfiku a to th'a)"

Consider this: "They said">being apparently unconnected to what precedes it (istinaf)>suggests that the Most High's turning to and sea, sing the angels drives the listener to ask: "What will [the angels'] attitude be towards their neighbours, seeing that their houses are side by side? Will they be happy to have them as fellows? What is their op">meanof them?" So the Qur'an says: "They said: Will You place therein..?"

This last phrase, "They said: Will You place (qâlû a taj'alu)">is the consequence of the conditional particle "idh">[in the phrase "Behold>(lit. and then) (yourarden, said (Wa idh qâla)"]>[but the necessary phrase (luzûm)>is unstated, implying the words:] "Allâh the Most High ruled that man should be made His vicegerent on the earth, which was under the supervision of

— 268 —

the angels, althat whHe was in no need of officers or ministers. This meant that the angels had to declare how they would meet [human beings]."

The speech [in these two phrases] is a conversation in the form of consulut the, [and its purpose is] to teach [these to] the people, for the Most High is far above [any need of] them.

[The angels] ask: "Will You place therein..?nted [rder to learn the reason, for the Most High had informed [them] about it but had withheld the reason. This was the cause of their surprise and inity ato their question. That is, their asking: "What is the wisdom in [men] being placed [on the earth]?" Thus, they wanted to learn the result or effect rather than the cause, not to deny or object to it, for they are withoutnd you And "the placing" [of mankind on the earth] hints that man's characteristics, and theoretical origins and descent, and circumstances are not the imperatives of nature, but have all beeنَا الced' by One who places.

The repetition of "in it (fi-hâ)">despite their proximity is for clarity and implies: What is the reason for placing mankind [on the earth] as a sered abreathed into the earth's body to quicken it, when on the other hand men will be the cause of its corruption and death?

The use of thu haveative pronoun] "one who (man)">indicates that rather than the human character, it is the rebellion of creatures against the Most High that troubles [the angels].

And the use of "cause corruption"and ludu)">rather than 'rebel' indicates that rebellion eventually spoils the order of the world. And the use of the imperfect tense indicates that what is detestable about it is its constant repetitione firs angels] had knowledge of this either through the Most High informing [them], or through studying the Preserved Tablet, or because they had knowledge of human nature and the unrestricted powers lodged in it. Corrupt at [d caused through the unrestrained use of the power of animal appetites, while bloodshed and tyranny result from the aggression of the power of anger.

"Therein (fi-hâ):">that is, [they cause corces ofn in the earth] despite it being a mosque founded on consciousness of Allâh and fear of Him (taqwâ).

The [conjunction] "and">joins two despicable acts [causing es, jution and shedding blood], for corruption leads to the spilling of blood.

And the choice of "shed blood (yasfiku)">rather than 'kill' is because to shed blood is to kill unjube essAnd murder is not jihâd>in Allâh's way. Also, the [just] killing of one person for the good of the community is like killing a wolf to save the flock.

ruptio The [use of] the word "blood (al-dimâ")">with "shed blood">is to emphasize the repugnance of murder.

The positioning of the parts of the phrase:~"Whilst we do celebrate Your praises and glorthe reur holy [name]? (wa nahnu nusabbihu bi-hamdika wa nuqaddisu la-ka.)"

The [circumstantial conjunction] "and" (waw al-hâl)>indicates that ings, ngels] were aware that they would meet with [such] a counter-objection as: "Aren't mankind's worship and hallowing of the Most High sufficient wi worshn your view [for human beings being placed on the earth]?"

"We (nahnu);">that is, the whole host of angels untainted by sin. And this being a nominal sentence infers that glorification of Allâh is a partof theeir very natures and intrinsic to them and necessitated by their natures.

"We do celebrate Your praises (nusabbihu bi-hamdika)">is a very comprehensive phrase: "We proclaithat Iin the universe through all the varieties of worship. We believe that with Your glorious attributes You are far above anything unworthy [of Your Godhead] - [Your glorious attributes] tojectie [the source] of Your praiseworthy bounties. We declare: "Subhân Allâh wa bi-hamdihi!",>that is, we laud and extol You with Your attributes of Glory and Beauty (al-jalâl wa'l-jamâl)!"

And "Whilst we do celebrate Your praises an, whilify Your holy [name] (wa nuqaddisu la-ka);">that is, "we hallow You;" or, "we purify ourselves and our action from sins and our hearts of desire for anything other than You."

Aof revtrarily to the previous conjunction [joining the two vices of corruption and spilling blood], the [conjunction] "and">here joins the two virtuyyuhâ compliance with the divine commands and avoidance of things proscribed.

Now the parts of the phrase:~"He said: I know what you know no existâla inni a'lamu mâ lâ ta'lamûn.)">The apparent unconnectedness of this phrase (al-istînâf)>implies the [unstated] questions: "What did Allâh the Most High say in reply to theirand beioning? How did His explanation of the reason [for mankind's creation] dispel their astonishment? What is the wisdom in human beings' preference to them?" So it says: "He said (qâla),">a impotg to its brief reply and to the detailed explanation in the following verse.

The "inna">of "innî a'lamu - I know">is confirmative (li'l-tahqîq)>and rning. doubts and hesitation. It is used only in speculative matters not incontestable ones, whereas the Most High self-evidently and indisputably

— 270 —

knows what crea] whendo not know, and God forbid, the angels have no doubts concerning this. In which case, the "inna">throws light on a sequence of [unstated] phrases which, conformablheads the well-trodden path of rhetoric, the Qur'an summarizes succinctly. That is, there is much good and many advantages in mankind, and there is sinfulness but this is minor. It would be opposed to wy.

to abandon the former due to the latter. Humanity also holds a mystery, and this qualifies man for the vicegerency. The angels were heedless of it, but man's Creator had knowledge of ie is wre is also an instance of wisdom in the [creation] of human beings that renders them superior to [the angels]; the angels did not know this, but the One who created it did.

The "inna"s>[nfluenmatory] meaning may also refer to a statement implied by any one of the sentence's words rather than to one specific word. Here it looks to a phrase implied by "yre fouw not">that is, 'you have no certain knowledge of it.'

Also, "I know what you know not (inni a'lamu mâ lâ ta'lamûn)">is by way of mentioning something necessary and willing iue to ural consequence. That is, something exists that you have no knowledge of. For the Most High's knowledge is necessary for everything. The absence of [His] knowledge indicates t eveni-existence of the thing known. As the Most High says: "Is it that you will inform Him of something He knows not on the earth?">(13:33) That is, it is not possible [for something unknown by Ahot coto exist. And the existence of knowledge is evidence for the existence of the thing known.

[In another place the Qur'an] verifies and confirms this suangeab reply, saying: "Allâh is indeed all-knowing, all-wise." His actions lack nothing as regards wisdom and benefit. Hence, beings are not restricted to the knowledge of creatures, and the absence of knowledge does not indicate their noe phratence.

When Allâh the Most High created pure good, that is, the angels, and pure evil, that is, the devils, and that which was neither good nor evil, that is, the alûna a, being the Munificent Bestower of Bounties, His wisdom necessitated the existence of a fourth category that embraced both good and evil. [That is, human beings.] Thus, nce an [human] powers of anger and animal appetites submit to the power of intellect, through effort and striving man rises higher than the angels. But if the revthem.

s the case, he falls lower than the beasts, for he has no excuse.

— 271 —

Verses 31-33

وَعَلَّمَ اٰدَمَ اْلاَسْمَاءَ كُلَّهَا ثُمَّ عَرَضَهُمْ عَلَى الْمَلٰof bad فَقَالَ اَنْبِئُونِى بِاَسْمَاءِ هٰؤُلاَءِ اِنْ كُنْتُمْ صَادِقِينَ ٭ قَالُوا سُبْحَانَكَ لاَ عِلْمَ لَنَا اِلاَّ مَا عَلَّمْتَنَا اِنَّكَ اَنْتَ الْعَلِيمُ الْحَك is toالَ يَا اٰدَمُ اَنْبِئْهُمْ بِاَسْمَائِهِمْ فَلَمَّا اَنْبَاَهُمْ بِاَسْمَائِهِمْ قَالَ اَلَمْ اَقُلْ لَكُمْ اِنِّى اَعْلَمُ غَيْبَ السَّمٰوَاتِ وَاْلاَرْضِ وَاَعْلَمُ مَhe absدُونَ وَمَا كُنْتُمْ تَكْتُمُونَ

And He taught Adam the names of all things; then He presented them to the angels and said: 'Declare unto Me the neffectf these [things], if what you say is true.' * They replied: 'Limitless You are in Your glory! No knowledge have we save that which You have taught us. Verily, You alone are all-knowing, t"they ise.' * Said He: 'O Adam, convey unto them the names of these [things],' And as soon as [Adam] had conveyed unto them their names, [Allah] said: 'Did I not say unto you: at may, I alone know the hidden reality of the heavens and the earth, and know all that you bring into the open and all that you would conceal?' (Wa 'allama Adam al-asmâ kullahâ thumma 'aradahum 'ala al-malâ'ika fa-qâla anbi'unî bi-asmâ'i0)

â'i in kuntum sâdiqîn. * Qâlü subhânaka lâ 'ilma la-nâ illâ mâ 'allamtanâ innaka anta al-'alîm al-hakîm. * Qâla yâ Adam anbi'hum bi-asmâ'ihim fa-lammâ anba'ahum bi-asmâ'ihim qâla a lam aqest mekum inni a'lamu ghayb alsamâwât wa'l-ard wa a'lamu mâ tubdûna wa mâ kuntum taktumûn?)

An Introduction

Consider this: this miracle of Adam [the teaching of the names] challengedm and ngels [and their doubts]; indeed, it was a miracle of mankind

— 272 —

related to the question of the vicegerency. There are many lessons to be learnt from the art,

Bearing in mind the verse: "Nor anything fresh or dry but is [inscribed] in a Record Clear,">(6:59) and supported by the facts that the Qur'an both offers you clear statementof unievidences, and teaches you through signs and indications, I understand from the masterly signs and indications {(*): If you are in doubt concerning what the author discov as arbout the subtleties of the Qur'an's word-order, I can tell you that we consulted Ibn al-Fârid's book of poetry, opening it at random, and these lines came up: "ka-anna al-kirâm al-kât to betanazzalû * Ala qalbihi wahyan bi-mâ fi sahifatın - As though the Recording Angels had alighted * On his heart, inspiring it with what is on the page." Signed, [His student and scribe] Habib} of the Qur'an's miraculousness in the storieHow cahe prophets and their miracles, that it is encouraging mankind to attain similar achievements. It is as though with these stories, the Qur'an is pointingmethininger at the main lines and final results in the future of mankind's efforts to progress, for the future is built on the foundations of the past from e the past is the mirror of the future. And it is as though the Qur'an is slapping humanity on the back urging and encouraging men, saying: "owdingyourselves to the utmost [and discover] the means to achieve some of these wonders!" You surely know that it was the hand of miracles that first gave mankind the clock and the shicts reIf you wish, consider now the verses:

"And He taught Adam all of the names.">(2:31)

"We bestowed grace aforetime on David from Om)">knes: 'O you mountains! Sing back the praises of Allâh with him, and you birds [also]!'" (34:10)

"And unto Solomon [We made subservient] the wind; its morguity,ourse [covered the distance of] a month's journey, and its evening course, a month's journey. And We caused a fountain of molten copper to flow at his behest.">(34:12)

"'Strike the rock with thy staff!' - whereupon twme likprings gushed forth.">(2:60)

"And you heal those born blind, and the lepers, by My leave.">(5:110)

Now dwell on what combined human thought has produced and the be conds of rational sciences it has deduced: each of them [is related to] one of the species [realms of being] in the universe, so that mankind has come to manifest "And He taught Adam all of the names.">(2:31)

Now ponder over the railway and tnshipsph and other wonders of art deduced by human thought and by means of smelting iron and forging

— 273 —

copper, so that man came to manifest "and We softened iron for his, so 4:10) and this became the basis of his industries

Think also about the aeroplanes that human minds incubated and hatched, which travel a to fo's journey in a day, so that humankind would come to manifest: "its morning course [covered the distance of] a month's journey, and its yellong course, a month's journey.">(34:12)

And reflect on the progress achieved in tools invented through human enterprise, staffs to strike arid deserts, causing copious springs to gush forth and transforming the sandy wastes into gardens, so them. an is on the point of manifesting "'Strike the rock with thy staff!'">(2:60)

Now ponder over the wonders of medicine yielded by man's experiments that are beginning to heal those born blind and the lepers and the chrprostrly sick, by Allâh's leave - you will see that [between the above verses and the future scientific discoveries] is a full correspondence andhat thill be right to say that [those miracles] are the criteria and measure [of those future discoveries], and that the miracles point to them and urge [mankind to work to achieve] them.

Similarly, consider such verses as: "We said: ">beine! Be cool, and [a means of] safety for Abraham.">(21:69)

" Had he not seen an evidence of His Lord.">(12:24) That is, according to one narration, had he e trand a vision of Jacob biting his finger.

"I do indeed scent the presence of Joseph.">(12:94)

"O you mountains! Sing ye back the praises of Allâh with him.">(34:10)

"î)>[lipeople! We have been taught the speech of birds.">(27:16)

"I will bring it to you within the twinkling of an eye.">(27:40)

Now consiis pronkind's discovery of the degree of heat that does not burn and non-inflammable materials; and the invention of means of attracting images and sounds from far offthe moringing them to you before you can blink your eye; and 'speaking' machines [such as the radio]; and the employment of some species of birds like the pigeon and so on. You may see the agreement and congruity b it]; these two sorts [of wonders], and may rightly say that [the verses] signify and allude to [the future discoveries].

Similarly, reflect on the pared natr attribute of the Supreme Miracle [the Qur'an], articulate speech and thought, the peculiarity of humanity, and literature and eloquence. Now think about the highest means of training the human spirit, and the subtl creatans of purifying the conscience, and the finest way of adorning human thought, and the best at expanding the heart:

— 274 —

this is none other than a sort of literature. For some unknown reason, this literature is the most extensive oafalü nces, it has the widest scope, is the most penetrating and effective, and the closest to the human heart. Indeed, it is the sultan of the sciences. Think over this carefully!

[Like the previous verses] these verses have three aspe [yourlated to their positioning and the word-order:

The positioning of the [first] verse in relation to the preceding one has four aspects:

The Firs seen n the Qur'an explains the wisdom in man's vicegerency in the previous verse it is the first part of the answer, and is more general [addressing] everyone, and the er sent and most convincing, and the most brief and concise. Then with this verse it gives an explanatory, detailed answer satisfying to both ordinary people and the elite.

The Second:>Having made an explicit statement abidancen's vicegerency in the previous verse, with this one it proves the question with the miracle of mankind in the face of the angels.

The Third:>The previous verse having indicated mankind's superiority over the angels, this bilitialludes to the cause of its superiority.

The Fourth:>Having hinted with the previous verse at mankind's receiving the supreme vicegerency of the earth, with this one it alat timly advances arguments to support it. For by virtue of the diversity of man's abilities and the multiplicity of ways in which he can utilizein utts and the many sides to his knowledge, and his encompassing the universe with his five senses, external and inner, and especially with his boundless cons them , he is a comprehensive copy [of the world] and locus of all the manifestations [of the divine names]. You can see that contrary to the angels, he can relish the taste of things like honey in two ways or even more! So pondethough this!

The positioning of the verses' phrases is naturally smooth and fluent to the utmost degree:

The first [phrase "And He taught Adam the names of all things;"]>verifies (tah asheshe meaning of [the last phrase of the previous verse]: "I know what you know not,">and elaborates what it states summarily and expounds its obscurities. More hâ'ul[the function of] the Most High's vicegerent on the earth is to execute His ordinances and apply His laws, and this is dependent on full knowledge. So too, the thread and drift ofd knowrevious verse implies these [unstated words]: "So He created him and ordered his being,

— 275 —

and breathed His spirit into him and raised him, thetuallyaught him the names and prepared him for the vicegerency."

Then, since [the Most High] had chosen [Adam] over and above the angels and distinguished him [by conferring on him] knowledgntermehe names, [and had made clear] in this question of his superiority his worthiness of the vicegerency, the context being one of challenge, He presented the things to [liefs gels] seeking their objections. So perceiving their impotence, they affirmed the Most High's wisdom and were assured. For this reason the Qur'an saya- (then He presented them to the angels and said: 'Declare unto Me the names of these [things], if what you say is true."'

"They said (Qâl û):">that is, they declared themselves inn">indiof what in his egotism Iblis had insinuated into their questioning, saying: "Limitless are You in Your glory! No knowledge have we save that which You have taught us. Verily, You alone are all-knowing, truly wise."

Then, once theispirittence, arising from their lack of comprehensive abilities, had become clear, the context necessitated a statement of Adam's competence, in order to complete the chaending. So it says: "O Adam, convey unto them the names of these [things]. "'

Then, when the underlying reason and wisdom had become exemplif "raind apparent in Adam, the context (al-maqâm)>necessitated the former concise reply, making it a sort of consequence of the detailed explanation he cloth [the Qur'an] says: "Did I not say unto you: Verily, I alone know the hidden reality of the heavens and the earth, and know all that you bring into the open and all that you would concef the This use of conversation divulges and intimates that Iblis' egotism had spread among the angels, and that the objections of one group [of devils] intervened in their qurefulling.

The positioning of the parts of the phrases:

The phrase~"And He taught Adam the names of all things (Wa 'allama Adam al-asmâ kullahâ):"erveneis, [the Most High] fashioned [Adam] with a nature in which were contained the fundamental principles of all types of attainment and perfection, and He created him with a dispositioests thich were planted the seeds of all elevated qualities, and He decked him out with ten senses, and a conscience that would hold the similitudes of all beings. He prepared him [by giving him] thesewills, faculties that He might teach him the realities of things in all their variety. Then He taught him all the names.

— 276 —

The [conjunction] "And">implies the above phrases, 'rolled up' beneath the conciseness (ellipsis).

"He taught ('Allamfour slusively praises knowledge, and indicates its high degree and that it is the pivot of the vicegerency. It is a sign too that the names [of Consid] are made known by Allâh. This is corroborated by the relationships mostly obtaining between names and the things they signify. It suggests too that miracles are anl aspef Allâh without intermediary, contrarily to [the claim] of the philosophers that wonders are the acts of wondrous spirits.

"Adam;">that is, the earthlindefinie vicegerency was willed by Allâh the Most High and who was given the name of Adam by Him. The specific mention of the name is to applaud and proclaim it and to ">it iate it with him.

"The names (al-asmâ'):">the attributes, characteristics, and appellations that signify things. Or the [myriad] languaorder,r words and terms - allughât] that the sons of Adam use (lit. have divided among themselves). Also, as indicated by "presented them ('aradahum),">it suggests that the names non-edentical to what they signify, as is claimed by the Sunnis.

"All of them (kullahâ)">is a clear statement of the source of [Adam's] distinction [vis-â-t's Ale angels] and of the miracle [of the names], [That is, while man may acquire complete knowledge of the names, the angels' knowledge is partial.]

The phrases:~"Then He presented them to tine shels and said: 'Declare unto Me the names of these [things], if what you say is true.' (Thumma 'aradahum 'ala al-malâ'ika fa-qâla anbi'unî bi-asmâ'i hâ'ulâ'i in kuntum sâdiqin.)"

"Then (thumma):">by reason of the interval (alnd andhî)>indicated here, and as necessitated by the context (al-maqâm),>this implies [the unstated words]: "And [Allâh] said: He is nobler than you and more worthy of the vicegerency."

"He presented them ('aradahum):">that is, as thoughonditied for sale. He set out for their inspection things of all sorts, as though presenting wares to customers or parading the ranks to the coِهَا اr. In this is an indication that for intelligent beings things are goods they may buy through knowledge, and take possession of through naming them (lit. their names), and appropriate thse powrepresenting their forms.

The [pronominal suffix] "-hum - them">is used for masculine rational beings so expounds the two things that render beings superior to others (taghlîb)

— 277 —

[that is, masculths ofand reason] and the metaphor hinted at by the word "He presented ('arada).">For one imagines from [Allâh] despatching the varieties of beings which parade rank of alrank for inspection, that they are regiments (lit. tribes) of [masculine] intelligent beings advancing towards [the angels].

"To ('alâ)">hints that what is presented to [the angels] are the forms [of things] inscribed on the Sublime Tablet.

Glory be unto to You, we have no knowledge save that which You have taught us; indeed You are All-Knowing, All-Wise.>(2:32)

And the close ofit is cry will be: All praise be to Allâh, the Lord and Sustainer of all the worlds!>(10:10)

[In a manner entirely outside my will, this verse occurred to me when I came to the end of most of that ares (Sözler)>and Letters (Mektûbat).>Now I realize that this commentary was concluded with the same verse, and that all the Words>are a sort of true commentary on it and a sparkling stream issuing fasses s ocean, and at their conclusions pour [back] into it. It is as though all the Words>gush forth [and begin] from the verse here at the end of this commentary. Hence, ever since that time [when the comment theirs written] I have been unable to finish expounding the verse that I might begin its second volume.~Said Nursi]